Anda di halaman 1dari 390

THE

NATIONA-L BUILDING
CODE
OF·.THE PHILIPPINES
and·
Its Revised Implementing-
Rules and Regulations
approved by the Departmeat Of Public WGib .
·and Highway& on October 29, 200C ad
took effect on April30, 2005 after official publicatioo

VICENTE I.
Publisher-Editor

With the express permission

28 Consul St., Fairview Park Subd., Quezon City


Metro Manna, Philippines
Tel. 939-4370, 936-0841
email: vicente.foz@sl<yfnet.net/v .foz@lycos.com
Philippine copyright 206'7
By Vk:ent. B. Foz

Proftle

• Journalist and lawyer .


• Member, 1$86 ConstJtutlonel COmmission wbldt framled the 1087 Constitution;
chairman, COmmittee on COnstitutiOnal Cornmisstons and Agencies; took active part
lnthedraftilg of the labor, the CMt SeMce the Commission
on EJecUons. and the Comrni8aion qnAudlt. ; Member. Convnltse on Elcec:UJve PoMr.
Commtttee on General Provisions, Committee on Preamble National Tenlory and
Declaration· of Principles, Committee on National Economy and Patrimony, and
Committee on Amendments and Transitory Provisions
• Dtstlngu\shed Legal Journalist Awardee, Rotary Club of Manila Journalism Awards,
1987
• Examiner in labor law and sOci•llegiSation, 1978, 1985 and 1991 Bar Examination
Comm&Uees, SUpreme C®rt
• Voluntary artitratOr (Sedal No. 084) a0Cf9dited by the NatiOt:'BI Conciliation and
Mediation Boaro, Department of Labor and Employment
•· Member, PhiUppine Aseocialion on VOiurury Arbitration Inc.
• PubliSher..editOr, Philppj• Lllw Gezltte, a professional journal for members of the
Bar and Bench; and publisher, Lllbor Code of the Philpplnes end Its lmplemettinQ
Rules and RegcMttJom wfh Appel does, since 197• and The National Buildtng Code
and tts Rutel and Regulations, since 1977:
• Resource person ofthe Center for Research and Special Studies (CRSS) whiCh was
commissioned to undlrblke the Comprehensive Review of the Labor Code Project
of the Department of Labor and Emp6oyment in 1g93.1 SMM; and member, CRSS
project team that con<lucted for the Congressional Commission on Labor a
comprehenSive review of the Labor Code and other labor and sodllleglslation, and
submttted its report entltJed •AffotdiJIQ Full Protection to LabOr In a Changing World of
WMc" (2002) . .
• Member, lntegnrted Bar of the Phttlpptnes Journal Board d Editors, 1999-2000,2001·
2002; member, PAVA Journal Boafd of Editors, PhUippine Association on Votuntary
Arbitration, 1999-2000, 2000..2002
• Fonner head executive assistant, 01ftce of Chairman Alberto Vetoso, NatJonat Labor
Relations Commblsion .
• Former editor, Philippine Panorama, SUnday magazine of Mantia Bulletin
• Author, Digest of Declslon8Dfthe Minister of LsJx;r, OlllotJ DIIINJ Prflsld6rt DtJdsJons
on Labor Issues, NLRC Repotts, Notes on OIJIIgstJons and Contracts, and Notes on
AfTat#an Retotm and nvcstion .
• Former editor, /nteg'ated Bar of the Philippines Newsletter
• · COIW'imist and senior staff member, ManiiB &Jistin, 1981·1992; Tmtni ..Jofmel,
1077-1981; and Manila nmes, 1963-1972; managing editor. T1le TlfJcne, 1973-1974;
reporter·announcer, Chronicle Broadcasting Net\Wiit, 1961·1964
• Fonnerconsuttant, Commission on Elections; atr, UP01nce
of the President; Yomluri Shlmbun Manila Bureau; formerdtreetOr, Public lnfof'mation
and Media Relations Office, Senate ofthe PhiHppmes; former director and chainnan,
Committee on Continuing Legal Education, IBP Quezon City Chapter t
- -- - -- -- -- - - - -
Member: PubliShers
Association of the Philippines Inc. and
registered wtih the National Book
Development Board
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE
OF ·mE PHILIPPINES

Presidential Decree No.l096


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note
WHEREAS Clauses

CHAPTER l -GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION PAGI

101. Title ... . . ..... ... ... . ... . ..... . . ......... - ····· 1
102. Declaration of Policy . .. . ..... . . . . .. . .. .. .. . ..... . . 1
103. Scope and Application ... .. . .. . . ..... . .... . . . . .. . . . l
104. Genera) Building Requirements .... .. . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . l
105. Site Requirements .. .... ...... ... .... . .... . .. .... . I
106: Definitions ..... .. . . ... .............. . .... ... . 2

CHAPTER 2 - ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

201. Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement . . .. . .' 3


202. Technical Staff . . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
203 .. General Powers and Functions of the Secretary under
this Code......... ... .......... .... . ... ........ 3
204. Professional and Technical Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
205. Building Officials . . . ..... ... . . .... . .. ... .. ·. . . . . . . 4
206. Qualifications of Building Officials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
207 . Duties of a Building Official . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
208. Fees .... ..... .... . .. ·.. .. ......... . . . . .... .... . . 4
209. Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
210. Use of Income from Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
211. Implementing Rules and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
212. Administrative Fines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
213. Penal ProYisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
214. Dangerous or Ruipous Buildings or Structures . . . . . . . . . . . 5
215. Abatement of Dangerous Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
216. Other Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CHAPTER 3 -PERMITS AND INSPECTION

301. Building Pennits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • 7


302. Applications for.Pennits 0 • • •• •• • ••• • •• •• •• • ••• 0 • • • • • 7
303. Processing of BUilding Permits .•• :. : . . • • . • • • • • . • • . • • • i
304. Issuance of Buildings Pennits 0 ••••••••••••• 0 •• • • • • • • • 7
305. Validity of Building Pennits .... 0 .•••• 0 0 . •. 0 0 •• 0 • •• o • 0 8
. 3060 Non-issuance. Suspension or Revocation ·
of Building Permits . ... 0 0 .. 0 •.. 0 .. 0 • .
• • • • • • • •• • 0 8
307. Appeal .. . .. .. .. . .. . o • •••••••• o •••• o •• - ••• • ••• o • • 8
308. Inspection and Supervision of Work . 0 ••••••••••••• 0 • • 8.
3,99. Certificate of Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

CHAPTER 4- TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

401. Types of Construction . . . ... .. . . ...... . .. . ... . .. o • 10


402. Changes in . . . . . . . . .. ...... . .......... o ••• 10
401. Requirements on of Construction .. . ... 0 •• •• •• 0 • 10

CHAPTER 5- REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

.SOL Fire Zones Defined . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11


502. Buildings Located in More Than One Fire Zone .. .. .. . 11
503 . Moved Buildings . ...... . . . .. .. .. . .. . ... . .. .. .. . 1l
504. Temporary Buildings . . . . . .. . .. . . ... ...... . . . ... . 11
505. Center Lines of Streets .... . ... . .. .. . . . . . . ....... . 11
506. Restrictions on Existing BuildingS . . . . 0 • • • • • •••••• • •
]]
507. ·Designations of Fire Zones . . .. . .......... . ....... . l2

CHAPTER 6 - FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN. CONSTRUCTION

601. Fire-Resistive Rating Defmed .. ........ : 0 •••••• 0 • • • 13


602. Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 13
603. Fire-Resistive Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
604. Fire-Resistive Regulations . . .... 0 ••••••• 0 • • • • • • • • • • • 13

CHAPTER 7- CLASSmCATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENT


OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY

701. OccupallC)' Classified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14


702. Change in Use . .. .. .. . ... . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . o. .. . . . 15
703. Mixed Occupanc)' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J5
704. Location on Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
705. Allowable Floor Areas .. .. . . 0 • •••••• • • • • •••• • • 0 • • • 17
706. Allowable Floor Area Increases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
707. Maximum Height of Buildings .. .. . .. 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 17
7080 Minimum Requirements for Group A dwellings ... . .... 0 J7
7090 Requirements for Other Group Occupancies .. 0 . .. . . :. • • • 18

II
· LHAPTER 8- LIGHT AND VENTD...ATION

801. General Requirements of Light and Ventilation. . . . . . . 19


802. Measurement of Site Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
803. Percentage of Site Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
804. Si1.e and Dimensions of Courts , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
805. Ceiling Heights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 19
806. Size and Dimension of Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
807. Air Space Requirements in Deterinirung the .
Size of Rooms . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
808. Window Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
W9. Vent Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
810. Ventilation Skylights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
8 1l. Artificial Ventilation . . . .. . ; . . . . ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

CHAPTER 9 - SANITATION

901. General Requirements ..... . ... .. .. . . . . .. . ... . . 22


902. Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 22
903. Wastewater Disposal Svstem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
904. Storm Drainage System ... . . . .. . ....... . .. .. . ... . 22
905. Pest and Vermin Control .. .. .. .. . . .... . ....... . . . 23 .
906. Noise Pollution Control ..... ... . .. . . .... ... . ... . . 23
'J07. Pipe Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. ... . .. . 23

CHAPTER 10- BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETS

1001. General Requirements . .. . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . ... .. . . 24


1002. Projection into Alleys or Streets ... .. ... .. . . . . .... . . 24
1003. Projections of Balconies and Appendages
Over Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. : . . ... . ... .. . . 24
t004. Arcades . . .. .. . ........ . .. .. ....... . .. .. .. · · · ·· 24
1005. Canopies (Marquees) . .. ... ... . .... . .. . ... . . .. .. . 24
1006. Movable Awnings or Hoqds . ... . . . . .. ......... . ... . 25
1007. Doors, Windows. and the Like . .. .... . ... . .. .. ... .. . 25
1008. Comer Buildings with Cbaflans .. . ............. ... . . 25

CHAPTER 11 -PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING


CONSTRUCTlON OR DEMOLITION

llOl. · General Requirements... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26


1102. Storage io Public Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1103. Mixing Mortar on Public Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1104. Protection ofUtilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1105. Walkway... ... .. ... .. ... .. .. ... . . .. ... . . . . . .. . 26
1106. Pedestrian Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1107. Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices . . . . . . . . 27
1108. Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Ill
CHAP'RR U- GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCI'ION
UQUIRIMENTS
1201 General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -28
1202. Excavation, Foundation. and Retaining Walls .. . .. . .. . . 28
1203. Veneet . . . . . ..... . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . 29
1204. of
Enclosure Vertical Openings .... . .. . .. : .. . .. . . .. . 29
1205. Floor Construction . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1206. Roof ConStruction and Covering ............... . .. .. . 30
1207. Stairs, Exits. and Occupant Loads . . .. . .. . . .. . ....... . 31
1208. Skyligbts .. .. . . .. . . . .. .. . .. . . .. .. . .... .. .. . . . .. . 39
1209. Bays. Porches. and Balconies .... ... .. . .. . .... ..... . 40
1210. Penthouses and Roof Structures . . .. .. . . . ........... . . . 40
1211. Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues ... . . ............ . 41.
1212. ' --J<...h..- •• hing. s
FI· . .. . .. . . . . . .. . .. . ... . ... . 44
1213. Staglcs and Platform .. . . .' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 47
1214. Motioo Pictme Projection Rooms . . . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. ... .. 48
1215. Lathing. P1asteri.ng, and Installation of Wall Boards . . ... . . 49

CHAPTER IJ- ELECfRJCAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONS .

1301 . Eiectrica1 Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SO


1302. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . 50

CHAPTER 14- PHOTOGRAPHJC AND X-RAY fiLMS

1401. Storage and Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 51


1402. Classes of Film Exempted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
1403. Fire Extinguishing Syw:m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

CHAPTER 15- PRE FABRICATED CONSTRUCI'ION

1501. Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .. . ..... . . .. . .. . 52

CHAPTER 16- PLASTICS

1601. Approved Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


·1602. Installation . . .....·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sj
1603. Glazing of opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
1604. Skylights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
1605. Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and
Sa\\1ootb Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
1606. Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceiling . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. 54
1607. Partitions ... ... . ...... . ................... . .. • 55
1608. Exterior Veneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1609. A"'nings and Canopies . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. ........... . 55
CHAPTER 17- SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS
1701. Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booms........................................... . 56
1702. Fire Protection ........... ........ ... .... ..... .............................. .. ... . 56
1703. Light. ........................................................................ ........................ . 56
1704. Ventillation .................... ................ ............................................. . 56
CHAPTER 18- GLASS AND GAI.ZING
1801. General Requirements............ ............................................. . 58
1802. Area Limitation.................. .. ..... ..................... ......... .... ....... .. 58
1803. Glazing ................................................................................. . 58
1804. Louvered Windows .................... .......................................... . 58
1805. Impact. .................·............ ..... .................................................. . 5·8
CHAPTER 19- THE USE OF COMPUTER
1901. General Rules .................... ..... ................... ... .. ...... .. ... .......... . 60
1902. Program Documentation .. :............. ............ ........ ...... ............ . 60
1903. Submission of Computer-Generated Computations... ............ . 60
CHAPTER 20- SIGNS
2001. Genera! Requirements ............ ....... .. .... .. ...... ....... .... ....... .... ... 61
20()2. Maintenance ........................ .................... ...... .......... ... ... ....... 61
2003. Design and Construction ............................. ....... ... ....... .... ... .. 6l
2004. Supports and Anchorages ..... ......... ............... ................ ........ . 61
2005. and Clearances.............................. ........... ........ .. 62
2006. Lightning.. ... .. :................................. .............. ....................... .. 62
CHAPTER 21 -TRANSITORY AND FINAL PROVISIONS
2101. Existing Buildings and Structures ............................ ... ......... . 63
2102. Interim Rules and Regulations................... ....... ............ ....... . 63
2103. Separability Clause............................................................. .. 63
2104. Repealing Clause........ .... ..... ............................................. ... . 63
Effectivity................................. .... .'.............. .. ............ .... ...... .. 63
ANNEX "A" - Words, Terms and Phrases (Definitions)
ANNEX "B"
Table Dimension of Wood Posts or Suponales
Table I O<l3-A. Projection of Balconies and Appendages
Table II Type of Protection Required for Pedestrians
v
The Law to Enhance Mobility of Disabled Persons
Batas Pambansa Big. 344
SECTION
rl Objectives and requirements for issuance of license-or
per:mit for construction O( repair ofpublic
and private buildings ....................... .................... . 82
2 Public Conveyances .................................................... .. 82
3 Requirements for preparation of rules and
4 regulations .............................................................. . 82
5 Penalties for violations ................................................. . 82
Repeal of inconsistent laws, rules and
regulations................................................... :.................... 82
Ministry of Public Works and Highways Instructions on
Batas Pambansa Blg. 344...................................... 82

Amended. Rules and Regulations lm plementing the


Law to Enhance Mobility of Disabled Persons

Rule I Scope and Application ................................................ .. 83


Rule IT Minimum Requirements for Accessibility..................... .. 85
Rule III Specific Requirements for Buildings and Related
Structures Public Use .......................................... .. 87
Rule IV Requirements for Public Transportation ........................ . 91
RuleY Administration· and Enforcement... ............................... . 93

Appendix A- · Minimun Requirements for Accessibility........................ 95


Illustration for Minimum Requirements .......... :.............. 100

(NOTE: The table of contents for the National Building Code and the
Law to Enhance Mobility of Disabled Persons and its implementing
accessibility rules and regulations covers the first 112 pages. lmmedi-
. are1y after this table of contents, is a separate table of contents for the
Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations of the National Building
Code. Thus, under the separate table of contents with a glossary of tenns,
the implementing rules start with their own page 1 and end on page
252. In this second table of contents, the Department of Public Works
and Highways National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO)
Memorandum Circular No. 01, series of 2005 , which includes a New
Schedule of Fees and Other Charges, appears on its pages 253-264.)

VI
REVISED IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULA..,.,_
Table of Cont8nta

Tl T L E PAGE

Foreword ................ ...... ..........................................................


Acknowledgement. ............. .............. .....................·... ............. .

RULE I · GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECT,ON

101 Title ......... ........................ ................................................. .. 1


102 Declaration of Policy ..................................... .... ..................... .. 1
103 Scope and Application ............................................................. . 1
104 General Building Requirements ................................................ .. 1
105 Site Requirements ......... ................ , ........... ............................ . 2
106. Definitions ............................................ ... ................... .......... .. 2-3

RULE II • ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

201 Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement. ............... ........ . 4


202 Technical StalL ....................................................................:. 4
203 General Powers and Functions of the Secretary ......................... .. 4
204 Professional and Technical Assistance .......... ............... .............. . 4-5
205 Building Officials ........ ............................ ................................. .. 5
206 Qualifications of Building Officials ......... .. ...... ..... .. .... ................. . 5
207 Duties of the Building Official ................ ....... .. .......... ................. . 5 -7
208 Fees ..................................... ....... ........... ................ ..... ........ .. 7
209 Exemption ................................................... .... ... ................. .. . 7
210 Use or Income from Fees .................................................... ... .. .. 7 .- 12
211 Implementing Rules and Regulations......... ................ ................. .. 12
212 Administrative Fines ....... ........................... .............................. .. 12- 14
213 Penal Provisions ........ ........ .-.................................................... 14
214 'Dangerous and.Ruinous Buildings or Slructures........................... .. 14 - 15
215 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings ........ ..................... ................ . 15 - 17
216 Other Remedies .......................................... , .......................... . 17
Procedure for Abatement/Demolition
of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures.... ......................... . 18

RULE Ul - PERMITS AND INSPECTION

301 Building Permits ..................................................................... 19-20


302 Application tor Permits ................. :.:........................................ . 20-27
303 Processing of Building Permits .............. ....................................... 27- 31
304 Issuance of Building Permits ............... ...................................... . 31 - 32
305 Validity of Building Permits ................... ...................................... 32
306 Non-issuance, Suspension or Revoca\ion ot Building Permits .......... . 32- 33
307 Appeal. ............... .'........................... ....... .... ........................ .. 34
308 Inspection and Supervision of Work ............. .............................. . 34
309 Certificate of Occupancy........... ... ..................... ....... .................. 34 - 35

RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

401 Types of Construction ............................................................ .. 36


402 Changes in Types .................................................................... . 36
403 Requirements on Type of Construction ................... .................... . 36-37
RULE V • REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

601 Fire Zones ......................................... .......... .............. . 38


502 Buildings Located in More than One Fire Zone.: ............................. 38
503 Moved Buildings ... ............. ............................. ........................ . 38
504 Temporary Buildings/Structures ......... .... .............. ...................... . 38
505 Center Lines of Streets ...................................................... ...... .. 38
506 Restrictions on Existing Buildings ............... ..... ........................... . 38-39
5.07 Designation of Fire Zones ................. ....................................... . 39
RULE VI • FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN
CONSTRUCTION

601 Fire-Resistive Rating Defined .. ......... ....... ........ .. ............... ....... . 40


602 Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating .... .... ......... ....... ....................... . 40
603 Fire-Resistive Standards ................ .. ......................................... . 40
.604 Fire-Resistive Regulations ........................................................ .. 40

RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL


REQUIREMENTS OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE
OR OCCUPANCY

701 Occupancy Classified ................... ...... .. ..................... , ............ . 41 -74


702 Change in Use ................. ......... ..... .. ........... ............... ............. . 75
703 Mixed Ocoopancy .................................................................... 75.76
704 Location on Property ............... ........ .. ..... .......... ............. ..... ..... . 76-78
705 Allowable Floor Areas ....... ...... ........ .. ....................................... . 78
706 Allowable Floor Area Increases ....... ..... .. ......... .. .. ................ ....... . 82
707 Maximum Height of Buildings................................................... . . 82- 101
708 Minimum Requirements f6r Group A Dwellings ............................. .. 101 . 102
709 Requirements for Oth,er Group Occupancies ........... .......... ....... .... .. 103
Guidelines on Building Bulk,. Development Control,
Buildings & Other .Accessory Srrocrures Wrth;n
Cemeteries and Memorial Parks .......... ........ .. ........................ .. 104-112
RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION

801 General Requirements of Light and Ventilation ............................ .. 113


802 Measurement of Site Occupancy ........ ...... ...... ......................... .. 113
803 Percentage of Site Occupancy .................................................. . 113-119
804 Size and Dimensions of Courts .... ..... .......... .... .......................... .. i20 -1 25
805 Ceiling Heights .................................... :...... ........................ .... . 126
806 Sizes and Dimensions o1 Rooms .............. ........ ........................ .. 126
807 Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms ............. . . 126
808 Windows Openings ............... .. ....... ........... ............................... . 126
809 Vent Shafts .. ;...................................................................... .. 127
810 Ventilation Skylights ....................... .......................................... . 127
811 Artificial Ventilation .......... .... ........... . ............................ .. ......... . 127 -128
Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines,
Streets/Road Right-of-Way (RROW), Sidewalks,
Arcades, Basements, Lots, and Public Buildings/Structures........ . 129-156

RULE IX - SANITATION

901 General Requirements ...................................................... ...... . 157


902 Water Supply System..................... ...................... ...... .......... ... 157
903 Wastewater Disposal System .......................... ............... ............ . 157
904 Storm Drainage System ......................................................... .. 157-158
905 Pest and Vermin Control. .......................................................... . 158
906 Noise Pollution Control. ............... ........... ......... .. ..................... . 158
907 Pipes Materials ...... .. ... ............... .... ................... ..... ...... ......... .. 158

RULE X - BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC


STREET

1001 General Requirements ....................................................... ...... .. 159


1002 Projection into Alleys or Streets ............ .................................... . 159
1003 Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets ......... .... ....... . 159
1004 Arcades ................... ............... ...... ...... ................................... .. 160
1005 Canopies (Marquees) ............. .......... ....................................... ... 161
1006 Movable Awnings or Hoods.............. ..... .................................. . 161
1007 Doors, Windows, and the Like................... : .............................. .. 161
1008 Corner Buildings with Chaflans ................................................... . 161 . 162

RULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING


CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION

1101 General Requirements .......................... ................................. . 163


1102 Storage in Public Property.................... : .................................. . 163
1103 Mixing Mortar on Public Property..................................... ·.......... . 163
1104 Protection of Utilities ............. ................................................. . 163
1105 Walkway ...... ........................................................................ . 164
1106 Pedestrian Protection ....... .................. ..... ........................... .... . 164 . 169
1107 Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices ............ .............. .. 169 . 175
1108 Demolition........................ .................................................... .. 115 . 180

RULE XII- GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION


REQUIREMENTS

1201 General Requirements ........ ................. ........ .............. ............ . 181


1202 Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls.... .......................... . 181 . 284
1203 Veneer.......................... ........... ..................... .... ................... . 184
1204 Enclosure of Vertical Openings .................................................. . 184 . 185
1205 Floor Construction ................................................................ .. . . 185
1206 Roof Construction and Covering ............................................... .. 185. 186
1207 Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads .............. ... ............ ...... .......... . 186. 198
1208 Skylights ..... r.-............
7: ................................................... .. 198. 199
1209 Bays, Porches, and Balconies ........... .............. ................. ......... .. 199
1210 Penthouses and Root Structures ......................................... ...... .. 199 " 200
1211 Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues ......................................,. 200.204
1212 Fire-Extinguishing Systems ................... ......... , ........................ . 204 -207
1213 Stages and Platform ........ ...... ......... ................... .'..................... . 207. 208
1214 Motion Picture Projection Rooms .. ...-r. .......................................... . 209.210
1215 Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards ................... ..... . 210

RULE XIII ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAl


REGULATIONS

1301 Electrical Regulations...................................................... ........ .. 211 · 216


1302 Mechanical Regulations ....................... :........................ ... .......... 217 · 222

RULE XJV • PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS

1401 Storage and Handling ............................................................... . 223


1402 Classes of Film Exempted ........................................................ . 223
1403 Fire Extinguishing System..................................... ........ .. ......... .. 223
RULE XV- PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTIONS

1501 Prefabri.cated Assembly .......................................................... . 224

RULE XVI - PLASTICS

1601 Approved Plastics .... ...... ............................ .......................... ... 225


1602 Installation.............................................................................. . 225
1603 Glazing of Openings ....................... .... ....... ................... ... .. ... ... . . 225
1604 Sl<yl'1ghts ...... ......................................................................... .. 225-226
1605 Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs............. .. 226
1606 Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings .. .............................................. . 226
1607 Partitions............................... ... ... ............. ............................ . 226
160B Exterior Veneer............. ........................................................ .. 227
1609 Awnings and Canopies ..................................................... ........ . 227

RULE XVII- SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS

1701 Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth ................................................... . 228


1702 Fire Protection ............................................... ....... ........... ....... 228
1703 l ight. .................................................................................... . 228
1704 Ventilation ............................... ........ ...................... .............. .. 228-229
RULE XVt"- GLASS AND GLAZING

1801 General Requirements ..... ...... ......... ... .... ... ........ .... ... ..... ... .. ... .... . 230
1802 Area Limitation ......... 00 ....... .. . .. .... oo , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
00 • •• •• • 00 .. 000 .... .. .... 230
1803 Glazing ............................................. oo, . , .oooo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
1804 Louvered Windows ........... .... ............ 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. 231
1805 Impact ......... 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . 231
RULE XIX • THE USE OF COMPUTERS

1901 General Rule ......................... 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232


1902 Program Documentation .......... : .... 00 ..... ... .. .. 00 .... . ..................... . 232
1903 Submission of Computer-Generated Computations ....................... . 232

RULE XX · SIGNS

2001 General Requirements .....•... ... ................................................. 233


2002 Maintenance..................... .. ...... ......... 00 ... .... ... 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
2003 Design and Construction ....... ...... ......... ..:.00 ..................... 00 . . . . . . . 233
2004 Supports and Anchorages .......... ........ ........... ........ .... .. .............. . 233. 235
2005 Projections and Clearances ... ...... ......... ..................................... 235
2006 Lighting ......................................... ......... ........ .............. . .. ... . 236 - 238
RULE XXI- TRANSITORY AND FINAL PROVISIONS

2101 Separability Clause ............................... .. ................ ..... ............ . 239


2102 Repealing and Amending Clause............................................. .. . . 239
2103 Effectivity ........................... 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 .. ... .
239
GLOSSARY................ ............................................................ 240 - 252

OPWH National Building Code Development Office Memorandum


Circular No . 01, 2005, OuarteJiy Si\uational Report and
New Schedule of Fees and other Charges. ...... ....... ................. ............ ...... .. 253-264
MALACANANG
Manila

PRESlOENTIAL DECREE NO. 1096

ADOPTING A NATIONAL BUILDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES THEREBY


REVISING REPUBLIC ACT NUMBERED SIXTY-FIVE HUNDRED FORTY ONE

WHEREAS, the country's accelerating economic and physical development,


coupled with urbanization and population growth, makes imperative the formulation and
adoption of a uniform building code which shall embody up-to-date and modern
technical knowledge on building design, construction, use, occupancy and maintenance;

WHEREAS, while there is Repub lic Act No. 6541, entitled "An Act to Ordain and
Institute a National Building Code of the Philippines", the same does not conform with
the developmental goals and infrastructure program of the Government and does not
adequately provide for all the technological requirements of buildings and structures, in
terms of up-to-date design and construction standards and criteria;

WHEREAS, in the formulation of a new national building code, it is the desire and
policy of the Government to avail of and harness the technical expertise and professional
know-how of men not only in the public but in the private sectors as well.

NOW, THEREFORE , I, FERDiNAND E. MARCOS, President of the Philippines,


by virtue of the powers vested in me by the Constitution, do hereby order and decree the
revision of Republic Act No. 6541 to read as follows:

1
.CHAPTER 1

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 101. Titfe


This Decree shall be known as the "National Building Code of the Philippines" and
shalt hereinafter be referred to as the "Code".

SECTION 102. Declaration of Policy


It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State to safeguard life , health,
property, and public welfare, consi5tent with the principles of sound environmental
management and control; and to this end, make it the purpose of this Code to provide for
all buildings and structures, a framework of minimum standards and to
regulate and control ·their location, site, design, quality of materials, construction, use,
occupancy, and maintenance.

SECTION 103. Scope end Application


(a) The provisions of this Code shall a pply to t he location, siting,
construction, alteration, repair, conversion , use, occupancy, maintenance, moving,
jemolition of, and addition to public and private buildings and structures, except
traditional indigenous fam ily dwellings as defined herein.
(b) Buildings and/ or structures constructed before the approval of this Code shaH
not be affected thereby except when alterations, additions, conversions or re pairs are to
be made therein in which case, this Code shall apply only to portions to be altered,
added, converted or repaired.

SECTION 104. General Building Requirements


(a) All buildings or structures as well as accessory facilities thereto shall conform
in all respects to the principles of safe construction and must be suited to the purpose for
. which they are designed.
(b) Buildings or structures intended to be used for the manufacture and/or
production of any kind of article or product shall observe adequate environmental
safeguards.
(c) Buildings or structures and all parts thereof as well as all faciliti es found therein
shall be maintained in safe, Janitary and good working condition.

SECTION 105. Site Requirements


The land or site upon which will be constructed any building or structure, or any
ancillary or auxiliary facility thereto, shall be sanitary, hygienic or safe. In the case of
sites or buildings intended for use as human habitation or abode, the same shall be at a
safe distance, as determined by competent authorities, from streams or bodies of water
and/or sources of air considered to be palluted; from a volcano or volcanic site and/or
any other building considered to be a potential source of fire or explosion.

SECTION 108. Oeffnitions


AI used in this Code, the words, terms and phrateS enumerated in Annex "A"
hereof shall have the meaning or definition, correspondingly provided therein.
CHAPTER 2

ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

SECTION 201. for Admintsbation 811 Eab'*"'"t


The administration and enforcement of the provisions of 1his Code including the
imposition of penalties for administrative violations lhlreol is t..aby wsted in the
Secretary of Public Works, Transportation and Communications.......,_. referred to
• the "Secretary"

SECTION 202. Technical Staff


The Secretary is hereby authorized to constitute and provide in his Oepat tn.ent a
professional staff composed of highly qualified architects, engineers and technicians who
possess diversified and professional experience in the field of building design and
aJOStruction.

SECTION 203. Generat Powers and Functions of the Secretary under this Code
For purposes of carrying out the provisions of this Code, the Secretary shall
exercise the following general powers and functions :
(1} Formulate policies, plans, standards and guidelines on building design,
CDnStruction, use, occupancy and maintenance, in accordance with this Code.
(2) Issue and promulgate rules and regulations to implement the provisions of this
Code and ensure compliance with policies, plans, standards and guidelines formulated
eder paragraph 1 of this Section.
(3) Evaluate, review, appr.ove and/or take final action on changes and/or
-.nendments to existing Referral Codes as well as on the incorporation of other referral
codes which are not yet expressly made part of this Code.
(4} Prescribe and fix the amount of fees and other charges that the Building
Official shall collect in connection with the performance of regulatory functions.

SECTION 204. Professional and Technical Assistance


The Secretary with the assistance of his technical staff shall provide such
professional, technical , scientific and other services including testing laboratories and
llcilities as may be required to carry out the provisions of this Code; Provided that the
Secretary may secure such services as he may deem necessary from other agencies of the
. llltional Government and may make arrangement for the compensation of such services.
He may also engage and compensate within appropriations available therefor, the services
of such number of consultants, experts and advisers on full or part·time basis, as may be
coming from the government or private businesses, entities or associations to
c.ry out the provisions of this Code.

3
SECTION 205. Building
Except as otherwise provided.herein, the Building Official shall be responsible for
carrying out the provisions of this Code in the field as well as the enforcement of orders
and decitlons made pursuant thereto.
Due to the exigencies of the service, the may designate incumbent Public
Works District Engineers, City Engineers and Municipal Engineers to act as Building
Officials in their respective areM of jurisdiction.
The designation made by the Secretary under this Section shall continue until
regular positions of Building Official are provided or unless sooner terminated for causes
provided by law or decree.
SECTION 206. Quafifications of Building Officials
No penon shall be appointed as a Building Official unless he possesses the
following qualifications:
. 1. A Filipino citizen and of good moral character.
·2. A duly registered architect or civil engineer.
3. A member of good standing of a duly accredited organization of his profession
for not less than two years.
4. Has at least five years of diversified professional experience in building
design and .c onstruction.

SECTION 207. Duties of a Building Official


In his respective territorial jurisdiction, the Building Official shall be primarily
responsible for the enforcement of the provisions of this Code as well as of the
implementing rules and regulations issued therefor. He is the official charged with the
duties of issuing building permits. · · ·
In the performance of his duties, a Building Official may enter any building or its
premises at all reasonable times to inspect and determine compliance with the
requirements of this Code, and the terms and provided for in the building
permit as issued.
When any bujlding work is found to be contrary to the provisions of this Code, the
Building Official may order the work stopped and prescribe the terms and/ or conditions
when the work will be allowed to resume. Likewise, the Building Official is authorized to
order the discontinuance of the occupancy or use of any building or structure or portion
thereof found to be occupied or used contrary.to the provisions of this Code.

SECTION 208. Fees


Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all
fees and other charges fixed and authorized by the Secretary to be collected and received
under this Code. .
Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing ru les and regulations, the
Building Official is hereby authorized to retain not more than twenty percent of his
collection for t he operating expenses 'of his office.
The remaining eighty percent shall be deposited with the city or municipal trea·
surer and shall accrue to the General Fund of the city or municipality concerned.

SECTION 209. Exemption


Public buildings and traditional indigenous family dwellings shall be e xempt from
payment of building permit fees.

4
As used fn this Code, the term "traditional indigenous family dwelling"* ...... a
d•lll4ing intended for the use and ·occupancy by the family of the owner only .-.d
constructed of native materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cast of
wtlic:h does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos. ·

SECTION 210. Use of Income from Fees


Any provision of law to the contrary the Secretary is hereby
anhorized to prescribe the procedures for the use of all net income realized by the office
of the Building Official from the collection of fees and charges not exceeding twenty
percent thereof in accordance with Section 208.
Such income may be used to cover necessary operating expenses including the
purchase of equipment, supplies and materials, travelling expenses, obligation expenses
and sheriff's fees and payment of other prior years' obligations not adequately funded,
subject to existing budgetary and auditing rules and regulations.

SECTION 211. Implementing Rules and Regulations


In the implementation of the provisions of this Code, the Secretary shall formulate
necessary rules and regulations and adopt design and construction standards and criteria
for buildings and other structures. Such standards, rules and regulations shall take effect
after their publication once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general
circulation.

SECTION 212. Administratjye Fines


For the violation of any of the provisions of this Code or any of the rules or
regulations issued thereunder, the Secretary is hereby empowered to prescribe and impose
fines '1Ct exceeding ten thousand pesos.

SECTION 213. Penal Provisions


It shall be unlawful . for any person, firm or corporation, to erect, construct,
enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, occupy, or
maintain any building or structure or cause the same
violation of any provision of this Code.
to .be done contrary to or in

Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate ·any of the provisions of this
Code and/or commit any act hereby declared to be unlawful shall upon conviction, be
punished by a fine of not more than twenty thousand pesos or by imprisonment of not
more than two years or by both such fine and imprisonment: Provided, that in the case of
a corporation firm, partnership or association, the penalty shall be imposed upon its
officials responsible for such violation and in case the guilty party is an alien, he shall
be deported after payment of the fine and/or service of his sentence.

SECTION 214. Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures


Dangerous buildings are those which are herein declared as such or are structurally
unsafe or not provided with safe egrees, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are
otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to existing use, constitute a
hazard to safety or health or publ ic welfare because of inadequate maintenance,
dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment; or which otherwise contribute to the
pollution of the site or the community to an intolerable degree.

5
SECTION 216. Abltament of Dangerous Buildings
When any building or structure is found or declared to be dangerout or ruinous, the
Building Official shall order its repair, vacation or demolition depending upon the degree
of danger to life, health, or safety. This is without prejudice to further action that mav be
taken under the provisions of Articles 482 anc:t 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of the
Philippines.

SECTION 216. Other Remedies.


The rights, actions and remedies provided in this Code shall be in addition to any
and all other rights of action and remedies that may be available under existing laws.

6
CHAPTER3

PERMITS AND INSPECTION

SECTION 301. Building Permits


No firm or corporation, including any agency Of instrumentality of the
government shall erect, construct, alter, repair1 move, COtWert or demolish any building or
structure or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a building permit therefor
from the Building Official assigned in the place whefe the subject building is located or
the building work is to be done.

SECTION 302. Application for pennits

In order to obtain a building permit, the applicant shall file an application therefor
in writing and on the prescribed form with the Office of the Building Official. Every
application shaH provide at least the following information:
· (1) A description of the work to be covered by the permit applied for;
(2) Description and ownership of the lot on which the proposed work is to be
done as evidenced by TCT and/or copy of the contract of lease over the lot if applicant
is not the registered owner;
(3) The use or occupancy for which the proposed work is intended;
{4) Estimated cost of the proposed work.
To be submitted together with such application are at least five sets of correspond·
ing plans and specifications prepared, signed and sealed by a duly licensed architect or
civil engineer in case of architectural and structural plans, by a registered mechanical
engineer in case of mechanical plans, by a registered electrical engineer in case of electri-
cal plans and by a licensed sanitary engineer or master plumber in case of plumbing
or sanitary installation plans except in those cases exempted or not required by the
Building Official under this Code.

SECTION 303. Processing of Building Permits

The processing of building permits shall be under the overall administrative control
and supervision of the Building Official and his technical staff of qualified professionals.
In processing an application for a building permit, the Building Official shall see to
it that the applicant satisfies and conforms with approved standard requirements on
zoning and land use, lines and grades, structural design, sanitary and sewerage,
environmental health, electrical and mechanical safety as well as with other rules and
regulations promulgated in accordance with the provisions of this Code.

SECTION 304. Issuance of Building Permits


When satisfied that the work described in an application for building permit and
the plans and specifications submitted therewith, conform to the requirements of this
Code and other pertinent rules and regulations, the Building Official shall, within fifteen
days from payment of the required fees by the applicant, issue the building permit
applied for.

7
The Building Official may issue a permit for the construction of only a part or
portion of a building or structure whenever the plans and specifications submitted
together with the application do not cover the entire building or structure.
Approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified or
altered
without the approval of the Buitding Official ·and the work shall be done strictly in
accordance thereto. ·

SECTION 305. Validity of Building Permits


The issuance ·of a building permit shaH not be construed as an approval or
authorization to the permittee to disregard or violate any of the provisions of this Code.
Whenever the issuance of a permit is based on approved plans and specifications
which . are sUbsequently found defective, the Building Official is not precluded from
requiring permittee to effect the necessary corrections· in said plans and specifications or
from preventing or ordering the stoppage of any or all building operations being carried
on thereunder which are in violation of this Code.
A building permit issued under the provisions of this Code shall expire and become
null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a
period of one year from the date of such permit, or if the build ing or work so authorized
is suspended or abandoned at any time after has been·commenced, for a period of 120
days.

SECTION 306. Non-Issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits


The Building Official may order or cause the non-issuance, suspension or
revocation of building permits on any or all of the following reasons or grounds:
(a} found in the plans and specifications;
(b) Incorrect or inaccurate data or information supplied;
(c) Non-compliance with the provisions of this Code or of any rule or
regulation.
Notice of non-issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits shall always
be made in writing, stating the reason or grounds the refor.

SECTION 307. Appeal


Within fifteen (15} days from the date of receipt of advice of the non-issuance,
suspension or revocation of permits, the applicant/permittee may file an appeal with the
Secretary who shall render his decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice
of appeal. The decision of the Secretary shall be final subject only to review by the .office
of the President.

St:CTION 308. Inspection and Supervision of Work


The owner of the Building who is issued or granted a building permit under this
Code services of a duly licensed architect or civil engineer to undertake
the full tu-ne mspectton and supervision of the construction work.
. Such civil engineer may or may not be the same architect or civil
engmeer who ts responsible for the design of the building. ·
. It is u nderstood however that in either case, the designing architect or civil engineer
IS not precluded from conducting inspection of the construction work to. check and
determine compliance with the plans and specifications of the building as submitted.
There shall be kept at the jobsite at all times a logbook wherein the actual progress

8
of construction including tests conducted. weather conditions and other pertinent data
are to be recorded.
Upon completion of the construction, the said licensed architect or civil engineer
shalt submit the duly signed and sealed, to the Building Official. He shall also
prepare and submit a Certificate of Completion of 1he project stating that the
construction of building conforms to the provisions of thi$ Code as well as with the
approved plans and specifications.

SECTION 309. Certificate of Occupancy


No building or structure shalt be used or occupied and no change in existing use
or occupancy classification of a building or $tructure or portion thereof shall be made
until the BuildinS1 Official has issued a Certificate of Occupancy therefor as provided in
this Code.
A Certificate of Occupancy shatl be issued by the Building Official within thirty
(30) days if after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion referred to
in the preceding section, it is found· that the building or structure complies with the
provisions of this Code.
The Certificate of .Occupancy shall be posted or displayed in a conspicuous place
on the premises and shall not be removed except upon order of the Building Official.
The non-issuance, suspension and revocation of Certificates of Occupancy and the
procedure for appeal therefrom shall be governed in so far as applicable, by the provisions
of Section 306 and 307 of this Code.

9
CHAPTER 4

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 401. Types of Construction


For purposes of this Code, all bui ld ings proposed for construction shall be classi·
fied or identified according to the following types :
(1} Type I - Type I buildings shall be of wood construction. The structural
elements may be any of the materials permitted by this Code.
(2) Type II - Type II bui ldings shall be of wood construction with protective
fire-resistant materials and one-hour fire -resistive throughout': Except, that permanent
non-bearing partitions may use fire-retardant treated wood wit hin the framing assembly.
(3) Type Ill - Type Ill build ings shall be of masonry and wood construction.
Structural elements may be any of the materials permitted by this Code : Provided , that
the building shall be one-hour fire-resist ive throughout. Exterior walls shall be of incom-
bustible fire-resistive construction.
(4} Type IV - Type IV buildings shaH be of steel , iron , concrete, or masonry
construction. Walls, ceilings, and permanent partitions shall be of incombustible fire·
resistive construction : Except, t hat permanent non-bearing partitions of one-hour fire-
resistive construction may use tire-retardant treated wood wit hin the framing assembly.
(5) Type V - Type V buildings shall be fire-resistive. The structural elements shall
be of steel, iron , concrete , or masonry construction. Walls, ceilings, and permanent
partitions shall be of in'combustibte fire -resistive construction .

SECTION 402. Changes in Types


No change shall be made in the type of construction of any building which would
place the building in a different sub-type or type of construction unless such building is
made to comply with the requirements for such sub-type of construction: Except, when
the changes is approved by the Bu ilding Official upon showing that the new or proposed
construction is less hazardous, based on life and risk, than the existing construction.

SECTION 403. Requirements on Type of Construction

Subject to the provisions o f this Chapter, the Secretary shall prescribe standards
for each type of construction, and pro mu lgate rules and regulations therefor, relating to
structural framework , exterior walls and openings, interior walls and enclosures, floors,
exits and stairs construction, and roofs.

10
CHAPTERS

REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ZONES

SECTION 501. Fire Zones Defined


Fire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings are permitted to
be constructed based on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and resistance to
fire.

SECTION 502. Buildings located in more than One Fire Zone


A building or structure which is located partly in one fire zone and partly in .
100ther shall be considered to be in the more highly restrictive fire zone, when more than
one-third of its total floor area is located in such zone.

SECTION 503. Moved Building


Any building or structure moved within or into any fire zone shall be made to
axnply with all the requirements for buildings in that fire zone.

SECTION 504. Temporary Buildings


Temporary buildings such as reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures
conforming to the requirements of this Code, and sheds, canopies and fences used for the
protection of the public around and in conjunction with construction work, may be
wected in the fire zones by special permit from the Building Official for a limited period
f/1 time, and such buildings <>r structures shalf be-completely removed upon the expiration
in
cl the time limit stated such permits.

SECTION 505. Center Lines of Streets


For the purpose of this Chapter, the center line of an adjoining street or alley may
• considered an adjacent property line. Distances shaH be measured at right angles to the
llreet or alley.

SECTION 506. Restrictions on Existing Buildings


Existing buildings or structures in . fire zones that do not comply with the
for a new building erected therein shall not hereafter be enlarged, altered,
!Nmodeled, repaired or moved except as follows:
(a) Such building entirely demolished;
(b) Such building is to be moved outside the limits of the more highly restrictive
F1re Zone to a zone where the building meets the minimum standards;

11
(cJ Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12-month
Period, the value of. the work does tlot exceed twenty percent of the value of the existing
building, and provided that, such changes do not add additional combustible material,
in
and do not, the opinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard;
(d) Additions thereto are separated from the existing building by fire walls, as se1
·f orth in Sub-section 604 (b);
(t!) Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any fortuitious event may be
repaired, · using the same kind of materials of which the building <Jr structure was
originally . constructed, provided that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed twenty
percent the replacement cost of the building or structure.

SECTION 507•. Oesignat1oo of Fire Zones


The Secretary shall promulgate specific restrictions for each type of Fire Zone.
Cities and municipalities shall be divided into such Fire Zones in accordance with local,
physical, and spatial framework plans submitted by city or municipal planning and/or
development bodie$..

12
CHAPTER&

FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 801. Fire-Resistive Rating defined


Fire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material can withstand fire as
determined by generally recognized and accepted testing methQds.

SECTION 602. Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating


Fire-resistive time period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being
burned which may be one-hour, two-hours, three-hours, four-hours, etc.

SECTION 603. fire-Resistive Standards


All materials of construction, and assemblies or combinations thereof shall be
classified ac:cording to their fire-retardant or flame-spread ratings as determined by
genera l aceepted testing methods and/or by the Secretary.

SECTION 604. Fire-Resistive Regulations


The Secretary shall prescribe standards and promulgate rules and regulations on the
.ning of construction materials for flame-spread characteristics, tests on fire damages,
fire tests of building construction and materials, door assemblies and tinclad fire doors
100 window assemblies, the installation of fire doors and windows and smoke and fire
detectors for fire protective signaling system, application and use of controlled interior
finish, fire-resistive protection ·for structural members, fire-resistive walls and partitions,
fire-resistive floor or roof ceiling, fire-resistive assemblies for protection of openings and
fire-retardant roof coverings.

13
CHAPTER 7

CLASSJFICATIO.l\f AND GENERAL REQUIREMENT


OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY

SECT\ON 701. Occupancy Classified


(al Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or
the character of its occupancy and shall be classified as follows :
(1) Group A - Residential Dwellings
Group A Occupancies shall dwellings.
(2) Group B - Residential$. Hotels and Apartments
Group B Occupancies shalf be multiple dwelling units including boarding or lodging
houses, hotels, apartment buildings, row houses, convents, monasteries and other similar
building each of which accommodates more than 10 persons.
(3) Group C - Education and Recreation
Group C ()(:cupancles shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes,
involving assemb'age for instruction, education, or recreation, and not classified in Group
I or in Division 1 and 2 or Group H Occupancies.
(4} Group D -Institutional
Group 0 shall include:
Division 1 - Mental hOGPitals, mental sanitaria, jails, prisons, reformatories, and
buildings where perronal liberties of inmate$ are similarly restrained.
Division 2 - Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age,
hospitals, sanitaria, nursing homes 'Mth non-ambulatory patients, and similar buildings
each accommodating more than five persoos.
Division 3 - Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of
kindergarten age or over, each accommodating more than five persons: Provided, that
Group D Occupancies shatl not include buildings used only for private or family group
dwelling purposes.
(5) Group E -Business and Mercantile
GroupE Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Gasoline filling and service stations, storage garages and boat storage
structures where no work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no
open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids.
Division 2 - Wholesale and retail stores, office buildings, drinking and dining
establishments having an occupant load of less than ooe hundred persons, printing plants,
police and fire stations, factories and workshops using not highly flammable or
combustible materials and paint stores without bulk handlings.
Division 3 - Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is
done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding or the
use of highly flammable liquids.
(6) Group F - Industrial
Group F Occupancies shall Include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants, cold

14
storage, and creameries, factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosi\le
materials, and storage and sales rooms for incombustible and non-exptosive materiats.
(7) Group G - Storage and Haz•rdous
Group G Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material.
Division 2- Storage and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants using
flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling, paint shops and spray painting rooms.
Division 3 - Wood working establishments, planing mills and box factories, shops,
factories where loose combustible fibers or dust are manufactured, processed or generated;
warehouses where highly combustible material is ·stored.
Division 4 - Repair garages.
Division 5 - Aircraft repair hangars .
(8) Group H -Assembly Other Than Group I
Group H Occupancies shall include:
Division I - Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less than
1000 in the building.
Division 2 - Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant load of
300 or more in the building.
Division 3 - Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant load of
less than 300 in the building.
Division 4 - Stadia, reviewing stands, amusement park structures not included
within Group l or in Division 1, 2, and 3 of this Group.
(9) Group I -Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or More
Group I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an occupant
loadof -1000 or more in the building.
(10) GroupJ -Accessory
Group J Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Private garage, carports, sheds and agricultural buildings.
Division 2 - Fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks, and towers.
(b) Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J. may be determined by
the Secretary. Any other occupancy not mentioned specifically in this Section, or .about
which there is any question, shall be included in the Group which it most nearly
resembles based on the existing or proposed life and fire hazard.

SECTION 702. Change in Use


No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building
which would place the building in a different division of the same group of occupancy or
in a different group of occupancies, unless such building is made to comply with the
requirements of this Code for such division or group of occupancy. The character of
occupancy of existing buildings may be changed subject to the approval of the Building
Official and the building may be occupied for purposes set forth in other Groups:
Provided the new or proposed use is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the
existing use .

SECTION 703. Mixed Occupancy


(a) General Requirements
When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy, the
whole building shall be subject to .the most restrictive requirement pertaining to any of
the type of occupancy found there in except in the following:

15
(1) When a one-storey building hOUJeS more than one occupancy, each portion of
the building shall conform to the requirement of the particular occupancy housed therein
and;
(2) Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than ten percent of the area
of any floor or a building, nor more than ·ten percent of the basic area perMitted in the
occupancy requirements, in which case, the use of the building shall determine the
occupancy classification.
(b) Forms of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separations shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary,
of such other forms as may be required to afford a complete separation between the
various occupancy division$ in the building.
(c) Types of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separation shaH be classified as "One-Hour Fire-Resistive", "Two-Hour
Fire-Resistive" , "Three-Hour Fire-Resistive" and " Four-Hour Fire-Resistive.''
(1) A "One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be of not less than
one-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by
a fire-assembly .having a one-hour fire -resistive rating.
(2) A "Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be of not less than
two-hour fire -resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by
a fire assembly having a two-hour fire-resistive rating.
(3) A "Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be of not less than
three-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings jn waHs forming such separation shall
be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire -resistive rating. The total width of
all openings in any three-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-storey
shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the wall in that storey and no sin9le -opening
shall have an area greater than 10.00 square meters. All openings in floors forming a
"Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be PfOtected by vertical
enclosures . extending above and below such openings. The walls of such vertical
enclosures .shafl be of not less than . two-hour fire -resistive construction, and all openings
therein shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating.
(4) A "Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation'' shall have no openings
therein and shall be of not less than four-hour fire-resistive construction.
(d) Fire Rating for Occupancy Separation
Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or
divisi9ns of occupancies. The Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for
appropriate occupancy separations in buildings of mixed occupancy; Provided, that,
where any occupancy separation is required, the · minimum shall be a "One-Hour
Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation"; and where the occupancy separation is horizontal,
structural members supporting the separation shall be .by an equivalent fire-
resistive constr1.1ction.
SECTION 704. Location on Property
(a) General
No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public
space, yard or street on at least one of its s ides.
For the purpose of this Section, the centerline of an adjoining street or alley shall
be considered an property line.
Eaves .over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side
a(ld rear property lines.
(b) Fire Resistance of Walls
Exterior waUs shall have fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with
the requirements set forth by the Secretary. Projections beyond the
not exceed beyond a point one-third the distance from an assumed
where the fire-resistive protection of openings is first required to the
whichever . is the least shall be at right f.{om the
property hne. When openmgs 1n exteno_r walls are required to be d'!t;. to
distance from property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in
exceed 50 percent of the total area of the wall in that storey.
(c) Buildings on Same Property and Buildings Containing Courts
For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening
on the same property and court walls shall be assumed to have a propeftt'l}::lfiri&}between
them. When a new building is to be erected on the same property W};,ndJ9=i existing
building, the assumed property line from the existing building shall be te;;\tle
property line for each occupancy as set forth by the Secretary : Provided,
more buildings on the same property may be considered as one building if
of such building is within the limits of allowable floor areas for a singltHitildW!g, and
when ·the buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of dif.feeaflypes of
construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most
construction.

SECTION 705. Allowable floor Areas


The allowable floor areas for one-storey building and buildings O#&r.lenefi:totey
shall not exceed the limits prescribed by the Secretary for each and/or
types of construction. . . , 'T
For purposes of this Section , each portion of a bu ilding separated t>f or
area separation walls may be considered a separate building provided the area
walls meet the requirements prescribed therefor by the Secretary.

SECTION 706. AHowable Floor Area lncreases


The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain
and under appropriate conditions, based on the existence of public space, yards
extending along and adjoining two or more sides of the building or strucffik 'Ubject to
the approval of the Building Official.

SECTION 707. Maximum Height of Buildings

The maximum height and number of storeys of every building shall


upon the character of occupancy and the type of construction as deterrr11iied· by
Secretary considering population density, building bulk, widths of streets and car park ing
requirements. The height shall be measured from the highest adjoining sidew•s Jf.. ground
surface: Provided, that the height meas1,1red from the lowest adjoining surface shall not
exceed such maximum height by more than 3 .00 Except, that and
steeples, erected as part of a building and not used for habitation or storage
to height only by structural if comp\ete\y of incombustible
extend not to exceed 6.00 meters above the height limits for each
combustible materials.

SECTION ·7 08. Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings


{a} Dwelling Location and Lot Occupancy
The dwelling shall occupy not more than ninety percent of a corner lot and eighty
percent of an inside lot, and subject to tt.t= pr011isions on Easemenu of Light and View of
the Civil Code of Philippines, shall be at least 2 meters from the property line.
(b) Light and Vemilation
Every dwelling shall be so constructed and arranged as to provide adequate light
and ventilation as provided under Section 805 to Section 811, of this Code.
(c) Sanitation
Every dwelling shall be provided with at least one sanitary toilet and adeq\tete
washing and drainage facilities.
(d) Foundation
Footings shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling
and shall be at least 250 millimeters thick and 600 millimeters below the surface of the
ground.
· (e) Post
The dimensions of wooden posts shall be those found in Table 708·A: Dimensions
of Wooden Posts (Annex B·1 J. Each post shalf be anchored to such footing by straps and
bolts of adequate size.
(f) Floor
The live load of the tim floor shall be at least 200 kilograms per square meter and
for the 150 kilograms per square meter.
(g) Roof ··
The wind load for roofs shall be at least 120 kilograms per square meter for vertical
projection.
{h} Stairs
Stairs shall be at least 750 millimeters In clear width, with a rise of 200 millimeters
and a minimum run of 200 millimeters.
(i) Entrance and Exit
There shall be at least one entrance and another one for exit.
{j) Electrical Requirements
All electrical installation shall conform to the requirements of the Philippine
=lectrical Code.
(k) Mechanical Requirements
Mechanical systems and/or equipment installation shall be subject to the
requirement of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code.

SECTION 709. Requirements for Other Group Occupancies


Subject to the provisions of this Code, the Secretary shall promulgate rules and
regulations for each of the other Group Occupancies covering: allowable construction,
height, and area; location on property, exit facilities, light, ventilation, and sanitation;
enclosures of vertical openings; fire extinguishing systems; and special hazards.

18
CHAPTERS

LIGHT AND VENTILATION

SECTION 801. General. Requirements of Light and Ventilation


(a) Subject to the provisions of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Easements of
Light and View, and to the provisions of this part of the Code, every building shall be
designed , constructed , and equipped to provide adequate light and ventilatior;t .
(b) All buildings shall face a street or public alley or a private street which has
been duly approved.
(c} No building shall be altered nor arranged so as to reduce the size of any room
or the relative area of windows to less than that provided for buildings under this Code,
or to create an additional room, unless such additional room conforms to the
requirements of this Code.
(d) No building shall be enlarged so that the dimensions of the required court or
yard would be less than that prescribed for such building ·

SECTION 802. Measurement of Site Occupancy


(a) · The measurement of site occupancy or lot occupancy shall be taken at the
•ound level and shall be exclusive of courts, yards, and light wells.
(b} Courts, yards, and light wells shall be measured clear of afl projections from
ae walls enclosing such wells or yards with the exception of roof leaders, wall copings.
liils, or steel fire escapes not exceeding 1.20 meters in width.

SECTION 803. Percentage of Site Occupancy


{a) Maximum site occupancy shall be governed by the use, type of construction,
lnd height of the building .and the use, area, nature, and location of the site; and subject
1D the provisions of the local zoning requirements and in accordance with the rules and
llgUlations prom•Jigated by the Secretary.

SECTION 804. Size and Dimensions of Courts


(a) Minimum size of courts and their least dimensions shall be governed by the use,
type of construction, and height of the building as provided in the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Secretary, provided that the minimum horizontal dimension of court
snail be not less than 2.00 meters .
(b) All inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, either by a passageway
with a minimum width of 1.20 meters or by a door through a room or rooms.

SECTION 805 Ceiling Heights


(a) Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling heights
not less than 2.40 meters measured from the floor to the ceiling; Provided that for build·

19
ings of more than one-storey, the minimum ceiling height of the fim storey shall be 2.70
meters and that for the second storey 2.40 meters and succeeding storeys shall have an
unobstructed typical head-room clearance of not less than 2.10 meters above the finished
floor. Above stated rooms with a natural ventilation shall have ceiling heights not less
than 2.70 meters.
(b) Mezzanina-tlloors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than 1.80 meters
above bel,pw it.

and Dimension of Rooms


¥of rooms and their least horizontal dimensions shall be as

51ii R.oQ,.rfmtiijjjlman Habitations - 6.00 square meters with a least dimension


J1 tm2,00
2. Kitchens- 3.00 square meters with a least dimension of 1.50 meters;
iJ 8eU.·sM! - 1.20 square meters with a least dimension of 0.90 meter.

SECTION 807. Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms


space shall be provided as follows:
I. School Rooms - 3.00 cubic meters with 1.00 square meter of floor area per

Factories, and Offices - 12.00 cubic meters of air space per


person;
3. Habitable rooms- 14.00 cubic meters of air space per person.

t
rP.N 808. Window Openings
:__,m-; EOery room intended for any use, not provided with artificial ventilation
system as herein specified in this Code, shall be provided with a window or windows with
a total free area of openings equal to at least ten percent of the floor area of room, and
such window shall open directly to a court, yard, public street or alley, or open water
courses.

SECTION 809. Vent Shafts


-[a) Ventilation or vent shafts shall have a horizontal area of not ·less
than 0.10 square meter for every meter of height of shaft but in no case shall the area be
less than 1.00 square meter. No vent shaft shall have its least dimension less than 600
millimeters.
(b) Skylights - Unless open to the outer air at the top for its full area, vent shaft
sball be covered by a skylight having a net free area or fixed louver openings equal to the
maximum required shaft area.
(c) Air ducts shall open to a street. or court by a horizontal duct or intake at a
· point below the lowest window opening. Such duct or intake shall have a minimum
unobstructed ·cross-sectional area of not less than 0.30 square meter with a minimum
dimension of 300 millimeters. The openings to the duct or intake shall be not less than
300 millimeters above the bottom of the shaft and the street surface or level of court, at
the respective ends of the duct or intake.
SECTION 810. Ventilation Skylights
(a) Skylights shall have a glass area not less than that required for the windows that
.,. replaced. They shall be equipped with movable sashes or louvers with an aggregate net
free area not less than that required tor openable parts in the window that are replaced or
provided approved artificial ventilation of equivalent effectiveness.

SECTION 811. Artificial Ventilation


(a) Rooms or spaces housing industrial or heating equipment shall be provided
with artificial means of ventilation to prevent excessive accumulation of hot and/or
polluted air.
(b) Whenever artificial ventilation is required, the equipment shall be designed and
constructed to meet the following minimum requirements in air changes:
1. For rooms entirely above grade and used for office, clerical, or
administrative purposes, or as stores, sales rooms, restaurants, markets,
factories, workshops, or machinery rooms, not less than three changes of air
per hour shall be provided.
2. For rooms entirely above grade and used as bakeries, hotel or restaurant
kitchens, laundries other than accessory to dwellings, and boiler rooms- not
less than ten changes of air per hour shall be provided.
3. For auditorium and other rooms used for assembly purposes, with seats or
other accommodations - .not less than 0.30 cubic meter of air per minute
shall be supplied for each person.
4. For wards and dormitories of institutional buildings - not less than 0.45
cubic meter of air per minute shall be. supplied for each person
accommodated .
5. For other rooms or spaces not specifically covered u·nder this Section of the
Code, applicable provisions of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Ccocle,
shall be followed .

21
CHAPTER9

SANITATION

SECTION 901. General Requirements


Subject to the provisions of Book I I of the Civil Code of the Philippines on
Property, Ownership, and its Modification, all buildings hereafter erected, altered,
remodel'ed, relocated or repaired for .human habitation shall be provided wa h adequate
and potable water supply, plumbing installation, and suitable wastewater treatment or
disposal system, storm water drainage, pest and vermin control, noise abatement device,
and such other measures required for the protection and promotion of health of persons
occupying the premises and others living nearby.

SECTION 902. Water Supply System


(a) Whenever available, the potable water requirements for a building used ·for
human habitation shall be supplied from exist ing municipal or city waterworks system.
(b ) The quality of drinking water from meteoric, surface or underground sources
shall conform to the criteria set in the latest approved National Standards for Drinking
Water.
(c) The design, construction and operation of deepwells fo r the abstraction of
groundwater shall be subject to the provisions of the Water Code of the Philippines.
(d) The design, construction and operation of independent waterworks systems of
private housing subdivisions or industrial estates shan be governed by existing laws
relating to local waterworks system.
(d) The water piping installations inside buildings and premises shall conform to
the provisions of the National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 903. Wastewater Disposal System


(a ) Sa nita ry sewage from bui id ings and neutralized or pre-treated industrial
wastewater shall be discharged directly into t he nearest street sanitary sewer main of
existing municipal or city sanitary sewPrage system in accordance with the criteria set by
the Code on Sanitation and the National Pollution Cont rol Commission.
(b) All buildings located in areas where there are no available sanitary sewerage
system shall dispose their sewage "Imhoff" or septic tank and subsurface absorption field .
(c) Sanitary an d indust rial p lumbing installations inside bui ldings and prem ises
shall conform to the provisions of the National Plumbing Code.

SECTION 904. Storm Drainage System


(a} Rainwater drainage shall not discharge to the sanitary sewer system.
(b) Adequate provisions shall be made to drain low areas in buildings and their
premises.

22
SECTION 905. Pest and Vermin Control
(a) All buildings with hollow and/or wood construction shall be provided with rat
proofing.
{b) Garbage bins and receptacJes shaH be provided with ready means for cleaning
and with positive protection against entry of pest and vermins.-
(c} Dining rooms for public use without artificial ventilation shall be properly
tcf'eened.
SECTION 906. Noise Pollution Control
industria\ establishments shall be provided with positiYe noise abatement devices to
1Dne 'down the noise leyel of equipment and machineries to acceptable limits set down by
the Department of Labor and the National Pollution Control Commission.

SECTION 907. Pipe Materials


All pipe materials to be used in buildings shall conform to the Standard
Specifications of the Philippine Standard Council.

23
CHAPTER 10

BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBl·IC STREETS

SECTION 1001. General Requirements


(a) No part of any building or structure or any of its appendages shall project
beyond the property line of the building site, except as provided in this Code.
(b) The projection of any structure or appendage over a public property shall be
the d istance measured horizontally from the property line to the outermost point of the
projection.

SECTlON 1002. Projection into Alleys or Streets


(a) No part of any structure or its appendage shall project into any alley or street,
national road or public highway except as provided in this Code.
(b) Footings located at least 2.40 meters below grade along national roads or
public highway may project not more than 300 millimeters beyond the property line.
(c} Foundations may be permitted to encroach into public sidewalk areas to a
width not exceeding 500 millimeters; provided, that the top of the said foundations is not
less than 600 millimeters below the established grade; and provided further, that said
projection does not obstruct any existing utility such as power, communication, gas,
water, or sewer lines, unless the owner concerned shall pay the corresponding entities for
the rerouting of the parts of the affe<:ted utilities.

SECTK>N 1003. Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets


(a) The extent of any projection owr an aUey or street shalf be uniform within a
block and shall conform to the limitations set forth in Table 1003-A; Projection of
Balconies and Appendages (Annex B-2)
(bl The clearance between the established grade of the street and/or sidewalk and
t he lowest under surface of any part of the balcOny shaiJ not be less than 3.00 meters.

SECTION 1004. Arcades


(a) Whenever required by existing building and zoning regulations, arcades shall be
constructed on sidewalks of streets. The width of the arcade and its height shall be
uniform throughout the street provided, that in no case, shall an arcade be less than 3.00
meters above the established sidewalk grade.

SECTION 1005. Canopies (Marquees)

(a) Definition: A canopy or marquee is a permanent roofed structure above a door


attached to and supported by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk. This
includes object or decoration attached thereto.

24
(b) Projection 111nd CletJrance. The horizontal clearance between the outermost
edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not less than 300 millimeters. The vertical
clearance between the pavement qr ground line and the undersurface of any part the
marquee shall not be less than 3.00 meters.
(cl Comtructlon. A marquee shall be constructed of incombustible material or
materials of. not less than two-hours fire-resistive construction. It shall be provided with
necessary drainage facility.
ld} Location. Every marquee shall be so located as not to interfere with the
operation of any exterior standpipe connection or to obstruct the clear passage from
stairway exits from the building or the installation or maintenance of electroliers.

SECTION 1006. Movable Awnings or Hoods


(a) Definition. An awning is a movable shelter supported entirely from an exterior
wall of a building and of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the
face of a supporting building. .
(b) The horizontal clearance between the awning and the curb line shall
not be less than 300 millimeters. The vertical clearance between the undermost surface of
lh! awning and the pavement or ground line shall be not less than 2.40 meters .
Collapsible awnings shall be so designated that they shall not block a required exit when
collapsed or folded.

SECTION 1007. Doors, Windows, and the like


Doors, windows, and the like less than 2.40 meters aJ:>ove the pavement or
.,._.ndtine shall not, when fully opened or upon opening, proiect beyond the property
lne except fire exit doors.

SECTION 1008. Comer.Buifdings with Chaflans


(a) Every comer building or solid fence on a public street or alley less than 3.60
width shall be truncated at the corner. The face of the .triangle so formed shall
. . at right angles to the bisector of the angle of the intersection of the street lines ;
JIOVided, that in no case, the Secretary shalt determine the size and form of the chaflan.
(b) If the building is arcaded, no chafian is required notwithstanding the width of
* pubfic street or alley, less than 12.00 meters .

25
CHAPTE'R 11

. OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION

SECTION 1101. General Requirements


(a) No penon shall use or occupy a street, alley or public sidewalk for the
performance of work covered by a building permit except in accordance with the
provisions of this Chapter.
{b) No person shall perform any work on any building or structure adjacent to a
public way in general use for pedestrian travel, unless the pedestrians are protected as
specified in this Chapter.
(c) Any material or structure temporarily public property, including
canopies, and walkways, shall be adequately lighted, between sunset and sunrise.

SECTION 1102. Storage in Public Property


Materials and equipment necessary for work to be done under a permit when
plae«i or stored on public property shall not obstruct free and convenient approach to
and use of any fire hydrant, fire or police alarm box, utility box, catch basin, or manhole
and shall not interfere with any drainage of any street or alley gutter.

SECTION 1103. Mixing Mortar on Public Property


The mixing of mortar, concrete, or similar materials on pub\ic streets shall not be
allowed.

SECTION 1104. Protection of Utilities


All public or private utilities above or below the ground shall be protected from
any damage by any work being done under the permit. The protection shall be
maintained while such work is being done and shall not obstruct the normal functioning
of any such utility.

SECTION 1105. Walkway


(a) When the Building Official authorizes a sidewalk. to be fenced or closed, or in
case there is no sidewalk in front of the building site during construction or demolition, a
temporary walkway of not less than 1.20 meters wide shall be provided.
(b) The walkway shall be capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650
kilograms per square meter. A durable wearing surface shall be provided throughout the
construction period.

SECTION 1106. Pedestrian Protection


(a) Protection Required. Pedestrian trafiic shaH be protected by a railing on the
street side when the walkway extends into the roadway, by a railing when adjacent to

26
.awtions, and by such as set forth in Table 1106-A: Type of Protection Required for
fi8destrians (Annex B-2}.
(b) Rsilings. Adequate railings when requt;ed shall be built substantially strong
...:J should be at least 1.00 meter in height. .
(c) Fences. Fences shall be buUt of an approved material, not less than 2.40 meters
il height abOve grade, and be placed on the side of the walkway nearest to the building
lilt. Fences shall enclose entirely the building site. Openings in such fences shall be
with doors which shall be kept closed at all times. ·
(d) Canopies. The protective canopy shall have a clear height of 2.40 memrs above
* railway, and shall be structurally safe. Every can6py shall have a soHd fence built
*l9 its entire length on the construction side. If materials are stored or work is done on
1Dp of the canopy, the edge along the street shall be protected by a tight curb board not
• than 300 millimeters high and a railing not less than 1.00 meter high shall be
The entire structure shall be designed to carry the loads imposed upon it:
frovided, that the. live load shaH be not less than 600 .kilograms per square meter.

SECTION 1107. Maintenance and Remowl of Protective Devices


(a) Maintenance. All protective devices shall be properly maintained in place and
'-Pt in good order for the entire length of time pedestrians may be endangered.
(b} Removal. Every protective fence or canopy sha\1 be remcved within 30 days
.,_such protection is no longer required as determ ined by the Building Official.

SECTION 1108. Demolition


(a) The work of demolishing any building .shall not be commenced until all the
wressary pedestrian protective structures are in ptace.
(b) The Building Official may require the permittee to submit plans, specifications
8ld complete schedule of demolition. When so requ ired , no work shall be done until such
....,s, and schedule are approved by the Building Official.

27
CHAPTER 12

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 1201. General Requirements


Buildings proposed for construction shall comply with all the . regulations and
specifications herein set forth governing quality, characteristics and properties of
materials, methods of design and construction, type of occupancy and classification.
All other matters relative to the structural design of all buildings and other
structures not provided for in this Chapter shall conform with the provisions of the
National Structural Code of Buildings, as adopted and promulgated by the Board of Civil
Engineering pursuant to Republic Act Number 544, as amended, known as the
"Civil Engineering Law".

SECTION 1202. Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls


(a) Subject to the provisions of Articles 684 to 686 of the Civil Code of the
Philippines on lateral and subiacent support, the design and quality of materials used
structurally in excavation, footings, and in foundations shall conform to accepted
engineering practice.
(b) Excavation and Fills
(1) Excavation or fills for buildings or structures shall be so constructed or
protected that they do not endanger life or property .
(2) Whenever the depth of excavation for any construction is such that the
lateral and subjacent support of the adjoining property or existing structure
thereon would be affected in a manner that the stability or safety of the
same is endangered, the person undertaking or causing the excavation to be
undertaken shall be responsible for the expense of underpinning or
extending the foundation or footings of the aforementioned property or
structure.
{3) Excavation and other similar disturbances made on public property shall,
unless otherwise excluded by the Building Official, be restored immediately
to its former condition within 48 hours from the start of such excavation
and djsturbances by whosoever caused such excavation or disturbance.
(c) Footings, Foundations, and Retaining Walls
(1} Footings and foundations shall be of the apP,.opriate type, of adequate size,
and capacity in order to safely sustain the superimposed loads under seismic
or any condition of external forces that may affect the safety or stability of
the structure. It shall be the responsibility of the architect and/or engineer to
adopt the type and design of the same in accordance with the standards set
forth by the Secretary.
(2) Whenever or wherever there exist in the site of the construction an abrupt
change in the ground \e-ve\s or \eve\ of the foundation such that instability of
the soil could result, retaining walls shall be provided and such shall be of
adequate design and type of construction as prescribed by the Secretary.

28
SECTION 1203. Veneer
(a) Definition. Veneer is a nonstructural facing of brick, concrete, tile, metal,
ptastic, glass, or other similar approved materials attached to a backing or structural
components of the building for the purpose of ornamentation, protection, or enclosure
that may be adhered, integrated, or anchored either on the interior or exterior of the
building or structure. .
(b) Design Requirements. The design of all veneer shall comply with the following:
(1) Veneer shall support no load other than its own weight and the vertical dead
load of veneer immed iately above.
(2) Surfaces to which veneer is attached shall be designed to support the
additional vertical and lateral loads imposed by the veneer.
(3) Consideration shall be given to differential rTlO\Iefllents of the supports
including those caused by temperature changes, shrinkage, creep, and
deflection.
(4) Adhered veneer and its backing shall be designed to have a bond to the
supporting elements sufficient to withstand shearing stresses due to their
weights including seismic effects on the total assemblage.
(5) Anchored veneer and its attachment shall be designed to resist horizontal
forces equal to twice the weight of the veneer.
(6) Anchors supports and ties shaH be non-combustible and corrosion-resistant.

SECTION 1204. Enclosure of Vertical Openings


(a) General. Vertical openings shall be enclosed depending upon the fire -resistive
requirements of a particular type of construction as set forth in this Code.
(b) Elevator Enclosures. Walls and partitions enclosing elevators and escalators
shall be of · not less than the fire-resistive construction required under the Types of
Construction. Enclosing walls of elevator shafts may consist of wire glass set in metal
frames on the entrance side only. Elevator shafts extending through more than two
storeys shall be equipped with· an approved means of adequate ventilation to and through
the main roof of the building : Provided, that in those buildings housing Groups F and·G
Occupancies equipped with automatic fire-extinguishing systems throughout, enclosures
shall nQt be required for escalators: Provided, further that the top of the escalator
opening at each storey shall be provided with a draft curtain. Such draft curtain shall
enclose the perimeter of the unenclosed opening and shall extend from the ceiling
downward at least 300 miJJimeters on all sides. Automatic sprinklers shalJ be provided
around the perimeter of the opening and within a 600 millimeters of the draft curtain.
The distance between the sprinkles shall not exceed 1.80 meters center-to-center.
(c) Other Vertical Openings. AU shafts, ducts, chutes, and other vertical openings
not covered in paragraph (b) above shall have enclosing walls conforming to the
requirements specified under the type of construction of ·the building in which they are
located. In other than Group A Occupancies rubbish and linen chutes shall terminate in
rooms separated. from the remainder of the building by a One-Hour Fire-Resistive
Occupancy Separation. Openings into the chutes shall not be located in required exit
corridors or stairways. ·
(d) Air Ducts. Air ducts passing through a floor shall be enclosed in a shaft. The
shaft shall be as required in this Code for vertical openings. Dampers shall be installed
where ducts pierce the shaft enclosure walls. Air ducts in Group A Occupancies need not
be enclosed in a shah it conforming to the mechanical provisions of this Code.

SECTION 1205. Floor Construction


(a) Floors shall be of such materials and construction as specified under Chapter 5
Fire Zones and Fire-Resistive Standards and under Chapter 6- Types of Construction.

29
(b) All floors shall be so framed and secured into the framework and supporting
walls as to form an integral part of the whole building.
(c) The types of floor construction used shall provide means to keep the beam and
girders from lateral buckling.
SECTION 1206. Roof Construction and Covering

(a) Roof Covering. Roof covering for all building.s shall be either fire-retardant or
ordinary depending upon the fire-resistive requirements of the particular type of
construction. The use of combustible roof Insulation shall be permitted in all types of
construction provided it is covered with approved roof covering applied directly thereto.
(b) Roof Trusses. All roofs shall be so framed and tied into the framework and
supporting walls so as to form an integral part of the whole building. Roof trusses shall
have all joints well fitted and shall have all tension members well tightened before any
load is placed in the truss. Diago11a1 ·and sway bracing shall be used to brace all roof
trusses. The allowable working stresses of materials in trusses shall conform to this Code.
Camber shall be provided to prevent sagging.
(c) Attics
(1) Access. An attic access opening shall be provided in the ceiling of the top floor
of buildings with a combustible ceiling or roof construction. The opening shall be located
in a corridor or hallway of buildings of three or more storeys in height, and readily
accessible in buildings of any height. An opening shall not be less than 600 millimeters
square or 600 millimeters in diameter. The minimum clear headroom of 800 millimeters
shall be provided above the access opening. For ladder requirements, refer to the
Philippine Wtechanicat Engineering Code.
(2) An!'a Separation. Enclosed attic spaces of combustible construction shall be
divided into horizontal areas not exceeding 250 square meters by fire-resistive partitions .
extending from the ceili ng to the roof. Except, that where the entire attic is equipped
with approved automatic fire-extinguishing system, the attic space may be divided into
areas not to exceed 750 square meters. Openings in the partitions shall be protected by
self-closing doors.
(3) Draft Stops. Regardless of the type of construction, draft stops shalt be
installed in trusses roofs, between roof and bottom chords or trusses, in all buildings
exceeding 2000 square meters. Draft stops shall be constructed as for attic area
separations.
(4) Ventilation. Enclosed attics including rafter spaces formed where ceilings are
applied direct to the underside or roof rafters, shall be provided with adequate ventilation
protected against the entrance of rain .

(d) Roof Drainage System


(1) Roof Drains. Roof drains shall be installed at low points of the roof and shall
be adequate in size to discharge all tributary waters.
(2) Overflow Drains and Scuppers. Where roof drains are required, adequate
overflow drains shall be provided.
(3) Concealed Piping. Roof drains and overflow drains, when concealed within the
construction of the building, shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the
National Plumbing Code .
(4) Over Public Property. Roof drainage water from a building shall not be
permitted to flow over public property, except for Group A and J Occupancies.
(e) Flashing. Flashing and counterflashing shall be provided at the juncture of the
roof and vertical surfaces.

30
SECTION 1207. Stairs, ExitS., and Occup.,t Loads
(a) General. The construction of stairs and exits shall conform to the occupant
load requirements of buildings, reviewing stands, bleachers, and grandstands,
(1) Determination of Occupant Loads. The occupant load permitted in any
building or portion thereof shall be determined by dividing the floor area assigned to that
.-by the unit area allowed per occupant as determined by the Seaetary.
(2) Exit Exit requirements of a building or portion thereof used for
different purposes shall be determined by the occupant load which gives the largest
number of persons. No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of an exit except
projections permitted by this Code.
(3) Posting of Room Capacity. Any room having an occupant load of more than
50 where fixed seats are not installed, and which is used for classroom, assembly, or
similar purpose shall have the capacity of the room posted in a place near the
main exit from the room.
(4) Changes in Elevation. Except in Group A Occupancies, changes in floor
elevations of less than 300 millimeters along any exit serving a tributary occupant load of
10 or more shall be by means of ramps:

(b) Exits
( 1) Number of Exits. Every building or usable portion thereof sha\\ have at least
one exit. In all occupancies, floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more
than 10 shall not have less than two exits. Each mezzanine floor used for other than
storage purposes, if greater in area than 185 square meters or more than 18.00 meters in
.,Y dimension, shalt have at least two stairways to an adjacent floor. Every
storey or portion thereof, having an occupant load of 500 to 999 shall have at least three
exits. Every storey or portion thereof having an occupant toad of 1000 or more shall ·
at least four (4} exits. The number of exits required from any storey of a bu ilding shall be
determined by using the occupant loads of floors which exit through the level under
consideration as follows: 60 percent of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey
above (and the first adjacent storey below, when a storey below exits through the level
under consideration) and 25 percent of the occupant load in the storey immediately
beyond the first adjacent storey. The maximum number of exits required for any storey
shall be maintained until egress is provided from the structures. For purposes of this
Section basement or cellars and occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required
for storeys. Floors above the second storey, basements and cellars used for other than
service of the building shall have not less than two exits .
(2) Width. The total width ot exits in meters shall not be less than the total
occupant load served divided by 165. Such width of exits shall be divided approximately
equally among the separate exits. The total exit width required from any storey of a
building shall be determined by using the occupant load of that storey plus the
percentage of the occupant loads of floors which exits through the level under
a>nsideration as follows: fifty (50) percent of the occupant load in the first adjacent
storey above (and the first adjacent storey below when a storey below exits through the
level under consideration) and twenty five percent of the occupant load in the storey
immediately beyond the first adjacent storey. The maximum exit width from any storey
of a building shall be maintained. ·
(3) Arrangement of Exits. If only two exits are required they shall be placed a
distance apart to not less than one-fifth of the perimeter of the area served measured in a
straight line between exits. Where three or more exits are required they shall be arranged
a reasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will be available.
(4} Distance to Exists. No point in a building without a sprinkler shall be
more than 45.00 meters from an exterior exit door, a horizontal exit, exit passageway, or
an enclosed stairway, measured along the line of travel. In a building equipped with a

31
complete automatic fire extinguishing system the distance from exits may be increased to
60.00 meters.
(c) Doors. The provisions herein shall apply to every exit door ·serving an area
having an occupant load of more than 10, or hazardous rooms or areas.
(H Swing. Exit door shall swing in the direction of exit traver when serving any
hazardous areas or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. Double acting doors
shall not be used as exits serving a tributary occupant load of more than 100; nor shall
they be used as a part of ftre assemb\y, nor equ\ppe<i with panic hardware. A double
acting door shall be provided with a view panel of not less than 1,300 square centimeters.
(2) Type of Lock or Latch. Exit door shall be openable from the inside without
the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort: Except, that this requirement shaU
not apply to exterior exit doors in a Group E or F Occupancy if there is a conspicuous,
readily visible and durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating that the door is to
remain unlocked during business hours. The locking device must be of a type that will
readily be distinguishable as locked. Fl ush bolts or surface bolts are prohibited.
{3) Width and Height. Every required exit doorway shall be of a size as to permit
the installation of a door not less than 900 millimeters in width and not less than 2.00
mete rs in height. When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of
opening at least 90 degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the exitway is
not less than 700 millimeters. In computing the required exit width the net dimension of
the exitwav sha\1 be used.
(4) Door Leaf Width. No leaf of an exit door shall exceed 1.20 meters in width.
(5) Special Doors. Revolving, sliding, and overhead doors shall not be used as
required exits.
(6) Egress from Door. Every required exit door shall give immediate access to an
approved means of egress from the building.
(7) Change in Floor Level at Doors. Regardless of the occupant load there shan be
a floor or landing on each side of an exit door. The floor or landing shall be leveled with,
or not more than 50 millimeters lower than the treshold of the doorway: Except, that in
Group A and B Occupancies, a door may open on the top step of a flight of stairs or an
exterior landing provided t he door does not swing over the top step or exterior landing
and the landing is not more than 200 millimeters below the floor level.
(8) Door Identification. Glass doors shall conform to the requirements in Section
1805 Other exit doors shall be so marked that they are readily distinguishable from the
adjacent construction.
(9) Additional Doors. When additional doors are provided for egress purposes,
they shall conform to all provisions in the following cases: Approved revolving doors
having leaves which will collapse under opposing pressures may be used in exit situations;
provided; that such doors have a minimum width of 2.00 meters or they are not used in
occupancies where exits are required to be equipped w\th panic hardware or at \east one
conforming exit door is located adjacent to each revolving doors installed in a building
and the revolvi ng door shall not be considered to provide any exit width.
(d) Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies. The provisions herein shall apply to
every corridor and exterior exit balcony serving as a required exit for an occupant load of
more than ten.
(1) Width. Every corridor or exit balcony shall not be less than 1.1 0 meters in
width.
(2) Projections. The required width of corridors and exterior exit balconies shall
be unobstructed: Except, that trim handrails, and doors when fully opened shall not
reduce the required width by more than 200 millimeters. Doors in any position shall not
reduce the required width of the corridor by more than one-half.
(3) Access to Exits. When more than one exit is required, they shall be so arranged
to allow going to either direction from any point in the corridor or exterior exit balcony
to a separate exit, except for dead ends permitted by this Code.
(4) Dead Ends. Corridors and exterior exit balconies with dead ends are permitted
t he dead end does not exceed 6.00 meters length.
32
15) Constructit:m. Walls and ceilings of corridors shall not be less than one-hour
construction. Provided, that this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit
WcGnies, railings, and corridors. of one-storey building housing a Group E and F
gQ:up;mcy occupied by one tenanfonly and which serves an occupant load of 30 or less,
_..to corridors, formed by temporary partitions. Exterior exit balconies shall not project
iiiiDan area where protected openings are required.
. (6) Openings. Where corridor wall are required to be one-hour fire-resistive
every interior door opening shall be protected as set forth in generally
...,ized and accepted requirements for dual purpose fire exit doors. Other interior
l!lllll'ings except ventilation louvers equipped with approved automatic fire shutters shall
la7 millimeters thick fixed wire glass set in steel frames. The total area of all openings
_.,. than doors, in any portion of an interior corridor wall shall not exceed twenty-five
,....t of the area of the corridor wall of the room being separated from the corridor.
(e) Stairways. Except stairs or ladders used only to access equipment, every
serving any building or portion thereof shall conform to the following
_.wements:
'· {t) Width. Stairways serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be less
1.10 meters. Stajrways serving an occupant load of 50 or less may be 900 millimeters
.... Private stairways serving an occupant load of less than 10 may be 750 millimeters.
_ _ rh \ and handrails shall not reduce the required width by more than 100 millimeters.
(2) Rise and Run. The rise of every step in a stairway shall not exceed 200
llilimeters and the run shall not be leSs than 250 millimeters. The maximum variations in
. . height of risers and the width o1 treads in any one fliaht shall be 5 millimeters:
r..,r, in case of private stairways serving an occupant load of less t han 10, the rise
. , be 200 millimeters and the run may be 250 millimeters, except as provided in
(3) below. ·
(3) Winding Stairways. In Group A Occupancy and in private stairways in Group 8
kiiiPCM'lcies, winders may be used if the required width of run is provided at a point not
. . . . than 300 millimete.rs from the side of the where the are narrower
Jiil in no case shall any Width of run be less than 150 m1ll1meters at any pomt.
{4) Circular Stairways. Circular stairs may be used as an exit provided the
ililimum width of run is not less than 250 millimeters. All treads in any one flight
trs en landings shall have identical dimensions within a 5 mill imeter tolerance.
t. {5) Landings. Every landing shall have a dimension measured in the direction of
...... equal to the width of the stairway. Such dimension need not exceed 1.20 meters
...., the stairs has a straight run. landings when provided shalf not be reduced in width
llreore than 100 millimeters by a door when fully open.
(6) Basement Stairways. Where a basement stairway ·and a stairway to an upper
-....v terminate in the same exit enclosure, an approved barrier shall be provided to
persons from continuing on to the basements. Directional exit signs shaH be
IIIJIIIIIIIfide as specified in this Code.
.._a
.

.
(7) Distance Between Landings. There shall be not more than 3.60 meters vertical
landings.
(8) Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails on each side and every stairway
.,wed to be more than 3.00 meters in width shall be provided with not less than one
ilL nediate handrail for each 3.00 meters of required width. Intermediate handrails shall
.. spaced approximately equal within the entire width of the stairway. Handrails shall be
_..., not less than 800 millimeters nor more than 900 millimeters above the nosing of
- - . , and ends of handraHs shall be returned or shall terminate in newel posts or safety
Except, in the following cases: Stairways 1.10 meters or less in width and
at ..ys serving one individual dwelling unit in Group A or 8 Occupancies may have one
aa t .SI, except that such stairway, open on one or both, sides shall have handrails
... ·ded on the open side or sides: or stairways having less than four risers need . not have

33
(9) Exterior Stairway Protection. All openings in the exterior wall below or within
3.00 meters, measured horizontally, of an exterior exit stairway serving a building over
two storeys in height shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a
three-fourths hour fire-resistive rating; Except, that openings may be unprotected when
two separated exterior stairways serve an exterior exit balcony.
(10a) ·Stairways Construction-Interior. Interior stairways shall be constructed
as specified in this Code. Where there is enclosed usable space under the stairs the.walls
and soffits of the enclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for
one-hour fire resistive construction.
(10b) Stairway Construction-Exterior. Exterior stairways shall be of incombustible
material: Except, that on Type Ill buildings which do not exceed tw'o storeys in height,
which are located in less fire-restrictive Fire Zones, as well as on Type I buildings which
may be of wood not less than 50 millimeters in nominal thickness. Exterior stairs shall be
protected as required for exterior walls· due to location on property as specified in this
Code. Exterior stairways shall not project into an area where openings are required to be
protected. Where there is enclosed usable space under stairs, the walls and soffits of the
enclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required for one-hour
fire -resistive construction.
(11} Stairway to Roof. In every building four or more storeys in height, one
stairway shall extend to the roof unless the roof has C slope greater than 1 in 3.
(12) Headroom. Every required stairway shall have a headroom clearance of not
less than 2.00 meters. Such clearance shall be established by measuring vertically from a
plane parallel and tangent the stairway tread nosing to the soffit above all points.
(f) Ramps. A ramp conforming to the provisions of this Code may be used as an
exit. The width of ramps shall be as required for corridors.
(g) Horizontal Exit. If conforming to the provisions of this Code, a horizontal exit
may be considered as the required exit. All openings in a separation wall shall be
protected by a fire assembly having a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour. A
horizontal exit shall not lead into a floor area having a capacity for an occupant load not
less than the occupant load served by such exit. The capacity shall be determined by
allowing 0.30 square meter of net floor area per ambulatory occupant and 1.90 square
meters per non-ambulatory occupant. The dispersal area into which the horizontal exit
leads shall be provided with exits as required by this Code.
(h) Exit Enclosures. Every interior stairway, ramp, or escalator shall be enclosed as
specified in this Code: Except, that in other than Group 0 Occupancies, an enclosure
will not be required for stairway, ramp, or escalator serving only one adjacent floor and
not connected with corridors or stairways serving other floors . Stairs in Group A
Occupancies need not be enclosed.
{1) Enclosure walls shall not be less than two-hour fire-resistive construction.
There shall be no openings into exit enclosures except exit doorways and .openings in
exterior walls. All exit doors in an exit enclosure shall be appropriately protected.
(2} Stairway and ramp enclosures shall include landings and parts of floors
connecting stairway flights and shall include a corridor on the ground floor leading from
the stairway to the exterior of the building. Enclosed corridors or passageways are not
required for unenclosed stairways.
(3) A stairway in an exit enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit
unless an approved barrier is provided at the ground floor level to prevent persons from
accidentally continuing into the basement.
(4) There shall be no enclosed usable space under stairways in an exit enclosure,
nor shall the open space under such stairways be used fo'r any purpose.
{i) Smokeproof Enclosures
A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of ·a vestibule and a continuous stairway
enclosed from the highest point to the lowest point by walls of two-hour fire-resistive

34
canstruction. In buildings five storeys or more in height, one of the required exits shall be
• smokeproof enclosure.
(1) Stairs in smokeproof enclosures shall be of incombustible construction.
(2) There shall be no openings in smokeproof enclosures, except exit doorways
..t openings in exterior walls. There shall be no openings directly into the interior of the
Access shall be through a vestibule with one wall at least fifty percent open to
e.e exterior and having an exit door from the interior of the building and an exit door
llllding to the smokeproof enclosure. In lieu of a vestibule, access may be by way of an
balcony of incombustible materials.
(3} The opening from the building to the vestibule or balcony shall be protected
W1h a self-cfosing fire assembly having one-hour fire-resistive rating. The opening from
. . wstibule or balcony to the stair tower shall be protected by a self-closing fire
-.nbly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.
(4) A smokeproof enclosure shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway
to a public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall
-.e walls, floors, and ceilings of two-hour fire-resistance.
(5J A stairway in a smokeproof enclosure shall not continue below the grade level
an unless an approved barrier is provided at a ground floor level to prevent persons from
acidentally walking into the basement.
(j) Exit Outlets, Courts, and Passageways
Every exit shall discharge into a public way, exit court, or exit passageway. Every
art court shall discharge into a public way or an exit passageway. Passageways shall be
.nhout openings other than required exits and shall have walls, floors, and ceilings of the
.me period of fire-resistance as the walls, floors and ceilings of the building but shall not
be • than one-hour fire-resistive construction.
(1) Width
Every exit court and exit passageways shall be at least as wide as the required total
.-nh of the tributary exits, su(;h required width being based on the occupant toad
.wd. The required width of exit courts or exit passageways shall be unobstructed except
• permitted in corridors. At any point where the width of an exit court is reduced from
11ry cause, the reduction in width shall be affected gradually by a guardrail at \east 900
811imeters in height. The guardrail shall make an angle of not more than 30 degrees with
1h! axis of the exit court.
(2) Slope
The slope of exit courts shall not exceed 1 in 10. The slope of exit passageway shall
110t exceed 1 in 8. ·
(3) Number of Exits
Every exit court shall be provided with exits as required in this Code.
14) Openings
All openings into an exit court less than 3.00 meters wide shall be protected by fire
-mblies having not less than three-fourth hour fire -resistive rating. Except, that
ap!nings more than 3.00 meters above the floor of the exit court may be unprotected:
(k) Exit Signs and Illuminations
Exits shall be illuminated at any time the building is occupied with lights having an
rttensity o·f not less than 10.7 lux at floor level: Except, that for Group A Occupancies,
he exit illumination shall be provided with separate circuits or separated sources of
:lOWer (but not necessarily separate from exit signs when these are required for exit sign
.ftumination).

35
(ll Aisles
Every portion of every building in which are installed seats, tables, merchandise,
equipment, or similar materials shall be provided with aisles leading to an exit. ·
(1) Width
Every aisle shall be not less than 800 millimeters wide if serving only one side, and
not less than 1 meter wide if serving both sides. Such minimum width shall be measured
at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle, or foyer and shall be increased by 30
millimeters for every meter in length towards the exit, cross aisle or foyer.
Side aisles shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.
(2) Exit Distance
In areas occupied by seats and in Groups Hand I Occupancies without seats, the
line of travel to an exit door by an aisle shall be not more than 45.00 meters. With
standard spacing, as specified in this Code, aisles shall M so located that there wil.l be not
more than seven seats between the wall and an aisle and not more than fourteen seats
between aisles. The number of seats between aisles may be increased to 30 where exist
doors are provided along each side aisle of the row of seats at the rate of one pair of exit
doors for every five rows of seats, provided further that the distance between seats back
to back is at least one meter. Such exit doors shall ·provide a minimum clear width of 1.70
meters .
(3) Cross Aisles
Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of the cross aislo
shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle plus fifty percent
of the total required width of the remaining aisle leading thereto. In Groups C, Hand E
Occupancies, aisles shall not be provided a dead end greater than 6.00 meters in length.
(4) Vomitories
Vomitories connecting the foyer or main exit with the cross aisles shall have a total
width not less than sum of the required width of the widest aisles leading thereto plus
fifty percent of the total required width of the remaining aisles leading thereto .
. (5) Slope
The slope portion of aisles shall not exceed a fall of 1 in 8.
(m) Seats
( 1 ) Seat Spacing
With standard seating, the spacing of rows of seats from back-to-back shall be not
less than 840 millimeters. With continental seating, the spacing of rows of unoccupied
seats shall provide a clear width measured horizontally, as follows: 450 miHimeters clear
for rows of 18 seats or less ; 500 millimeters clear for rows of 35 seats or less; 525
millimeters clear for rows of 45 seats or less; and 550 millimeters clear for rows of 46
seats or more.
. (2) Width
The width of any seat shall be not less than 450 millimeters.
(n) Reviewing Stands, Grandstands, and Bleachers
(1) Height of Stands
Stands made of combustible framing shall be limited to 11 rows or 2 .70 meters in
height . .
(2) Design Requirements
The minimum unit live load for reviewing stands, grandstands, and bleachers shall
be 500 kilograms per· square meter of horizontal projection for the structure as a whole.
Seat and footboards shall be 180 kilograms per linear meter. The sway force, applied to

36
seats, shall be 35 kilograms per linear meter parallel to the seats and 15 kilograms per
linear meter perpendicu\ar to the seats. Sway forces need not be applied simultaneously
with other lateral forces.
(3) Spacing of Seats
(3.1) Row Spacing ·
The minimum spacing of rows of seats meaand from back·to-back shall be: 600
millimeters for seats without backrests in Open air stands; 750 millimeters for seats with
backrests; and 850 millimeters for chair seating. There stall be a space of not less than
JOO millimeters between the back of each .seat lnd the front of 1he seat immediately
behind it.
(3.2) Rise Between Rows
The maximum rise from one row of seats to the next shall not exceed 400
tnitlimeters.
(3.3) Seating Capacity
For determining the seating capacity of a stand, the width of any seat shall not be
less than 450 millimeters nor more than 480

(3.4 ) Number of Seats Between Aisles


The number of seats between any-·seat and an aisle shall not be greater than 15 for
open air stands with seats without backrests, a far open air stands with seats having
and seats without backrests within buildings and 6 for seats with backrests
in buildings. ·

(4) Aisles
(4.1) Aisles Required
Aisles shall be provided in all stands; Except, that aisles may be omitted when all
the following .conditions exist: Seats are witho·u t backrests; the rise from row to row does
not exceed 300 millimeters per row; the number of rows does not exceed 11 in height;
the top seating board is not over 3.00 meters above grade; and the first seating board is
not more than 500 millimeters above grade. ·
(4.2) Obstructions
No obstruction shall be placed in ·the required width of any aisle or exitway.
(4.3) Stairs Required
When an aisle is elevated more than 200 millimeters above grade, the aisle shall be
provided with a stairway or ramp whose width is not less than the width of the aisle.
(4.4) Dead End
No vertical aisle shall have a dead end more than 16 rows in depth regardless of the
number of exits required.
(4.5) Width
Aisles shall have a minimum width of 1.10 meters.

(5) Stairs and Ramps


The requirements in th is Code shall apply to all stairs and ramp9 except fOf
portions that pass through the seating area.
(5.1) Stair Rise and Run
The maximum rise of treads shall not exceed 200 millimeters and the minimum
width oi the run shall be 280 mil\imeters. The maximum variation in the width of treads
in any one flight shall not be more than 5 millimeters and the maximum variation in one

37
height of two adjacent rises shall not exceed 5 millimeters.
(5.2) Ramp Slope
The s'ope of a ramp shall not exceed 1 in 8. Ramps shall be roughened or shall be
of approved nonslip material.
(6.3) Handrails
A ramp with a slope exceeding 1 in 10 shall have hancfrails. Stairs for stands shall
have handrails. Handrails shall conform to the requirements of this Code.
{6) Guardrails
(6.1) Guardrails shall be required in all locations where the top of a seat plank is
more than 1.20 meters above the grade and at the front of stands elevated more than 600
millimeters above grade. Where only sections of stands are used, guardrails shall be
provided as required in this Code.
(6.2) Railings shall be 1.1 0 meters above the rear of a seat plank or 1.1 0 meters
above the rear of the steps in an aisle when the guardrail is parallel and adjacent to the
aisle: Except, that the height may be reduced to 900 millimeters for guardrails located in
front of the grandstand.
(6.3) A midrail shall be placed adjacent to any seat to limit the open distance
above the top of any part of a seat to 250 millimeters where the seat is at the e xtreme
end or at the extreme rear of the bleachers or grandstand . The intervening space shall
have one additional rail midway in the opening: Except, that railings may be omitted
when stands are placed directly against a wall or fence giving equivalent protection; stairs
and ramps shall be provided with guardrails. Handrails at the front of stands and adjacent
to an aisle shall be designed to resist a load of 75 kilograms per linear meter applied at the
top rail. Other handrails shall be designed to resist a load of 40 kilograms per linear meter.
(7) Foot Boards
Footboards shall be provided for all rows of seats above the third row or beginning
at such point where the seating plank is more than 600 millimeters above grade.
(8) Exits ·
(8.1) Distance to Exit
. The line of travel to an· exit shall not be more than 45.00 meters. For stands with
seats without backseats this distance may be measured by direct line from a seat to the
exit from the stand.
(8.2) Aisle Used as Exit
An aisle may be considered as only one exit unless it is continuous at both ends to
a legal building exit or to a safe dispersal area.
(8.3) Two Exits Required
A stand with the first seating board not more than 500 millimeters above grade of
floor may be cons.idered to have two exits when the bottom of the stand is open at both
ends. Every stand or section of a stand within a building shall have at least two means of
egress when the stand accommodates more than 50 persons. Every open air stand having
seats without backrests shall have at least two means of egress when -the stand
accommodates more than 300 persons.
(8.4} Three Exits Required
Three exits shall be required for stands within a building when there are more than
300 occupants within a stand and for open air stands with seats without backrests where
a or section of a stand accommodates more than 1000 occupants.
18.5) Four Exits Required
Four exits shall be reQuired when a stand or section of a stand accommodates more

38
1lllln 1000 occupants: Except, that for an open air stand with seats without backrl!$t four
.uts nee<i not be provided unless there . are accommodations for more than 3000
me !pants.
(8.6) Width
The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load
.wd divided by 165: Except, that for open air stands with seats without backrest the
1Dtal width of exits in meters shall be not less than the total occupant ·load served divided
by 500 when exiting by stairs, and divided by 650 when exiting by ramps or horizontally .
-.en both horizontal and stair exits are used, the total width of exits shall be determined
by using both figures as applicable. No exit shall be less than 1.10 meters in width. Exits
nil be located at a reasonable distance apart. When only two exits are provided, they
lhall be spaced not less than one-fifth of the perimeter apart.
(9} Securing of Chairs
Chairs and benches used on raised stands shall be secured to the platforms upon
wnch they are placed : Except, that when less than ;25 chairs are used upon a single raised
platform the fastening of seats· to the platform may be omitted. When more than 500
loose chairs are used in connection with athletic events, chairs shall be fastened together
in groups of not less than three, and shall be tied or staked to the ground .

(10) Safe Dispersal Area


Each safe dispersal area shall have at least two exits. If more than 6000 persons are
ID be accommodated within such an area, there shall be a minimum of three exits, and for
more than 9000 persons there shall be a minimum of four exits. The aggregate clear width
d exits from a safe dispersal area shall be determined on the basis of not less than one
exit unit of 600 mitlimeters for each 600 persons to be accommodated and no exit shall
be less than 1.10 meters in width, a reasonable distance apart but shall be spaced not less
than one-fifth of the perimeter of the area apart from ·each other.
(o) Special
(1) Boiler Rooms
Except in Group A Occupancies, every boiler room and room containing an
ncinerator or liquified petroleum gas or liquid fuel-fired equipment shall be provided
w'th at least two means of egress, one of which may be a ladder. All interior openings
stlall be protected as provided for in this Code.
(2) Cellulose Nitrate Handling
Film laboratories, projection rooms, and nitro-cellulose processing rooms shall have
not less than two exits.

SECTION 1208. Skylights


Ia) All skylights shall be constructed with metal frames except those for Groups A
and J Occupancies. Frames of skylights shall be designed to carry loads required for roofs.
.AU skylights, the glass of which is set at an angle of less than 45 degrees from the
horizontal, if located above the first storey, shall be set at \east 100 mil\imeters above the
roof. Curbs on which the skylights rest shall be constructed of incombustjbJe materials
except for Types I or II Construction.
(b) Spacing between supports in one direction for fJat wired glass in skylights shall
not exceed 625 millimeters. Corrugated wired glass may have supports 1.50 meters apart
in the direction of the corrugation. All glass in skylights shall be wired glass: Except, that
stcylights over shafts extending through two or more storeys shall be glazed with
glass as specified In this Code: Provided; that wired glass may be used in ventilation
equal to not less than one-eighth the cross-seetional atea of the shaft but never less than
1.20 meters provided at the top of such shaft. Any glass not wired glass shall be
protected above and below with a screen constructed of wire not smaller than 2.5
millimeters in diameter with a mesh not larger than 25 millimeters. The screen shall be
substantially supported below the glass.
(c) Skylights installed for the use of photographers may be constructed of metal
frames and plate glass without wire netting.
(d) Ordinary glass may be used in the roof and skylights for greenhouses, Provided,
that height of the greenhouses at the ridge does not exceed .6.00 meters above the grade.
The use of wood in the frames of skyligh1s will be permitted in greenhouses outside of
highly restrictive Fire Zones if the height of the skylight does not exceed 6.00 meters
above the grade, but in other cases metal frames and metal sash bars shall be used.
(e) Glass used for the transmission of light, if placed in floors or sidewalks, shall be
supported by metal or reinforced concrete frames, and such glass shall not be less than
12.5 millimeters in thickness. Any such glass over 100 square centimeters in area shall
have wire mesh embedded in the same or shall be provided with a wire screen underneath
as specified for skylights in this Code. AU portions of the floor lights or sidewalk lights
shalf be of the same strength as required for floor or sidewalk construction, except in
cases where the floor is surrounded by a railing not less than 1.10 meters in height, in
which case the construction shall be calculated for not less than roof loads.

SECTION 1209. Bays, Porches, and Balconies


(a) Walls and floors in bay and oriel windows shall conform to the construction
allowed for exterior walls and floors of the type of construction of the building to which
they are attached. The roof ccwering of a bay or OC"iel window shall conform to the
requirements of the roofing of the main roof. Exterior balconies attached to or supported
by wall required to be of masonry, shall have brackets or beams constructed of
incombustib le materials. Railings shall be provided for balconies, landings, or porches
which a re more than 750 millimeters above grade.

SECTION 1210. Penthouses and Roof Structures


(a} Height
No penthouse or other projection above the roof in structures of other than Type
V construction shall exceed 8.40 meters above the roof when used as an enclosure for
tanks or for elevators which run to the roof and in all other cases shalf not extend more
than 3.60 meters in height with the roof.
(b) Area
The aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof structures shall not exceed one
third of the area of the supporting roof.
(c} Prohibited US86
No penthouse, bulkhead, or any other similar projection above the roof shall be
used for purposes other than shelter of mechanical equipment or shelter of vertical shaft
openings in the roof. A penthouse or bulkhead used for purposes other than t hat allowed
by this Section shall conform to the requirements of this Code for an additional storey.
(d) Construction
Roof structures shall be constructed with walls, floors, and roof as required for the
main portion of the building except in the following cases:
(1) On Types 1·11 and IV constructions, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses
which are 1.50 meters or more from an adjacent property fine may be of one-hour
fire-resistive incombustible construction.
(2) Walls not less than 1.50 meters from an exterior wall of a Type IV

40
construction may be of one-hour fire-resistive incombustible construction.
The above restrictions shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or similar
structures on the roof of any building.
(e} Towers and Spires
Towers and spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as requjred for the
building to which they are attached. Towers not enclosed and which extend more than
20.00 meters above the grade shall have their framework constructed of iron, <Jteel, or
reinforced concrete. No tower or spire shalt occupy more than one-fourtti of the street
frontage of any building to which it is attached and in no case shall the base area exceed
150 square meters unless it conforms entirely to the type of construction requirements of
the building to which it is attached and is limited in height as a main part of the building.
If the area of the tower and spire exceeds 10.00 square meters on any horizontal cross
section, its supporting frames shall extend directly to the ground. The roof covering of
the spires shall be as required for the main room of .the rest of the structure. Skeleton
towers used as radio masts, neon signs, or advertisement frames and placed on the roof of
any building shall be constructed entirely of incombustible materials when more than
7.50 meters in height, and shall be directly supported on an incombustible framework to
the ground. No such skeleton towers shall be supported on roofs of combustible framings.
They shall be designed to withstand a wind load from any direction in addition to any
other toads.

SECTION 1211. Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues


(a) Chimneys
{ 1) Structural Design
Chimneys shall be designed, anchored, supported, reinforced, constructed, and
installed in accordance with generally accepted principles of engineering. Every chimney
shall be capable of producing a draft at the appliance not less than that required for the
safe operation of the appliance connected thereto. No chimney shall support 8!lY
structural load other than its own weight unless it is designed to act as a supporting
member. Chimneys in a wood-framed building shall be anchored laterally at the ceiling
'ine and at each floor line which is more than 1.80 above grade, except when
entirely within the framework or when designed to be free standing.

(2) Walls
Every masonry chimney shall have walls of masonry units, bricks, stones, listed
masonry chimney units, reinforced concrete or equivalent solid thickness of hollow
masonry and lined with suitable liners in accordance with the follo-Mng requirements:
(2.1) Masonry Chimneys for Residential Type Appliances
Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete
with walls not less than 100 millimeters thick; or of rubble stone masonry not less than
300 millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with this Code.
(2.2) Masonry Chimneys for Low Heat Appliances
Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete
with walls not less than 200 millimeters thick: Except, that rubble stone masonry shan be
not less than 300 millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with this
Code.
(2.3) Masonry Chimneys for Medium-Heat Appliances
Masonry chimneys for medium-heat appliances shall be constructed of solid
masonry units of reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters thick, Except, that
stone masonry shall be not less than 300 millimeters thick and, in addition shall be lined

41
with not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar with
solidly filled head, bed, and wan joints, starting not less than 600 millimeters below the
chimney connector entrance. Chimneys extending 7.50 meters or less above the chimney
connector shall be lined to the top.
(2.4) Masonry Chimneys for High-Heat Appliances
Masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances shall be constructed with double walls
of solid masonry units or reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters in thickness,
with an air space of not less than 50 millimeters between walls. The inside of the interior
walls shall be of firebrick not less than 100 millimeters in thickness laid in a solid bed of
fire clay mortar with solidly filled head, bed, and wall joints.
(2.5} Masonry Chimneys for incinerators installed in Multi.Storey Buildings
{Apartment-Type Incinerators) ·
Chimneys for incinerators installed in mutti-storey buildings using the chimney
passageway as a refuse chute where the horizontal grate area of combustion chamber does
not exceed 0.80 square meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced concrete,
not less than 100 mHlimeters thick with a chimney lining as specified in this Code. If the
grate area of such an incinerator exceeds 0.80 square meter, the walls shall not be less
than 100 millimeters of firebrick except that higher than 9.00 meters above the roof of
the combustion chamber, common brick alone 200 millimeters in thickness may be used.
(2.6) Masonry Chimneys for Commercial and Industrial Type Incinerators
Masonry chimneys for commercial and industrial type incinerators of a size
designed for not more than 110 kilograms of refuse per hour and having a horizontal
grate area not exceeding 0.50 square meter shall have walls of solid masonry or reinforced
concrete not less than 100 millimeters thick with lining of not less than 100 millimeters
of firebrick, which lining shall extend for not less than 12.00 meters above the roof of the
combustion chamber. If the design capacity of grate area of such an incinerator exceeds
110 kilograms per hour and 0.80 square meter respectively,,walls shall not be less than
200 millimeters thick, lined with not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick extending the
full height of the chimney.
(3) Linings
Fire clay chimney lining shall not be less than 15 mi\limeters thick. The lining shan
extend from 200 millimeters below the lowest inlet or, in the case of· fireplace, from the
throat of the fireplace to a point above enclosing masonry walls. Fire clay chimney linings
shall be installed ahead of the construction of the chimney as it is carried up, carefully
bedded one on the other in fire clay mortar, with close-fitting joints left smooth on the
inside. Firebrick not less than 500 millimeters thick may be used in place of fire clay
chimney.
(4) Area
No chimney passageway shall be smaller in area than the vent connection of the
appliance attached thereto.
(5) Height
Every masonry chimney shalt extend at least 600 millimeters above the part of the
roof through which it passes and at least 600 millimeters above the highest elevation of
any part of a building within 3.00 meters to the chimney.
(6) Corbeling
No masonry chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than 150 millimeters nor
shall a masonry chimney be corbeled from a wall which is less than 300 millimeters in
thickness un\ess it projects equaUy on each side of the watt. ln the second storey of a
two-storey building of Group A Occupancy, corbeling of masonry chimneys on the
exterior of the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. In every case the corbeling

42
shall not exceed 25 millimeters projection for each course of brick.
(7) Change in Size or Shape
No change in the size or shape of a masonry chimney shall be made within a
distance of 150 millimeters above or below the roof joints or rafters where the chimney
passes through the roof.
(8) Separation
When more than one passageway is contained in the same chimney, masonry
separation at least 100 millimeters thick bonded into the masonry wall of the chimney
shall be provided to separate passageways.
(9) Inlets
Every inlet to any masonry chimney shall enter the side thereof and shall be of not
Ills than 3 millimeters thick metal or 16 millimeters refractory materiaL
( 10) Clearance
Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of smoke chamber
01 masonry chimney walls when built within a structure, or within 25 millimeters when
the chimney is built entirely outside the structure.
(11) Termination
All incinerator chimneys shall terminate in a substantially constructed spark
arrester having a mesh not exceeding 20 millimeters.
(12) Cleanouts
Cleanout openings shall be provided at the base of every masonry chimney.
(b) Fireplaces and Barbecues
Fireplaces, barbecues, smoke chambers, and fireplace chimneys shall be of solid
masonry or reinforced concrete and shall conform to the minimum requirements
specified in this Code.
(1) Fireplace Walls
Walls of fireplaces shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Walls of
fireboxes shan not be 'ess than 250 millimeters in thickness: Except, that where a linrng
of firebrick is used, such walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. The
firebox shall not be less than 500 millimeters in depth. The maximum thickness of joints
WI firebrick shall be 10 millimeters.
(2) Hoods
Metal hoods used as part of a fireplace or barbecue shan be not less than No. 18
gauge copper, galvanized iron, or other equivalent corrosion-resistant ferrous metal with
•II seams and connections of smokeproof unsoldered construction. The hoods shalt be
sloped at an angle of 45 degrees or tess from the vertical and shall extend horizontaUy at
teat 150 millimeters beyond the limits of the firebox. Metal hoods shall be kept a
minimum of 400 millimeters from combustible materials.
(3) Circulators
Approved metal heat circulators may be installed in fireplaces.
(4) Smoke Chamber
Front and side walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Smoke
chamber back walls shall not be less than 150 millimeters in thickness.
(5) Fireplace Chimneys
Walls of chimneys without flue lining shall not be less than 200 millimeters in
thickness. Warts of chimneys with flue lining shall not be less than 100 millimeters in
thickness and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of this Code.
43
(6) CleartJnce to Combustible Materials
. .
Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of fireplace, smoke
chamber, or chimney walls when built entirely within a structure, or within 25
millimeters when the chimney is built entirety outside the structure. Combustible
materials shall not be placed within 150 millimeters of the fire place opening. No such
combustible material within 300 millimeters of the fireplace opening shall project more
than 3 millimeters for each 25 millimeters clearance from such opening. No part of metal
hoods used as part of a fireplace, barbecue or heating stoves shall be less than 400
millimeters from combustible material. This clearance may be reduced to the minimum
requirements set forth in this Code. ·
(7) Area of Flues, Throats, and Dampers
The net cross-sectional area of the flue and of the throat between the firebox and
the smoke chamber of a fireptace shalt not ·be less than the requirements to be set forth
by the Secretary. Where dampers are used, they shall be of not less than No. 12 gauge
metal. When fully opened, damper opening shall not less than ninety percent of the
required flue area. When fully open, damper blades shall not extend beyond the line of
the inner face of the flue.
(B) Lintel - Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a
non-combustible lintel.
(9) Hearth - Every fireplace shall be provided with a brick, concrete, stone, or
other approved non-combustible hearth slab at least 300 millimeters wider on each side
then the fireplace Opening and projecting at least 450 mitlimeters therefrom. This slab
shall not be less than 100 millimeters thick and shall be supported by a noncombustible
material or reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads.

SECTION 1212. Fire-Extinguishing Systems


(a) Fire·Extinguishing Systems - Where required, standard automatic fire-
extinguishing systems shall be installed in the following places, and in the manner pro-
vided in this Code.
(1) In every storey, basement or cellar with an area of 200 square meters or more
which is used for habitation, recreation, dining, study, or work, and which has an
occupant load of more than 20.
(2) In all dressing rooms, rehearsal rooms, workshops or factories, and other rooms
with an occupant load of more than 10 or assembty halls under Group H and J
occupancies with occupant load of more than 500, and if the next doors of said rooms
are more than 30.00 mete rs from the nearest safe fire dispersal area of the building or
opening to an exit court or street. ·
(3) In all rooms used for storage or handling of photographic x-ray nitrocellulose
films and other inflammable articles.
(b) Dry Standpipes - Every building tour or more storeys in height shall be
equipped with one or more dry standpipes.
(1) Construction and Tests - Dry standpipes shall be of wrought Iron or
galvanized steel and together with fittings and connections shan be of sufficient
to withstand 20 kilograms per square centimeter of water pressure when ready for service,
without leaking at the joints, valves, or fittings. Tests shall be conducted by the owner or
the building contractor in tile presence of a representative of the Building Official
whenever deemed necessary for the purpose of certification of its proper function.
(2) Size - Dry standpipes shall be of such size as to be capable of delivering 900
liters or water per minute from each of any three oudets simultaneously under the
pressure created by one fire engine or pumper based on the standard equipment available.
{3) Number Required - Every building four or more storeys in height where the

44
area of any floor above the third floor is 950 square meters or less, shall be equipped with
at least one dry standpipe and an additional standpipe shall be installed for each
additional950 square meters or fraction thereof.
(4) Location - Standpipes shall be located within enclosed stairway landings or
near such stairways as possible or immediately inside of an exrerior wall and within 300
millimeters of an opening in a stairway enclosure of the balcony or vestibule of a
smoke proof tower or an outside &Xit stairway.
(5} Siamese Connections -Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (2} all 100
millimeters dry standpipes shall be -equippe,d with a two-way Siamese fire department
connection. All125 millimeter dry standpipes shall be equipped with a three-way Siamese
fire connection and 150 millimet&rs dry standpipes shall be equipped with a
four-way Siamese fire department connections. All Siamese inlet connections shall be
a
located on street-front of the bu ilding and not less than 300 millimeters nor more than
1.20 meters above the grade and shall be equipped with a clapper-checks and substantial
plugs. All Siamese inlet connections shall be recessed in the wall or otherwise
5Ubstantially protected.
(6) Outlets - All dry standpipes shall extend from the ground floor to and over
1M roof and shall be equipped with a 63 millimeters outlet not more than 1.20 meters
the floor level at each storey. All dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way
63 miliimeters outlet above the roof. All outlets shall be equipped with gate valves.
(7) Signs - An iron or bronze sign with raised letters at least 25 millimeters high
snail be rigidly attached to the building adjacent to all Siamese connections and such signs
shall read: "CONNECTION TO DRY STANDPIPE".
(c) Wet Standpipes - Every H and I Occupancy of any height, and every
Group C Occupancy of two more storeys in height, and every Group B, 0, E, F, and G
Occupancy of three or more storeys in height and every Group G and E Occupancy over
180<l square meters in area shall be equipped with one or more interior wet standpipes
extending from the cellar or basemen.t into the topmost st orey : Provided, that Group H
build ings having no stage and having a seating capacity of less than 500 need not be
«zuipped with interior wet standpipes.
( l) Construction - Interlor wet standpipes shall be constructed of the same
materials as those required for dry standpipes.
{2) Size
(2.1) Interior wet standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver
190 liters of water per minute under 2.0 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the
ktse connections. Buildings of Group H and I Occupancy shall have wet standpipes
capable of delivering the required quantity and pressure from any two outlets
timultaneously; for all other occupancies only one outlet need be figured to be opened at
one time. In no case shall the internal diameter of a wet standpipe be less than 50
..illimeters, except when the standpipe is attached to an automatic fire-extinguishing
system.
(2.2) Any approved formula which determine pipe sizes on a pressure drop basis
my be .used to determine pipe size for wet standpipe systems. The Building Official may
discharge capacity and pressure tests on completed wet standpipe systems.
(3) Number required - The number of wet standpipes when required in this Code
shall be so determined that all portions of the building are within 6.00 meters of a nozzle
lttached to a hose 23.00 meters in length. ·
(4) Location - In Group H and I Occupancies, outlets shall be located as follows:
one on each side of the stage; one at the rear of the auditorium, and one at the rear of the
balcony. Where occupant loads are less t.h an 500 the above requirements may be waived:
Provided, that portable fire-extinguishers of appropriate capacity and type are installed

45
within easy access from the said locations. In Group B, C, 0, E, F and G Occupancies, the
locatio!) of all interior wet standpipes shall be in accordance with the requirement for dry
standpipes: Provided, that at least one standpipe is Installed to cover not more than 650
square meters.
(5) Outlets. All interior wet standpipes shall be equipped w ith ,a 38 millimeter
valve in ·each storey , including the basement or cellar of the building. ·a nd located not less
than 300 m iII i meters nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor . ·
(6) Threads. All those threads used in connection with the installation of such
standpipes, including valves and reducing fittings shall be un;form with that prescribed by
the Secretary. · · ·
(7) Water Supply. Afl interior wet standpipes shall be connected to a street main
not less than 100 millimeters in diameter, or when the water pressure is insufficient, to a
water tank of · sufficient size as provided in subparagraph (8). When more than one
interior wet standpipe is required in the building, such standpipe shaH be connected at
their bases or at their tops by pipes of equal size.
(8) Pressure and Gravity Tanks -Tanks shall have a capacity sufficient to furnish
at least 1,500 liters per minute for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Such tanks shall
be located so as to provide not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at
the topmost base outlet for its entire supply. Discharge pipes from pressure tanks shall
extend 50 mi ll imeters into and -above the bottom of such tanks. All tanks shall be tested
in place after installation and proved tight at a hydrostatic pressure fifty percent in excess
of the working pressure required. Where such tanks are used for domestic purposes ·the
supply pipe for such purposes shall be located at or above the center line of such tanks.
Incombustible supports shall be provided for all such supply tanks and not fess than a 900
millimeters clearance shall be maintained over the top and under t.he bottom o.f all·
pressure tanks. ·
{9) Fire pumps. Fire pumps shall a capacity of not less than 1,000 liters per
minute with a pressure nat less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter at the topmost hose
outlet. The Of.supply for such pump shall be a street water main of not less than
100 millimeters diameter or 8 well or cistern containing 8 one-hour supply. Such pumps ·
shalt be supplied with an adequate source of power and shall be automatic in operation.
( 1Ol Hose and Hose Reels - Each hose outlet of all interior wet standpipes shall be
supplied with a hose not less than 38 millimeters in diameter. Such hose shall be equipped
with a suitable brass or bronze nozzle and shalt be not over 23.00 meters in length. An
approved standard form of wall hose reel or rack shall be provided for the hose and shall
be located so as to make the hose readily accessible at all times and·shall be recessed in
the walls or protected by suitable cabinets.
(d) Basement Pipe Inlets - Basement pipe inlets shall be installed in ·the first floor
of every store, warehouse, or factory where there· are cellars or basements under same:
Except, where in such cellars or basements there is installed a fire-ext ingu ishing system as
specified in this Code or where such cellars or basements are used for banking purposes,
safe deposit vaults, or similar uses.
(1) Material - All. basement pipe inlets shall be of cast iron, steel, brass, or bronze
with lids of cast brass or bronze· and shall consist of a sleeve not less than 200 millimeters
in diameter through the floor extending· to and flush with the ceiling below and with a
top flange, recessed with an inside·shoulder, to receive the lid and flush with the finished
floor surface. The lid shall be a solid casting and shall have a ring recessed. on the top
thereof. so as to be- flushed. The lid shall have the words "FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT
ONLY, DO NOT COVER UP'; cast on the top thereof. The .lid shall be installed in such a
manner as to permit its removal readily from the inlet. .
(2) Location. Basement pipe inlets shall be ·strategically located and kept readily
accessible at all times to the Fire Department.
(e) Approval - All fire-extinguishing systems, ;including automatic sprinklers, wet

46
lnd dry standpipes, automatic- chemical extinguishers, basement pipe -inte1S, and the
appurtenances thereto shall meet the approval of the Fire Department as to installation
end location and shall be subject to such periodic tests as it mav require .
SECTION 1213. Stages and Platform
(a) Staife Ventilators- There shall be one or more ventilators constructed of metal
or other incombustible material near the center and above the highest part of any
WOfldng 1tage raised above the stage root and having a total ventilation area equal to at
'-st five percent of the floor area within the stage walls. The entire equipment shalt
conform to the following requirements:
(1) Opening Action - Ventilators shall open by spring action or force of gravity
sufficient to the effects of neglect, .rust, dirt, or expansion by heat or warping
of the framework.
(2.) Glass - Glass, if used in ventilators, must be protected against falling on the
stage. A wire screen, if used under the glass, must be so placed that if clogged it cannot
reduce the _required ventilating area or interfere with the operating mechanism or obstruct
the distribution of water from the automatic fire extinguishing systems.
(3) Design - Ventilators, penthouses, and supporting framework shall be designed
in accordance with this Code.
(4) Spring Actuation -Springs, when employed to actuate ventilator doors, shan
be capable of maintaining.full required tension indefinitely. Springs shall not be stressed
more than fifty percent o{ their rated capacity and $hall not be located directly in the air
stream, nor exposed to elements.
(5) Location of Fusible Links - A fusible link shall be placed in the cable control
svstem on the underside of the ventilator at or above the r0of line or as approved by the
Building and shall be so located as not to be affected by the operation of
fire-extinQll ishing systems.
(6) Control - Remote, manual, or electrical control shall provide for both opening
and closing of the ventilator doors for periodic testing and shall be located at a point on
the stage designated by the · Building Official. When remote control of ventilator is
e4ectrical, power failure shall not affect its instant operation in the event of fire. Hand
winches may be employed to facilitate operation of manually controlled ventilators.
(b) Gridirons -

(1) Gridirons, fly galleries, and pin-rails shall be constructed of incombustible


matedafs and fire protection of steel and iron may be omitted. Gridirons and fly galleries ,
shall be designed to support a live load of not less than 367 kilograms per square meter.
Each loft block well shall be designed to support 373 kilograms per linear meter and the
heed b\ock wei\ shal\ be designed to support the aggregate weight of all the loft block
wells served. The head block well must be provided with an adequate strongback or
lateral brace to offset torque.
(2) The main counterweight sheave beam shall be designed to support a horizontal
and vertical uniformly distributed live. load sufficient to accommodate the weight
imposed by the total number of loft blocks in the gridiron. The sheave blocks shall be
designed to accommodate the maximum load for the loft or head blocks served with a
safety factor of five.
{c) Rooms Accessory to Stage - In a building having a stage, the dressing room
sections, workshops, and storerooms shall be located on the stage side of the proscenium
wall and shall be separated from each other and from the stage by not less than a
One-Hour Fire·Resistive Occupancy Separation.
(d) Proscenium Walls - A stage shall be completely separated from the auditorium
by a proscenium wall of not less than two-hour incombustible construction. The

47
proscenium waH shall extend not less than 1.20 meters above the roof over the
auditorium. Proscenium walls may have, in addition to the main proscenium openings,
one opening at the orchestra pit level and not more than two openings at the stage floor
level, each of which shall be not more than 2.00 square meters in area. All openings in the
proscenium wall of stage shall be protected by a fire assembly having a one and
one-half-hour fire-resistive rating. The proscenium opening, which shall be the main
opening for viewing performances, shall be provided with a self closing fire-resistive
curtain as specified i.n thts Code.
(e) Stage Floor - The type of construction for stage floors shall depend upon
the requirements based on the type of Occupancy and the corresponding fire -resistive
requirements. AU parts of the stage floor shall be designed to support not less thsn 620
kilograms per square meters. Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with ·
tight-fitting trap doors of wood of not less than 50 millimeters nominal thickness.
(f) Platforms - The type of construction for platforms shall depend upon th<!
requirements based on the Type of Occupancy and corresponding fire-resistive
requirements. Enclosed platforms shall be provided with one or more ventilators
conforming to the requirements of stage ventilators: Except, that the total area shall be
equal to five percent of the area of the platform. When more than one ventilator is
provided, they shall be so spaced as to provide proper exhaust ventilation. Ventilators
shall not be required tor enclosed platforms having a floor area of 45.00 square meters or
less.
(g) Stage Exits - At least one exit not less than 900 millimeters wide shall be
provided from each side of the stage opening directly or by means of a passageway not
less than 900 millimeters in width to a street or exit court. An exit stair not less than 750
millimeters wide shall be provided for egress from fly gallery. Each tier of dressing
rooms shall be provided with at least two means of egress each not less than 750
mil\imeters wide and all such stairs shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirement specified in this Code. The stairs required in this Sub-section need not be
enclosed.

SECTION 1214. Motion Ptcture Projection Rooms

(a) General Requirements - The provisions of this Section shall apply only where
ribbon type motion picture films in excess of 22-millimeter width and electric projection
equipment are used. Every motion picture machine using ribbon type film in excess of 22
millimeter width and electric arc projections equipment, together with all electrical
devices, rheostats, machines, and all such films present in any Group C, I, or H
Occupancy, shall be enclosed in a projection room large enough to permit the operator to
walk freely on either side and back of the machine .
(b) Construction - Every projection room shall be of not less than one-hour
fire-resistive construction throughout and the walls and ceiling shall be finished with
incombustible materials. The ceiling shall be not less than 2.40 meters from the finished
floor. The room shall have a floor area of not less than 7.00 square meters and 3.50
square meters for each additional machine. ·
{c) Exit - Every projection room shall have at least two doorways separated by
not less than one-third the perimeter of the room, each at least 750 millimeters wide and
2.00 meters high. All entrances to a projection room shall be protected by a self-closing
fire assembly having a three-fourths hour fire-res istive rating. Such doors shall open
outward and lead to proper exits as required in this Code and shall not be equipped with
any latch : The maximum width of such door shall be 750 millimeters.
(d) Ports and Openings - Ports in projection room walls shall be of three kinds :
projection ports; observation ports; and combination ports used for both observation and
for stereopticon, spot or floodl ight machines.

48
(1) Ports Required - There shall be proviaed for each motion picture projector
not more than one projection port, whieh shal l be limited in area to 750 square
centimeters, and not more than . one observation port, which shall be limited in area to
1,300 square centimeters. There shalt be not more than three combination ports, each of
which shall not exceed 750 millimeters by 600 millimeters. Each port shall be
completely covered with a pane of glass: Except, that when acetate safety film is used,
projection ports may be increased in size to an area not to exceed 4,500 square
centimeters. .
(2) ShuttefS - Each port · and every other opening in projection room walls, ·
including, any fresh-air inlets but excluding exit doors and exhaust ducts, shall be
provided with a shutter of not less than 2.4 millimeters thief< sheet metal or its equivalent
large enough to overlap at least 25 millimeters ·on all sides of such openings. Shutters shall
be arranged to slide without binding in guides constructed of material equal to the
*rtters in strength and fire--resistance. Each shutter shall be equipped with a 74° 'fusible
ink, which when fused by heat will cause closure of the shutter by gravity. Shutters of a
size greater than 1,300 square centimeters shall be ec:uipped with a counter-balance.
There shall also be a fusible link located over the upper magazine of each projector, which
upon operating, will close all the shutters. In addition, there shall be provided suitable
means for manually closing all shutters simultaneously from any projector head and from
• point within the· projection room near each exit door. Shutters on openings not in use
lhall be kept closed: Except, that shutters may be omitted when only acetate safety fifm
is used.
(e) Ventilation -
(1) Inlet - A fresh -a ir inlet from the exterior of the bu ilding not less than 900
centimeters and protected .with wire netting, shall be installed within 50
tnitlimeters of the floor in every projection room, the source of which shatl be remote
hm other outside vents or flues.
(2) Outlets - Ventilation shall be provided by one or more mechanical exhaust
which shall draw air from each arc lamp housing to out-doors either directly or
*<>ugh an incombustible flue used for no other purpose. Exhaust capacity shall not be
less than 0 .50 cubic meter nor more than 1.40 cubic meter per minute for each arc lamp
1*Js 5.60 cubic meters for the room itself. Systems shall be controlled from within the
-.closure and shall have pilot lights to indicate operation. The exhauSt systems serving
1lae projectipn room may be extended to cover rooms associated therewith such as rewind
..oms. No dampers ·shall be installed in such exhaust systems. Ventilation of these rooms
wH not be connected in any way with ventilating or air-conditioning systems serving
.-her portions of the building. Exhaust ducts shall be of incombustible material and shall
.nher be kept 25 millimeters from combustible material or covered with 10 ·millimeters
af incombustible heat-insulating material.
(f) Regulation of Equipment - All shelves, fixtures, and fixed equipment in a
projection room shall be constructed of incombustible materials. All fi lms not in actual
.e shall be stored in metal cabinets having individual compartments for reels or shall be
_.. generally accepted shipping containers. No solder shall be used in the construction of
tuc:::h cabinets.

SECTION 1215. Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards


The installation of lath , plaster and gypsum wal t board shall conform to the
tire-resistive rating requirements and the type of construction of building.

49
CHAPTER 13

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONS

SECTION 1301. Electrical Regulations

All electrical systems, equipment and installation mentioned in this Code shall con·
form to the provisions of the Philippine Electrical Code, as adopted by the Board of
Electrical Engineering pursuant to Republic Act No. 184 as amended by Republic Act No.
7920 otherwise known as the 11 New Electrical Law!',_

SECTION 1302. Mechanical Regulations

AU mechanical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in this Code shaU


conform to the provisions of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code, as adopted by
the Board of Mechanical Engineering pursuant to Commonwealth Act No. 294 as amended,
otherwise known as the Mechanical Engineering Law.

*Amendment officially announced by Secretary Gregorio R. Vigllar on July 24, 1996, who also
stated the tol\owing:

B. IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS 2. REVISED Electrical Layout


8.1 RULE I - BUILDING PERMJT APPLJCA· 3. REVISED Schedule of Loads
TIONS 4. REVISED Design Analysis AND COMPO·
3.2.2.4 Electrical: TATIONS
a) For new.elecU"ical installation, [with more 5. REVISED ONE Line Diagram OF THE
than twenty (20) outlets or a capacity of more WHOLE INSTALLATION
than a 4Kw, of any voltage,] application shall 6. REVISED Riser Diagram FOR MULTI·
be accompanied by A TECHNICAL specifica- STOREY BUILDING
tions and electrical plans signed and sealed by 8.2 RULE 1X- ELECTRICAL REGULATIONS
a duly License Professional Electrical Engineer, Pursuant to Sections 102, 103 and 1301 of
containing the following: the National Building Code (PO 1096) the [fol-
1. LOCATION PLAN lowing] rules AND REGULATIONS EMBODIED
2. Legend AND GENERAL NOTES IN THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE PHtLtPPINE
3. Electrical Layout ELECTRICAL CODE, PARTS 1 AND 2 shall gov.
4. Schedule of Loads ern IN the Installation of primary and second-
5. Design Analysis AND COMPUTATIONS ary distribution linu, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,
6. ONE Line Diagram OF THE WHOLE IN- PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, [TransformeTs} and
STALLATION other equipment {in subdivisions, along public
· 7. Riser Diagram FOR MULTI-STOREY and private roads attached to or over buildings.)
BUILDING C. ELECTRICAL PERMlT FORMS
b) For addition and/or alteration of existing MPW Form No. 77.001-E to MPW Form 77-
electrical installation, (involving more than 20 005-E are revised aod amended by DPWH Form
outlets or more than 4 Kw of any voltage,] No. 96-001-E to DPWH Form 96-006-E.
application[s} shall be accompanied by ARE·
VISED TECHNICAL specifications and electri·
cal plans signed and sealed Licensed Profes- Note: '1 Capitalized and bold words/letters are
sional Electrical Engineer, containing the fol- amendments.
lowing: Note: 2 Bracketed and italized wordslletters are
1. REVISED Legend AND GENERAL NOTES deleted.

50
CHAPTER 14

PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS

SECTION 1401. Storage and Handling


(a) Storage rooms of unexposed photographic and x-ray films shall be prOYided
with automatic fire extinguishing systems in the following cases:
(1) When unexposed films in generally accepted safety shipping containers exceed
the aggregate of 14.00 cubic meters.
(2) Where shelving used for storage of individual packages not in said shipping
containers exceeds 1.40 cubic meters in capacity; and
(3) Storage is not in generally accepted safety shipping containers in any section
not exceeding 14.00 cubic meters. ·
(b) Film negatives in storage or in process of handling shall be kept in heavy Manila
envelopes, not exceedi"ng 1.2 films to an envelope. Expanding envelopes shall not be used.
(c) Film negatives shall be . kept in properly insulated vented cabinets, vented
storage vaults or outside storage houses. Not more than 110 kilograms shall be stored in
.-.y single cabinet. Where the film stored exceeds 450 kilograms, it shall be in vented
storage vaults or in a detached structure or roof vault. Door openings in vaults shall be of
four-hour fire-resistive construction and shall be kept closed except when in use.
(d) Only incandescent electric light shall be permitted; protected with substantial
wire guards or vapor proof globes or both. Portable lights on extension cords are
prohibited. Conspicuous "NO SMOKING" signs shall be posted.
(e) No films shall be stored within 600 millimeters of steam pipes, chimneys, or
other so·urces of heat.
(f) There shall be first aid provisions of types using water or water solutions.
Discarded films shall be stored and handled in the same manner as other films until
removed from the premises.

SECTION 1402. Classes of Film Exempted


(a} The provisions of this Section do not apply to the follow ing: f ilm fOf' amateur
photographic use in original packages of "roll" and "film pack" films in quantities of less
than 1.40 cubic meters; safety film; dental X-ray film; establishments manufacturing
photographic films and their storage incidental thereto and films stored or being used in
standard motion picture booths.
(b) Safety photographic X-ray film may be identified by the marking on the edge
of the film.

SECTION 1403. Fire Extinguishing System


Unless otherwise provided in this Code, all fire extinguishing systems when so
required shall be of a type, specifications, and methods of \nstaUation prescribed in
.:cordance with the requirements of the Secretary.

51
CHAPTER 15

PRE-FABRICATED CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 1501 Prefabricated Assembly
(a) Prefabricated assembly is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been
built up or assembled prior to incorporation in the building.
(b) The Secretary shall prescribe special tests to determine the structural
adequacy, durability, soundness, weather and fire resistance of prefabricated assemblies.
(c) Every device or system to connect prefabricated assemblies shall be capable of
developing the strength of the different members as an integral structure, Except, in the
case of members forming part of a structural frame as specified in this Code. Anchorages
and connections between members and the supporting elements of the structure or walls
shall be capable of withstanding all probable external and internal forces or other
conditions for a structurally adequate construction .. In structural design, proper
allowances shall be made for any material to be displaced or removed for the installation
of pipes, conduits, or other equipment.
(d) Placement of prefabricated assemblies shall be inspected to determine
compliance with this Code.

52
CHAPTER 16

PLASTICS

SECTION 1601 Approved Plastics


Approved plastic materials shall be those which ._. a flame-spread rating of 225
or less and a smoke density not greater than that obtained from the burning of untreated
wood under similar conditions when tested in accord•nae with generally accepted
engineering practices. The products of combustion sn.ll t. no rnGre toxic than the
burning of untreated wood under similar conditions.

SECTtON 1602 Installation


(a) Structural Requirements - All plastic materials shall be of adequate strength
IOd durability to withstand the prescribed design loads. Sufficient and substantial
11echnicaf data shall be submitted to establish stresses, maximum unsupported spans, and
such other information as may be deemed necessary for the various thicknesses and forms
used.
(b} Fastenings - Fastenings shall be adequate to withstand design loads and
intemal and external stresses required of the assembly . Proper allowances of plastic
materials in conjunction with other materials with which it is assembled or integrated
shaU be provided.

SECTION 1603 Glazing of Openings


(a) Doors, sashes and framed openings in exterior walls of all buildings except
Types IV and V Constructions may be glazed or equipped with approved plastics:
Provided, that:

(1) The wall in which such glazing is installed is so located that openings are not
required to be fire-protected . ·
(2) Except for Type I Construction, the location, size, and spacing of such glazed
openings do not exceed the values set forth by the Seaetary.
(3) Plastics used in giazed openings for Type II Construction shall be materials
appropriate for use according to flame-spread characteristics and the location, size, and
spacing of the openings do not exceed the values set forth by the Secretary.

SECTION 1604 Skylights


(a) General - Approved plastics may be used in skylights installed on roofs of
Types I, II or IJI constructions and aU buildings in these categories shall be equipped with
lf'l approved automatic fire-extinguishing system in Groups A, 8, C, E, F, J, H-3 and H-4
Occupancies: Except, that:

( 1) Approved plastics may be used in any type of construction or occupancy as a


fire venting system when approved by the Building Officia l.

53
(2) Plastics may be used in approved skylights in Type II one-hour fire-resistive
construction which are located 300 millimeters Of' more above the lower flange of the
ceiling. The walls of the skylight well shall be no less fire-resistive than the adjacent
ceiling.
(3) Where a fire-resistive ceiling is not required in one-storey buildings, approved
plastics may be used in skylights.
(b} lmtallation Requirements
(1) Exeept in Group A Occupancies, no skylight shall be installed within 3.00
meters of a property line.
{2) The edges of dome-type skylights shall be properly flashed.
(3) Plastic skylights shall be separated from each other by at least 2.50 meters
laterally and 3.00 meters along the slope of the roof.
(c) Allowable areas - The area of individual plastic skylights shall not exceed
10.00 square meters. The total ·aggregate area of plastics used in skylights, monitors, and
sawtooth glazing shall not exceed twenty percent of the floor area of the room or
occupancy sheltered.
(d) Curb Requirements - Plastic skylights In roofs having a slope of less than 1 in
3 shall have a 100 millimeters high curb. The curb may be omitted where a wire screen
not smaller than No. 12 U.S. gauge with a mesh not larger than 25-millimeters is provided
immediately below the skylight. The screen shall be substantially mounted below the
skylight.

SECTION 1606. Light-Transmitting Panets in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs


(a) General - Where a tire-resistive rating Is not required for the roof structure,
and in all buildings provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system,
approved plastics may be used with or without sash as the light-transmitting medium in
monitors and sawtooth; Except, that plastics used in monitors or sawtooth roofs of Type
II Construction shall be of materials appropriate to be used according to flame-spread
characteristics.
(b) Allowable areas- The area of individual plastic glazing used in monitors and
sawtooth glazing shall not exceed 15.00 square meters. The total aggregate area of plastics
used in skylights, monitors, and sawtooth glazing shall not exceed twenty percent of the
floor area of the room or occupancy sheltered.
(c) Area Separation - The area of such plastic panels shall be separated from each
other by a section of incombustible material or by a section of the roofing material of the
structure not less than 1.50 meters in length. The lower edge of the plastic material shall
be at least 150 millimeters above the surface of the adjoining roof surface.

SECTION 1606. Plastic light Diffusen in Ceilings .


(a) General - Ceiling light diffusers having an area greater than ten percent of any
10.00 square meters of room area shall be of approved plastics conforming to the
requirements spetified in this Code.
(b) Installation - Plastic light diffusers shall be installed in such a manner that
they will not readily become detached when subjected to room temperature of 80°C for
15 minutes, Except, for plastic light diffusers which are installed in the first floor area of
Group C Occupancies having egress directly to the exterior of the building; and plastic
light diffusers which are located between an approved automatic Fire-extinguishing
system and the area to be protected other than public corridors for Group A, B, C, D,
E, G, H, and I Occupa ncies if tests required by the Secretary have established that such
installation wil l not interfere with the efficient operation of such automatic
fire-extinguishing systems.

54
SECTION 1607. Partitions
Where partitions are not required to · be of fire-resistive or incombustible
construction, approved plastics confonning to the requirements specified in this Code
may be used.

SECTION 1608. EX1erior Veneer


(a) General
Exterior veneer may be of approved plastic materials, ar:ld shall conform to the
provisions of this Section.
(b) Height
Plastic veneer shall not be attached to any exterior walt above the first storey:
Provided, that plastic veneer may be attached to exterior walls above the first storey of
buildings located outside of highly restrictive Fire Zones: Provided, further that the
height of veneer is not in excess of 10.00 meters above the adjacent grade of elevation.
(c) Area
Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed 15.00 square meters in area, Except, that
in less restrictive Fire Zones, the area may be increased by fifty percent.
(d) Separation
Sections of plastic veneer shall be separated by a minimum of 1.20 meters
wrticaUy and 600 millimeters horizontally.

SECTION 1609. Awnings and Canopies


(a) Plastic materials appropriate for use according to Flame Spread characteristics
may be utilized in awnings and canopies, provided such awnings and canopies are
constructed in accordance with provisions governing projections and appendages as
specified in this Code.
(b) Approved plastics may be used in awnings where untreated canvass is
permitted.
(c) Approved plastics may be used in lieu of plain glass in green-houses in less
restrictive Fire Zones.

55
CHAPTER 17

SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS

SECTION 1701. Sheet Metal Paint Spray Sooths


(a) General
Paint spray booths shall be constructed of steel of not less than No. 18 U.S. gauge
in thickness and.shall be designed in accordance with thi$ Code.
(b) AIW
The area of a paint spray booth shall not exceed 150 square meters nor ten percent
of the basic area permitted for the major use of the building according to its Occupancy
Group.
(c) Floor Construction
The floor shall be constructed of incombustible materiaL
(d) Interior Surface
Paint spray booths shall be designed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from
all parts of the interior and all interior surfaces shall be smooth and continuous without
outstanding

SECTION 1702 Fire Protection


Every spray booth having an open front elevation larger than 1.00 square meter
and which is not equipped with doors, shall have a fire curtain or metal deflector not less
than 100 millimeters deep installed at the upper outer edge of the booth opening.

SECTION 1703. Light


Paint spray booths shall be illuminated through hammered wire or heat-treated
glass panels. The glass panels shall be located in such a manner as to reduce the hazard of
ignition caused by paint spray deposit.

SECTION 1704. Ventilation


(a) General
Mechanical ventilation shalt be provided direct to the exterior of the building. The
mechanical exhaust system shall be designed to move the air through any portion of the
paint spray area at the rate of not less than 30.00 lineal meters per minute. The blades of
exhaust fans shall be constructed of non-ferrous material and shall be mounted in such a
manner as to prevent contact with the exhaust duct. The motor shall not be mounted in
the spray booth or the duct system and belts shall be enclosed where they enter the
booth or duct system.

56
(b) Exhaust Ducts
Exhaust ducts shall be constructed of steel having a not ... than the
llllues set by the Secretary. The discharge point for ducts in a paint spqv boolh shall be
eot less than 2.00 meters from adjoining combustible construction nor,_ dw18.00
-.ters from adjoining exterior wall openings: Except, that the point for
vhaust ducts is not regulated in a waterwash spray booth.
CHAPTER 18

GLASS AND GLAZING

SECTION 1801. General Requirements


{a) This Chapter shall apply to exterior glass and glazing in an Occupancies except
Groups A, B, and J Occupancies not over three storeys in height, and to interior and
exterior glass and glazing in all occupancies subject to human impact as specified in this
Code. .
(b) Standards for materials shall conform to the provisions set by the Secretary on
glass dimensional tolerances, breaking stress levels, and design safety factors.
(cl Each tight shall bear the manufacturer's label designating the type and
thickness of glass. Each light with special performance characteristics such as laminated,
heat strengthened, fully tempered or insulated, shall bear the manufacturer's identification
showing the special characteristics and thickness by etching or other permanent
identification that shall be visible after the glass is glazed.

SECTION 1802. Area Limitation


Exterior glass and glazing shall be capable of safely withstanding the load due to
wind pressures for various height zones above ground acting inward or outward. The area
of individual lights shall not be more than the maximum allowable area of glass according
to the wind load multiplied by the appropriate adjustment factor.

SECTION 1803. Glazing


Glass firmly supported on all four edges shall be glazed with min imum laps and
edge clearances in accordance with Section 1801 paragraph (b), Provided, that glass edge
clearance in fixed opening5 shall be not less than what is required for wind and
earthquake drift. For glass not firmly supported on all four edges and design shall be
submitted for approval of the Building Official. Glass supports shall be considered firm
when deflection of the support at design load does not exceed 1/175 of the span.

SECTION 1804. Louvered Windows


plate, shee\ or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered windows shall not
be thinner than 5.6 millimeters minimal and not longer than 1.20 meters. Exposed glass
edges shall be smooth.

SECTION 1805. Impact


Frameless glass doors, glass in doors, fixed glass panels, and similar glazed openings
which may be subject to accidents• human impact shall conform with the requirements
set forth by the Secretary on impact loads of glass: Except in the following cases;

58
(1) Bathtub and shower enclosures shall be constructed from approved
tlwtter-resistant matertals, such as: wire-reinforced glass not less than 5.6 millimeters
11**; fully tempered glass not less than 4.8 millimeten thick; or laminated safety glass
-at less than 6.4 millimeters thick.
(2) Glass lights located not less than 450 millimeterS above the adjacent finished
eoor or waJking surface.
(3} Glass lights when the least dimension is not greater than 450 millimeters.
(41 Glass lights 1.50 square meters or tess in area.

59
CHAPTER 19

THE USE OF COMPUTERS


SECTION 1901. General Rule

The use of computers for all or any part of the design of buildings under this C.ode
is permitted provided that all programs to be used are documented.

SECTION 1902. Program Docun.ntation ·


Documenting a program under this Code consists of filing with the Building
Official a reference to a publication or publications accessible to him where the detailed
description of the program or a brief statement of the theoretical background of the
program Including a description of the algorithms used are found.

SECTION 1903. Submission of Computations


A copy of the . output sheets for computer-generated computations shall be
submitted as a part of the design computations. The out sheets shall be accompanied by a
certification of a designer and/or consultant that the output sheets are the results
obtained through the use of cb;umented programs. The certification should include the
identification of the specific program used for each portion of the computer-generated
computations being submitted.

60
CHAPTER20

SIGNS

SECTION 2001. General Requirements


(a) No sign Of' signboard shall be erected in a manner as to confuse or
obstruct the view or interpretation of any official traffic sign, signal, or device.
(b) No or signboard shall be constructed as to unduly obstruct the natural
view of the landscape, distract or obstruct the view of the public as to constitute a traffic
hazard, or otherwise defile, debase or offend aesthetic and cultural values and traditions.

SECTION 2002. Maintenance


All signs, together with all of their supports, braces, guys, and anchors, shall be
llept in repair and in proper state of preservation. The display of all signs shall be kept
neatly painted and secured at all times.

SECTION 2003. Design and Construction


Sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist all forces in accordance
with the National Structural Code for Buildings. For signs on buildinQS, the dead lateral
toads shall be transmitted through t he structural frame of the building to the ground in
aach a manner u not to overstress any of the elements of the building. The weight of
earth superimposed over footings may be used in determi ning the dead load resisting
moment. Such earth shall be carefully placed and thoroughly compacted.

SECTtON 2004. Supports and Anchorages


(a} Genersl. The supports and anchorages of all signs or sign structures shall be
placed in or upon private property and shall be constructed in conformity with the
NQuirements of this Code.
(b) Materials. Materials for construction of signs or sign structures shall be of the
quality and grade as specified in this Code.
(c) Restrictions on Combustible Materials - All signs or sign structures erected in
restrictive Fire Zones shan have structural members of incombustible materials.
Ground signs may be constructed of any material meeting the requirements of this Code.
Combination signs, roof signs, wall signs, projecting signs, and signs on marquees shall be
mnstructed of incombustible materials. No combustjbJe material other than approved
plastics shaU be used in the construction of electric signs.
(d) Non-structural Trim - Non-structural trim and portable display surfaces may
be of wood, metal, approved plastics, or any combination thereof.
(e) Display SurlaC8$ - Display surfaces in all types of signs may be made of
or approved plastics.

61
SECTION 2005. Projections and Cleanna
(a) Clearances from High Voltage Power Lines - Clearances of signs from high
voltage power tines shall be in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.
(b} CltNJraf7CtiS from Fire Escapes, Exits, or Standpipes - No signs or sign
structures shall be erected in such a manner than any portion of its surface or supports
will interfere in any way with the free use of any fire escape, exit, or standpipe.
(c) Obstruction of Openings. No sign sha\1 obstruct any opening to such an extent
that light or ventilation is reduced to a point below that required by this Code. Signs
erected within 1.50 meters of an exterior wall in which there are openings within the
area of the sign shalt be constructed of incombustible mater.ial or approved plastics.
(d) Projection Over Alleys. No sign or sign structure shall project into any public
alley below a height of 3 .00 meters above established sidewalk grade, nor project more
than 300 millimeters where the sign structure is located 3.00 meters to 4.5 meters above
established sidewalk grade. The sign or sign structure must not project more than 1.00
meter into the public alley where the sign or sign structure is located more than 4.50
meters above established sidewalk grade.

SECTION 2006. Lightjng


Signs shall be illuminated only by electrical means in accordance with the
Philippine Electrical Code.

62
ANNEX "A"
{1)

WORDS, TERMS AND PHRASES


(Definitions)

ACCESSORIA OR ROW HOUSE


A house oi not more than two storeY$, composed of a row of dwelling units entirely
separated from one another by party wall or walls and with an independent entrance for
e&(:h dwelling units.

ACCESSORY BUILDING
A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and used for purposes
customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants quarters, garage,
pump house, laundry, etc.

AGRICULTURAL BUILDING
A building designed and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain, poultry,
livestock or other horticultural products. This structure ·shall not be a place of human
habitation or a place of employment where agricultural products are processed, treated or
packaged; nor shall it be used bv the public.

ALLEY
Any public space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the public or
public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.

ALTER OR ALTERATION
Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

APARTMENT
A room or suite of two or more · rooms, designed and intended for, or occupied by one
family for living. sleeping, and cooking purposes.

APARTMENT HOUSE
Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented, leased, let or hired out
to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence of three or m«e fammes
living independently of each other and doing their own cooking in the building, and shall
include flats and apartments.

64
ANNEX "A"
ARCADE (2)
Arly portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the
fiBt-storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

ASSEMBLY BUILDING OR HALL


A building or a portion of a building used for the gathering together of fifty or more
persons for such purposes as deliberation, workshop, entertainment, amusement, or
w.raiting transportation or of a hundred or more persons in drinking and dining
establishments.

ATT&£ STOREY
Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged , or built as to be
used for business, storage, or habitation.

AWNING
A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wan of a building and of a type
which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.

BACKING
'The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.

BALCONY
A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised
1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.

BALCONY EXTERIOR EXlT


A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and which serves as a required
means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent open, and the open area above
1he guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic
gases.

BARBECUE
A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food
;>reparation.

BASEMENT
A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and partly above
but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is less than the
wrtical distance·from grade to ceiling.

BAY OR PANEL
One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns,
buttresses, or di>MsKm walls.

65
ANNEX "A"
(3)
BOARDING HOUSE
A house with or more roOI"f''s where boarders are provided with lodging, and
meals for a f1xed sum pa1d by the month, or week, in accordance with previous
arrangement.

BOILER ROOM
Any room containing a steam or hotwater boiter.

BUILDABLE AREA
The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

BUILDING
Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or
property of any kind .

BUILDING HEIGHT
The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the highest point of the
coping of a flat roof, to the average height of the highest gable or a pitch or hip roof, or
to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet. In case of sloping ground,
the average ground level of the buildable area shall be considered the established grade
elevation.

BUILDING LENGTH
Its general linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the bearing wall for
girders.

BUILDING WIDTH
Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the floor, beams or
ioists.

CELLAR
The portion of a building between floor and ceiling.which is wholly or partly below grade
and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is equal to or
greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

CHIMNEY CLASSIFICATIONS:

(a) RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCE TYPE


A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable for removing products of combustion from
re5idential type appliance producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C measured
at the appliance flue outlet.

66
ANNEX "A"
. . LOW-HEAT APPLIANCE TYPE (4)

A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the product of


from fuel-burning low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in
.ass of 538°C under normal operating conditions but capable of producing combustible
- of 760°C during intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All
are measured at the appliance flue outiet.
td MEDIUM-HEAT APPLIANCE TYPE
A factory built masonry or metal chimney suitable for removing the products of
.-nbustion from fuel-burning medium-heat appliances pt"oducing combustion gases not
ill excess of 1093°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.

CHIMNEY CONNECTOR
The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney.

atiMNEY ·L INER
ne tining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
OIIMNEY, MASONRY
1111 chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow unit masonry units, or
atforced concrete.

CONCRETE BLOCK
A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement and suitable
•egates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite cinders, burned
aty, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace slags.

CXJPING
The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or pilaster.

CllRROSION-RESISTANT
llle non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface of non-ferrous metal, or
-.1 with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than 0.20 percent copper.

mRROSION-RESISTANT MATERIAL
lllterials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials to which an approved rust-resistive
c:oeting has been applied either before or after forming or fabrication .

A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

COURT
lvl occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free, open, and
unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.

67
ANNEX "A"
(5) .
DISPERSAL AREA (SAFE)
An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to the total capacity of the
stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person within the area need be
closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dispersal areas shall be based upon
an area of not less than 0.28 square meter per person.

DWELLING
Any building or any portion thereof · which is not an ''apartment house", "lodging
house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contains one or two "dwelling units"
or "guest rooms", used, intended or dMigned to be built, used, rented, leased, let or hired
out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes.

DVELLING, INDIGENOUS FAMILY


A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only. It is one
constructed of native materia's such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or 'umber, the total cost of
which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.
DWELLING, MULTIPLE
A building used as a home or residence of three or more families living independently
from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single housekeeping unit.

DWELLING, ONE-FAMILY
A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively by one family.

DWELLING UNIT
One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to
be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

EXIT
and unobstructed means of egress to a pubHc way, and shall include
mtervenmg doors, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways,
smokeproof enclosures, honzontal exits, ex1t passageways, exit courts, and yards. An exit
shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe dispersal area or public
w_ay. All measurements are to be made to that point when determining the permissible
d1stance of travel.

EXIT COURTS
A yard or court providing egress to a public way tor one or more required exits.

EXIT, HORIZONTAL
A means of passage from one building into another building occupied by the same tenant
"through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance of one-hour.

68
ANNEX "A"
EXIT PASSAGEWAY (6)

.an enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit or exit court with a oublic wav _

FACING
'-t masonry, forming an integrat part of a wan \ad as a finished surface - (as contrasted
•wneer, see definition) .

AREBRICK
A refractory brick.

FmECLAY
A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies widely in physical
IIII'OPf:f'ties. ·

RREPLACE
A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
wllich is built in conjunction with a chimney.

fiRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD


a.-mer or plywood impregnated with chemicals and when tested in accordance with
.apted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes shall have a flame-spread of not over
25 and show no evidence of progressive combustion. The fire-retardant properties shall
-be considered permanent when exposed to the weather.

fiRST STOREY
tile storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or adjoining ground,
a. remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession upward.

R.OORAREA
1M area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or portion thereof,
-=lusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or portion thereof, not
with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal
of the roof or floor above.

FOOTING
1lwt portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
• the soil or the pile.

fOUNDATION
All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the
eucture rests.

69
ANNEX "A"
GARAGE {7)
A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline, distillate. or
other volative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.

GARAGE, COMMERCIAL
A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicle are housed, cared for, equipped,
repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.

GARAGE, OPEN PARKING


A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50 percent open on two or
more sides and is used exctusively for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles
having a capacity of not more than nine persons per vehicle. Open parking garages are
further classified as either ramp-access or mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking
garages are those employing a series of continuously rising floors permitting the
movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street level. Mechanical
access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts, elevators, or other
mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public
occupancy is prohibited above the street level.

GARAGE PRIVATE
A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants of
the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.

GIRDER
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or wafts
over opening.

GRADE {ADJACENT GROUND ELEVATION)


The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior
wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters distant from said wall, or the lowest point of
elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and
a property line if it is less than 1.50 meters distant from said wall. In case walls are
parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the
grade shall be the elevation of the sidewalk, alley, or public way.

GROUND FLOOR
The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beginning with second, for
the first next above, shall be designated by the successive floor numbers counting upward.

GUEST ROOM
Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping purposes. Every
9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be considered to be a
guest room.

70
ANNEX ..A..
(8)

-.TABLE ROOM
. . , room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping, living, cooking or dining
. . poees, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets, pantries. bath or toilet room, service
- . , connecting corridors, laundries, unfinished attics, stonge, space cellars, utility
-.w. and similar spaces.
IW..l, COMMON
A COfTidor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

Ml.l,STA'R
A IWI which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the common halls
which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor and the room.

.a.IPORT
a. area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for use in the
II Sng and take off of helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or intended
. , use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.
EISTOP
W. same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of
5

• cpters is permitted.

.aTEL
A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for hire as
7 ;+orary aboding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public dining room
..w:e, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite·or room.
mTEL, APARTMENT
a. apartment house which may furn.ish dining room service and other services for the
-=tusive use of its tenants. -

KOMBUSTIBLE
AI applied to building construction material, as material which, in the form it is used, is
tlidM!r one of the following:

W Material having a structural base of incombustible material, with a surfacing mate-


rial not over 3.2 millimeters thick which has a flame -spread rating of 50 or less.
tH "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish .materials. Material required to be
incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or other materials
shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No material shall
be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in combustibility or
flame-sprecid rating beyond the \imits herein established, through the effects of age,
moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

71
ANNEX "A''
(9)
INCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone, terracotta, concrete, iron,
steel, sheet metal, or tiles, used either singly or in combination.

INCOMBUSTIBLE ROOFING
A covering of not less than two thicknesses of roofing' felt and a good coat of tar and
gravel or tin, corrugated iron ·or other approved fire-resisting material with standing seam
on lap joint.

INCOMBUSTIBLE STUD PARTITION


A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or wire cloth for the full height, and
fire-topped between the studs with incombustible material 20 centimeters above the floor
and at the ceiling.

LINE, BUILDING
The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enclosing wall of the
building and the surface of the ground.

LINTEL
The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction
above.

lOAD, DEAD
The weight of the permanent portions of .a building or structure; it includes the weight of
the walls, permanent partitions, framing, floors, roofs, and all other permanent and
stationary fixtures, mechanism, and other construction entering into and becoming a part
of a building or structure.

LOAD, LATERAl
That load caused by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.

LOAD, LIVE
The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all loads except dead and
lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar equipment, and
all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure.
LOAD, OCCUPANT
The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one
time.

LODGING HOUSE
Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest rooms which are
used by not more than five guests where rent is peid'in money, goods, labor or otherwise.

72
ANNEX "A"
(10)
LOT
A parcel of land on which a principal building and its ax ••awills . . placed or may be
piKed together with the required open spaces, A lot m.y or may not be the land
cllsignated as lot on recorded plot.

LOT, CORNER
A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of not more than
one hundred thirty-five degrees (135°1.

LOT, DEPTH OF
The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

LOT, FRONT
The front line of a lot bordering on the street a,d in the case of a comer lot, it
may be either frontage.

LOT, INSIDE
A lot fronting on but one street or public alley and the remaining sides bounded by lot
lnes.

LOT LINE
The line of demarcation between either public and private property.

LOT, OPEN
A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.

LOT, WIDTH OF
The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.

MASONRY
A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow clay tile,
concrete block or tile, or other similar building units or material or combination of these
materials laid up unit and set in mortar.

MASONRY SOLID
Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

MASONRY UNIT
Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination thereof, made to be
bounded together by a cementation agent.

73
ANNEX "A"
MEZZAN,NE OR MEZZAN,NE FLOOR (11)

A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of a building having an area not more
than one-half of the area of the room or space in which it is constructed.

NON-CONFORMING BUILDING
A building which does not conform with the regulations of the district where it is situated
as to height, yard requirement, lot area; and percentage of occupancy.
NON-CONFORMING USE
The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or land which does not
conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is situated.

OCCUPANCY
The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term shall also
include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not intended to
include change of tenants or proprietors.

OWNER
Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under
consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.

PANIC HARDWARE
A bar which extends across at least one·half the width of each door leaf, which will open
the door if to pressure.

PARTITION
An interior subdividing wall .

PIER
An isolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders, lintels, trusses,
and similar structural parts.

PILASTER
A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as so-vertical beam, a
column. or both.

A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and lime, and aggregate and other
approved material as specified in this Code. ·

PLASTICS, APPROVED
Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.

74
ANNEX "A"
(12)
PLATFORM, ENCLOSED
A partially enctosed portion of an assembly room the of which is not more than
1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is designed or used for the
pnsentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment whenHn scenery, drops,
decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.

PUBLIC WAY
A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00 meters in
width, appropriated to the free passage of the general public.

RUAIR
The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its
..antenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of construction.

SHAFT
A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment,
ar similar purposes.

atOWWINDOW
A store window in which goods are displayed.

auM
Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the vatues of real estate tend to. deteriorate .
because of the dilapidated, obSolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within
the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly unpleasant to look at.

SOCALO,MASONRY
1l1e wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

SOFFIT
The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.

STABLE
Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of any
D'se, carabao, or other cattle.

STABLE, COMMERCIAl
A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or breeding purposes.

STAGE
A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the
presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, drops or

75
ANNEX "A"
(13)
other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the
prosecenium opening and the ceiUng abcwe the stlge iJ more than 1.50 meters.

STAIRWAY
Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.

STAIRWAY; PRIVATE
A stairway serving one ten•nt only.

STOREY
That portion of a building included bet\Yeen the upper surface of any floor and the upper
surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that portion of a
building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof
above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or unused underfloor
space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at any point, such
ba$ement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a storey.

STOREY, HEIGHT OF
The perpendicular distance from top to top on two successive floors, floor beams, or
joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the floor to the ceiling.
The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest point of the sidewalk grade to
the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are sealed, this clear height is
measured to the underside of the ceiling.

STREET
Any thoroughfare or public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for
public use.

STRUCTURE
That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of.
'WOrk artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.

STRUCTURAL FRAME
The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams, trusses, and spandrels
having direct connections to the columns and all other members which are essential to the
stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or roof which ha"Ve no
connection to the columns shall be considered secondary and not a part of the structural
frame.

SUPORTALES
The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional
type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into the wall ·
structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or .crosettas (cross bracings)
are sometimes used.

76
ANNEX "Au
(14)

IUAFACE, EXTERIOR
surface.

IURFACE, INTERIOR
Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
IUAFACE, WEATHER-eXPOSED
M surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and similar surfaces e.JQ)Oied to the
except ttle following: ·

Ill Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimwn of 300
millimeters below such ceiling or roof soffits;
Walls or portions of waJJs within an unenc!osed roof area, when located a
horilontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the
opening; and
ld Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from the outer
edge of the ceiling or roof soffits.

VALUE OR OF A BUILDING
11we estimated-cost to replace the building in kind, based on current replacement costs.

VAULT
Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction
intended for the storage of valuables.

VENEER ADHERED
Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners attached to an approved
blck:ing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding material appHed over an
IDOf'Qved backing.

VENEER, EXTERIOR
Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.

VENEER, INTERIOR
Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

WALL, BEARING
A waif which supports any load other than its own weight.

WALL, CROSS
A term which may be used synonimously with a partition.

77
ANNEX ..A..
(15)

WALL, CURTAIN
The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an
enclosing wall between piers.

WALL, DEAD
A wall without openings.

WALL, EXTERIOR
Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members, which defines the
exterior boundaries or courts of a building.

WALL, FACED
A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they act ·as a
composite element, and exert a common action under load.

WALL, FIRE
Any wall which subdivides a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by starting at the
foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or· above the roof.
Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.

WALL, FOUNDATION
That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.

WALl, HElGHT OF
The perpendicular distance measured from its base "line either at grade or at the top of
the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and retaining walls are
from the grade downward to the base of the footing.

WALL, NONBEARING
A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.

WALL, PARAPET
That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.

WALL, PARTY
A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said buildings.

WALL, RETAINING
Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a subsurface wall built to
resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.

78
ANNEX "A"
(16)

WALL, THICKNESS OF
1M minimum measured on the bed.

ltn opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for 1he purpose of admitting
.rural light and air.
• NDOW, ORIEL
A projecting window similar to a bay window, but carried on brackets or The
-.n "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting over the street
lne.
.aRE BACKING
Morizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical wood supports which,
..,_,covered building paper, provide a backing for portland cement plaster.

YARD OR PATIO
The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property line.

YARD. REAR
1he yard lying between the side lot lines and the nearest lot line and the nearest building
line.

YARD, SIDE
'The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between the front and
1he rear yards.

79
ANNEX ..B,.
(1)

TABLE 708-A. DIMENSION OF WOODEN POSTS OR SUPORTALES

Maximum Maximum Maximum Required Maximum


Type
Height of Height Spacing Finished Size
Building
1st Floor Total of Post of Suportales

1-Storey Shed 4.00M 3.50M 10 ems. x 10 ems.


1-Storey Shed 3.00M 4.00M 10 ems. x 10 ems
1-Storey Shed 5.00 4.00M 12.5 ems. x 12.5 ems.
1-Storey House or
Chalet 1.00 to 5.50M 3;60 M 12.5 ems. x 12.5 ems.
2-Storey House 3.00M 6.00M 3.00M 12.5 ems. x 12.5 ems.
2-Storey House 4.50M 7.00M 4.00M 12 ems. x 15 ems.
2-Storey House 5.00M 8.00 M 4.50M 17.5 ems. x 17.5 ans.
2-Storey House 9.00M 4.50M 20 ems. x 20 ems.

Logs or tree trunk suport8/es may be used as post in indigenous traditional type of construction,
provided that these are of such sizes and spacing as to sustain vertical loading equivalent at least to.the
loading capacities of the posts and spacing in this Tables.

80
ANNEX ..e··
(2)
TABLE 1003-A. PROJECTIONS OF BALCONIES AND APPENDAGES

Width of Streets Balconies ToQ/ Projections

Over 3.00 m . but less than 6.00 m. With balcony .60m.


6.00 m. to less than 10.00 m. With balcony .90m.
JO.OO m. to less than 11 .00 m. With balcony l .OOm.
11.00 m. to less than 12.00 m. With balcony 1.10 m.
12.00 m. to less than 13.00 m With balcony 1.30 m.
13.00 m. to less than 14.00 m. With balcony 1.40m.
14.00 m. or over With balcony 1.50 m.

TABLE 1106-A. TYPE O.F PROTECTION REQUIRED FOR PEDESTRIANS

Height of Distance from Construction Protection


Construction Required

feet or Less than six feet Railing


less Six feet or more none

Less than six feet Fence and


Canopy

More than Six feet or more but not more than one-fourth Fence and
eight feet the height of construction Canopy

Six feet or more, but between one-fourth to one Fence


half the height of construction

Six feet or more but exceeding one-half the None


construction height

Note: All protective devices shall include appropriate lights and warning signs.

81
Provided, further, That in case of government
buildings, streets and highways, the Ministry of
The Law to Public Works and Highways shall see to it that
the same shall be provided with architectural
Enhance Mobility facilities or structural features for disabled
persons. ,
of Disabled In the case of the parking place of any of
the above institutions, buildings, or
Persons establishments, or public utilities, the owner or
operator shall reserve sufficient and suitable space
for the use of disabled persons.
BATAS PAMBANSA BLG 344 Section 2. In case of public conveyance,
devices such as the prominent display of posters
AN ACT TO ENHANCE THE MOBILITY or stickers shall be used to generate public
OF DISABLED PERSONS BY awareness of the rights of the disabled and foster
REQUIRING CERTAIN understanding of their special needs. Special bus
BUILDINGS; INSTITUTIONS, stops shall be designed for disabled persons.
Discriminating against disabled persons in the
ESTABLISHMENTS, AND PUBLIC
carriage or transportation of passengers is hereby
UTILITIES TO INSTALL declared unlawful.
FACILITIES AND OTHER Section 3. The Minister of Public Works
DEVICES. and Highways and the Minister ofTransportation
and Communications, in coordination with the
Be it enacted by the Batasang Pambansa in National Commission Concerning Disabled
session assembled: Persons, shall prepare the necessary rules and
regulations to implement the..provisions of this
Section 1 . In order to promote the Act.
realization of the rights of disabled persons to Section 4. Any person violating any
participate fully in the social life and the provision of this Act or of the rules and regulations
development of the societies in which they live promulgated hereunder shall, upon conviction by
and the enjoyment of the opportunities av.ailable a court ofcompetent jurisdiction, suffer the penalty
to other citizens, no license or permit for the of imprisonment of not less than one month but
construction, repair or renovation of public and not more than one year or a fine of P2,000 to
private builqings for public use, educational P5,000 or both, at the discretion of the court:
institutions, airports, sports and recreation centers Provided, That in the case of corporations,
a.nd complexes, shopping centers or partnerships, cooperatives or associatjons, the
establishments, public parking places, workplaces, president, manager or administrator, or the person
public utilities, shall be granted or issued unless who has charge of the construction, repair or
the owner or operator thereof shall install and renovation of the building, space or utilities shall
incorporate in such building, establishment, be criminally responsible for any violation of this
institution or public utility, such architectural Act and/or rules and regulat ions promulgated
facilities or structural features as shall reasonably pursuant thereto.
enhance the mobility of disabled persons such as Section 5. All laws, executive and
sidewalks, ramps, railings and the like. If feasible, administrative orders, rules and regulations
all such existing buildings, institutions, inconsistent with the foregoing provisions are
establishments, or publi c util ities may be hereby or amended accordingly.
renovated or altered to enable the disabled persons Section 6. This Act shall take effect upon
to have access to them: Provided, however, That its approval.
buildings, institutions, establishments, or public
utilities to be constructed or established for which Approved: February 25, 1983.
licenses or permits had already been issued may
comply with the requirements of this law:

82
4. Applications:
4.1 Public and priVIIIie bailcliap and
Rules aad related structure5 for public use.
Reculatioat I•plemeatilac No permit for me repair
tbe Law to E•bance Mebility or renovlllion o1 public - t priYale
ofDistlbled Persons buildings and rclalcd sfnd.UreS for
public use, whether owmd or leased,
shall be granted or issued. UDkss the
oftbePhilippines oilier ownet thereof shall t.vc
Olllice of the President provided in the places and
--.w Commission Concerning specifications submitted for ..,.,.:o.,.aJ
D Ned Persoos barrier-free facilities and acccssibility
feanm:s as provided in these Rules
M'LEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS and in aA;CQrdance with the following
-IATAS PAMBANSA BILANG344- '"AN ACT criteria-
_, r.NIIANCE THE MOBILITY OF DISABLED 4.1. t Buildings and related structures to be
filaSONS BY REQUIRING CERTAIN consttucted -
alLDINGS, a) At the space where the primary
IA'ABLISHMENTS, AND PUBLIC UTILITIES function is
_,INSTALL FACILITIES AND OTIIER served and where facilities and
IKVICES" ingress/egress of the building or
structure are located, as to
IIlLI: 1-SCOPE AND APPLICATION make such space accessible to
1. Purpose: the disabled persons; provided,
The Rules and Regulations set forth herein however, that where the
provide for minimum requirements and standards primary function can be served
to make buildings, facilities and utilities for at the ingress level and where
public use accessible to disabled persons, sud\ level is provided with
pursuant to the objectives ofBatas Pambansa filcilities, requirements for
Bilang 344, ..An Act to Enhance the Mobility of accessibility at other levels may
Disabled Persons by Certain Buildings., be waived.
Institutions. Establishments and Public Utilities b) Ten percent (lQ-Io) of the total
to Install Facilities and Other Devices." number of units ofgovernment-
owned living acconunodations
2. Definition of Terms: shall be BOC'eSSiblc and fully .
For the purpose of these Rules and usable by the disabled persons
Regulations. the words. fenns and phrases with any fractional part in
enumerated in Annex "A" hereof shall have the excess of one-half(l/2) in the
meaning as provid<:d therein. computation thereof, to be
3. Scope considered as one unit; for
The provisions of. these Rules and privately-owned living
Regulations shaJI apply to the following - accommodations. the number
3.1 Public and private buildings and
related structures for public use and
whiclt shall be construck:d. repaired or
rcoo'Yl\led.
3.2 Streets and highways and public.
utilities
3.2.1 Streets and highways
3.2.2 Public tJ8nSpOrt vehicles which shall
include:
a) Pusenga buses
b) Passenger trains, inchldiog
those of the Light Rail
Transit Authority (LRTA)
c) Passenger boats and ships
d) airplanes
3.2.3 Public telephones
3.3 · Public Transport terminals
including LRTA

83
of accessible units shall be renovation work is in ex·
as provided in Section 8 cess of twenty percent
of Rules II hereof. (20%) of the total cost of
c) Ingress/egress from the the building or etrueture,
street to the building or: based upon the computa-
strueture shall be made . tion of permit fees as
accessible. provided under Rule Ill of
the Implementing Rules
d) Accessible slots in parking and Regulations promul·
areas shall be located as gated.
near as possible to ingress/
egress spaces of the build- Pursuant to P.D. 1096 en·
ing or structure. titled: "The National Build-
ing Code of the Philip-
4.1.2 Buildings and related structures
pines";
to be repaired or renovated
including those proposed for a f) When there ia no legal
change of occupancy- · constraint which would not
allow complwiee with these
If feasible, barrier-free facili- regulations:
ties and accessibility features
shall be provided in accordance EXCEPTION: Repair or re-
with the requirements under novation work whieh consists
Sub-section 4.1.1 (a), (c) and only of heating, ventilating
(d): feasibility of incorporation and aireonditioning systems,
of barrier-free facilities and including those which may
accessibility features shall be be required only with
determined from all the follow- respect to fire, panic and
ing conditions: explosion safety for existing
spaces, shall not be sub-
a) When the repair or reno-
ject to the requirements
vation work is to be done for barrier-free facilities and
in tbe space. where the
accessibility features.
primary function is served;
b) When the facilities can be 4.1.3 Streets, highways and transport related
made accessible any other structures to be constructed ·
level which is accessible by Streets, highways and transport related
means of an elevator with a structures shall be provided with the
minimum width of 800 mm; following barrier-free facilities and
e) When the space alloted for accessibility features at every pedes·
the primary function will trian crossing: ramps and other acces·
not be diminished by more sible features in buildings ofthe sectoral
than ten percent of its offices and attached agencies of DOTC;
original area; transportation lt!rminals and passen·
d) When the capacity or ger waiting areas for use of disabled
strength of any major persons;
structural component, such a) Cut-out curbs and accessible ramps
as slabs, beams, guiders, at the sidewalks.
columns, bearing walls and b) Audio-visual aids for crossing
footings of the buil9ing or EXCEPTION: Requirement.sforacces·
structure will not be sibility at pedestrian grade separations
diminished: or overpasses and underpasses may be
e) When the cost (exclusive of waived.
the exeeption provided be-
low) of such repair or

84
4.1.4 'Existing streets and high· vated.
ways to be repaired and 4.2.3 Public Telephones-
renovated- At least one unit of publie
The accessibility requirements telephones for every five (5)
under Sub-section 4.2.1 .shall be units shall be accessible to
provided where the portion of disabled persons and shall be
existing street and highways provided with · visual aids
to be repaired or renovated required under See. 2.14 of
.includes part or the entire Rule 11, provided that if
pedestrian erosaing. only one (1) public telephone
is to be installed in a par-
4.2.1 Transport vehicles for public ticular place· the same shall
use - be accessible to disabled
a) No license or franchise for persons.
the operation of public buses, 4.2.4 Public Transport Terminals-
passenger boats, ships and The criteria and accessibility
domestic airplanes shall be requirements, provided for
granted or issued unless public and private buildings
the owner or operator there- and related structures for
of shall have provided and public use under sub-section
designated the number of 4.1 shall apply to public
seats and shall have transport terminals.
placed audio-visual aids
required by Sectioaa 5 & 8 5. Special Standards of Accessibility
of Rule IV for the dis- ·where the reqUirements for accessibility in.
abled persona. the Rules will create an unreasonable hard-
b) Government instrumentali- ship in design/construction, specialetandards .
ties operating pusenger ofaccessibility through the uee ofother meth-
traina including the Light ods and/or materials shall be allowed ifbetter
Rail Transit Authority shall facilities can be provide.d subject to the ap-
have provided the number provalofthe National Council for the Welfare
ol seat.s for disabled per- of Disabled Persons.
eons required, by Section 5
of Rule IV. RULE II -MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
c) Government instrumentali- FOR ACCESSIBIUTY .
ties operating passenger 1. Design Criteria:
airplanes shall provide and 1.1 CATEGORIES OFDISABLED PERSONS.
designate the number of The categories of disability dictate the varied
seats for disabled persons measures to be adopted in order to create an
and shall likewise place accessible environment for the handicapped.
the audio-visual aids re- Disabled persons under these Rules may be
quired by See. 6 of Rule IV. classified into those who have:.
4.2.2 Existing Public Transport 1.1.1 Impairments requiring confinement to
Vehicles- wheelchairs; or
The minimum accessibility re- 1.1.2 Impairments causing difficulty or inse·
quirements in Section 6.0 curity in walking or climbing stairs or
of Rule IV shall apply to requiring the use of braces, crutches or·
all existing units of publie otherartificial supports; or
transport vehicles, and caused by amputation, arthritis, spastic ·
eluding those which are conditions or pulmonaey, cardiacorother
to be and reno-

85
illsrenderingindividualssemi-ambula· physical surroundings.
tory; or . 1.2.3 The provision of adequate space
1.1.3 Total or partial impairments of beanng for wheelchair maneuvering
or sight causing msecurity or likelihood generally insures adequate
ofexposure to danger in public places; or space . for disabled persons
1.1.4 Impairments due to conditions of aging equipped with other technical
and incoordination; . aids or accompanied by assis-
1.1.5 Mental impairments whether acquired tants.
or congenital in nature.
In determining the minimum
dimensions for furniture and
fixtures accessible to disabJed
persons, the following anthro-
pometric data thall serve as
1.2 ANTHROPOMETICS AND DIMEN- guides for design:
SIONAL DATA AS GUIDES FOR The length of wheelchairs
DESIGN. The minimum and maxi- varies from 1.10 m to 1.80 m.
mum dimensions for spaces in the The width of wheelchairs is
built environment should consider is fr9m 0.60 m to 0.76 m.
the following criteria:
A circle of 1.50 m in dia-
1.2.1 ·The varying sizes and statures meter is a suitable guide in
of persons of both sexes, the planning of wheelchair
their reaches and their lines turning spaces.
of sight at both the standing
and sitting poaitions. The comfortable reach of
. persons confined to wheel-
These hold for both disabled chairs is from 0.70 m to
and non-disabled persons. For 1.20 m above the floor
purposes of catering to most and not less than 0.40 m
people, measures to be used from room· corners. The
are to refer to average-sized comfortable cle::a.rance for
persons. according to current knee and leg space under
international literature. tables for wbeeleh&ir users
1.2.2 The dimensional data of the is 0.74 m.
technical aids of disabled per- Counter heights shall be
sons. placed at a level com-
Included in the second consider- fortable to disabled persons'
ation are the dimensions ofwheel· reach.
chairs; the minimum space Refer to Annex B-2 to B...:.6,
needed for locking and unlocking Figs. 2 to 8.
leg braces plus the range of dis· 1.3 BASIC PHYSICAL PLANNING RE-
tance ofcrutches and other walk· QUIREMENTS. No group of people
ing aids from persons using such shall be deprived of full partici-
devices. pation and enjoyment.of the environ·
By applying at this very early ment or be made unequal with
fltage dimensional criteria the rest due to any disability .
which take into account wheel· . In order to aehleve this goal
chair usage, physical envi- adopted by the United Nations,
ronment will ultimately encour- certain basic principles shall be
age and enable wheelchair applied:
users to make full use of their 1.3.1 ACCESSIBILITY. The built
environment shall be designed

86
so that it shall. be accessible
1.1.3 Category and
·to all people. This means
that no criteria shall impede
Indutrial - Tbis aMD eomprile
partly Group C, D, E. and
the use. of facilities by either
H Buildings.
the handicapped or .non-disabled
citizens. 1.1.4 Category
This shall comprise partly
1.3.2 REACHABILITY. .Provisions Group J Buildings.
shall be adapted and intro-
duced to the physical environ- 1.1.5 Category V-Ancillary-This
ment so that as many places shall comprise partly Group
or buildings as possible can J Buildings.
be reached by aU. 2. .Architectural Feature• and Facilitie1:
1.3.3 USABILITY. The built en- Where the following features and
vironment shall be designed facilities are architectural design re-
so_ that all persons, whether quirements in accordance with generally
they be disabled or not, accepted architectural practice, the
may use and enjoy it. same shall in accordance with Rule II.
1.3.4 ORIENTATION. Finding a per- be made acces.sible/banoier-free and
son's way inside and outside shall include the corresponding graphic
of a building or open space signs.
shall be made easy for every- 2.1 Architectural facilities and features:
one. 2.1.1 A- Stairs
1.3.6 SAFETY. Designing for safety 2.1.2 B- Walkways
insures that people shall be 2.1.3 C- Corridors
able to move about with 2.1.4 D-Doors and Entrances
leas hazards to life and health. 2.1.5 E- Washrooms and Toilets
1.3.6 WORKABILITY AND EFFI- 2.1.6 F- Lifts/Elevators
CIENCY. The built environ- 2.1.7 G- Ramps
ment shall be designed to 2.1.8 H- Parking Areas
allow the disabled -citizens to 2.1.9 I - Switches, Controls, Buzzers
participate and contribute to 2.1.10 J -Handrails
developmental goals. · 2.1.11 K-Thresholds
2.1.12 L- Floor Finishes
aULE lli- SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 2.1 .13 M--Drinking Fountains
FOR BUILDINGS AND RELATED 2.1.14 N -Public Telephones
STRUCTURES · FOR PUBLIC USE 2.1.15 0- Seating Accommodations
L Clanification of Building• By U1e of 8. CATEGORY I
Occupancy: The following requirements shall only
1.1 Occupancy classified by categories apply to _government owned buildings.
enumerated in Seetion 701 of the 8.1 Group A
National Building Code (PD 1096)
are hereby adapted. 3.1.1 Sin:gle detached. Ten percent
(10%) of the total units to
1.1.1 Category I-Re1idential-This be constructed.
shall comprfae Group A and
partly Group B Buildings. Barrier-free facilities and fea-
tures required in: A, B, C,
1.1.2 Category li-Commercial and D, E, G, H, I, J, K, and L.
lftdu.tricl- Tbia shall comprise
partly Groups B. C, E, F,
G, H, and I Buildings.

87
3.1.2 Duplexes: Ten percent of Barrier-free facilities and fea-
· the total units to be constructed. tures required in: A, B, C.
Barrier-free facilities and fea- D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K,
tures required in A, B, C, L, M, and N.
D, E, · G, H. I, J, K and L. 4.1.3 Private or "off campus" Dor-
8.1.8 School or company staff housing mitories: One (1) unit per
units: One (1) unit for 26 every 50 units up to 160
to 50 units to be constructed units and an additional dwelling
and 1 additional unit for unit for every 100 units
every 100 unita thereafter. thereafter at ingress level.
Barrier-free facilities and fea- Barrier-free faeilities and fea·
tures required in: A, B, C, tures required in: A, B, C,
D, E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M,
D, E, G, H, I, J, K, and L. andN.
3.2 Group B 4.2 Group C
3.2.1 Multiple dwelling units or 4.2.1 Amusement Halls and Parlors
high-rise residential eondo-
miniuDl8 OJ'. tenement houses. Barrier-free facilities and
features required in: A, B, C,
One (1) unit from 26 up to D, . E, F, G, H. I, J, K,
50 units to be constructed L, M,N andO.
and an additional unit for
every 100 unita thereafter, 4.2.2 Massage and Sauna. Parlors
with all such units at ingress Barrier-free facilities and fea-
level in ease there is not tures required in: A. B, C, D,
barrier-free elevator provided. E, . F, G, H, I, J, K, L,
Barrier-free facilities and ·fea- andM.
tures required in: A, B, C, 4.3 GroupE -1
D. E, F, o·, H, I, J, K, 4.3.1 Train Stations and Terminals
L, and M. Barrier-free facilities and
4. CATEGORY II features required . in: A, B,
The following requirements shall apply C. D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K,
· to both government and privately· L, M, N, and 0.
owned buildings. 4.3.2 Bus depots and terminals-
4.1 GroupB Barrier-free facilities and fea-
4.1.1 Accessories, tenement house tures required in: A, B, C,
and/or row houses, apartment D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K,
houses and/or town houses. L, M, N, and 0.
One (1) unit for every 50 4.8.8 Transportation Office
units up to 150 units and an
additional unit for every 100 Barrier-free facilities and
units thereafter. features required in: A, B, C,
D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, L,
Barrier-free facilities and fea- M, N,and 0.
tures required in: A, B, C,
D, E, G, H, I, J, K and L. 4.3.4 Airport terminal buildings and
heliports
4.1.2 Hotels, motels, inns, pension Barrier-free .facilities and
houses and/or apartels. One (1) features required in: A, B, C,
unit per every 60 units up to D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K,
160 units and an additional L, M, N, and 0.
unit for every 100 units at
ingress level, in case there is
no parrier-free elevators; pro-
vided that in all eases, one
unit (1) shall be provided at
ingress level.

88
4.3.6 Ports and harbor· facilities, Convention Halls
landing piers sheds, ferry Barrier-free facilities and
landing stations. feature• required in: A, B, C.
Barrier-free facilities and D, E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M
features required in: A, B, C, Nand 0.
D, .E, F, G, H, I. J, K, 4..52 Concert Halls and Opera
L. M, N, and 0. Bouaes
U GroupE-! Buriel'Jree facilitiea and
4.4.1 General wholesale and retail featuree required in: A, B, C,
stores D, E. G. B, 1, J, K, L, M, N
Barrier-free facilities and fea- and 0.
tures required in: A, B. C, D, 4.5.3 Collisea and sports complexes
E. G, H, I, J, K, L, and and stadiums
N. Barrier-free faeilities and
4.4.2 Shopping centers and super- featur" required iD: A, B, C,
market! and public markets. D; E, G, H. I, J, K, L,
Barrier-free facilities and M, Nand 0.
features required in: A, B, C, 4.6 G1-oup F
D, E, F, G, H, l, J, K,
L,M, and N. .
4.6.1 Dairies and Creameries
Barrier-free faciUtiea and fea-
4.4.3 Restaurants, dining and drink- tures required in: A, B, C,
ing establishment& D. E, G, H, I, J, K. L,
Barrier-free facilities and fea- and M.
tures required in: A, B, C, 4.6.2 Faetories and woruhops using
D, E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M and N. incombustible or non-explosive
4.4.4 Office Buildings materials
Barriel'-free facilities and fea- Barrier-free facilities and. fea-
tures required in: A, C, tures required in: A, B, C,
D, E, F, G, H, I , J, K, D, E, G,· H, I, J, K, L,
L, M and N. andM.
4.4.5 Financial Institutions 4.6.3 Breweries, bottling plants, can-
Barrier-free facilities and fea- neries and tanneries
tures required in: A, B, C, Barrier-free facilities and fea-
D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, tures required in: A, B, C,
L, M and N. D, E, G, H, I, J, K, L, and M.
4.4.6 Funeral parlors. morgues and 4.7 Gf'oup G-3
crematories 4.7.1 Wood working establishment!,
Barrier-free facilities and fea· lutnber and timber yards.
tures required in: A, B, C. Barrier-free facilities and fea-
D. E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, tures required in: A, B, C,
Nand 0. D, E, G, H. I, J, K, L, and M.
4.4.7 Memorial and Mol'tuary Cha- 4.7.2 Pulp, paper and paper board
pels factories
Barrier-free facilities and Barrier-free facilities and
features required in: A, B, C, features required in: A, B. C,
D, E, G, H. I, J, K, L, M, N D, E, G, H, I, L and M.
andO.
4.7.3 Textile and fiber spinning mills
U Group H-I, Group H4 and Group I
Barrier-free facilities and fea-
4.6.1 Theaters, Auditoriums and tureB required in: A, B, C,
D. E. G, H, I, J, L, and M.

89
4.7 .4 Garment and undergarment 6.2.8 Rehabilitation Centers
faetories Barrier-free facilities and fea·
Barrier-free facilities and tures required in: A, B, C, D,
features required in: A, B, C, E, G. H, I, J, K,·L, M, and N.
D, E, G, H, I, J, L, and M. 6.2._. Leproearia
5. CATEGORY UI Barrier-free facilities and fea-
5.1 G1"oup C tures required in: A, B, C. D,
5.1.1 Educational (eehoola. E, G, H,l, J, K, L. M. and N.
coHeges, universities, voca-
tional echools, seminaries and 5.3 Group D-!
novitiaties), including schools 5.3.1 Homes for the Aged
auditoriums, gymnasia, review- Barrier-free facilities and fea·
ing stands, little theaters and tures required in: A, B, C. D,
concert halls. E.G, H. I, J. K, L, M, and N.
Barrier-free facilities and fea·
5.3.2 Hospital• and Sanitaria
tures required in: A, B, C,
D, E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, Barrier-free facilities and
features required in A. B. C. D.
L, M, N, and 0.
E, F, G, H, I, J. K, L, M and N.
5.1.2 Libraries, museums, exhibition
halls and art galleries 5.4 Choup D-3
Barrier-free facilities and fea- 5.,.1 Nursing Homes for ambulatory
tures required in: A, B, C, patients
D, E, F, G, H, I. J, K, L, Barrier-free facilities and fea-
M,N,andO. tures required in: A, B, C, D,
5.1.3 Civil Centers E, G, H. I, J, K, L, M, and N.
Barrier-free facilities and fea- 5.4.2 Orphanages
tures required in: A, B, C, D, Barrier-free facilities and fea-
E. F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, and tures required in: A, B, C. D,
0. E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, and N.
5.1.4 Clubhouses and lodges 5.5 Gro"p E- 7
Barrier-free facilities and fea- 5.6.1 Poliee and fire stations
tures required in: A, B, C, D, Barrier-free facilities and fea·
E. G, H, l, J I K, L, M, tures required in: A, B, C, D,
andN. E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, and N.
5.1.5 Community Centere 6.6 ChoupH
Barrier-free facilities and fea- 6.6.1 Churches, temples, chapels and
tures required in: A, B, C, D, similar places of worship.
E, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, and 0. Barrier-free facilities and fea-
6.2 GTov.p D-1 tures required in: A, B, C, D,
5.2.1 Mental hospitals, mental sani- G, H, J, K, L, M, and 0.
taria, mental asylums. 6. CATEGORYIV
Barrier-free facilities and tea· 6.1 (houp J -1
turea required in: A, B, C, D, 6.1.1 Agricultural buildings
E, F, G, H, 1, J, K, L, M, and N.
Barrier-free facilities and fea-
5.2.2 Jails, prisona, reformatories,
tures required in: A, B, C. ·E,
correctional institutions q., H, I, J, K, and L.
Barrier-free facilities and fea-
ture• required in: A, B, C, D,
E, G, H. I, J, K, L, M, and N.

90
'f. STANDARD OF ACCESSIBILITY FOR 9.3 Width of corridors and circulation
SPECIAL TYPE OF F ACIUTIES aratem integrating both horizontal
7.1 T.he provision of this section shall od access to ingress/egress
apply to the specified type of faci- lnel of the building shall be pro-
lities and identified specifJe require- viclecl.
ments for accessibility and usability 9.4 Doors ud entrances provided herein
which shall be provided for each of used u entry points at entrance
the listed occupancy uses. lobbietl aa loea1 points of congre-
gation shall be designed to open
7.1.1 Auditoriums, assemblyballs, easily or acculiible from floor to
theaters, and related facilities: floor or to a117 poiut of destination.
a) Seating for the disabled 9.5 Washroom al1d toilet. shall be acces-
shall be accessible from the
main lobby to primary en- sible and' pi"''rided with adequate
turning space leee See. U ol Rule ll).
trances, together with rela- 9.6 Whenever elevatorts is required it
ted toile t facilities. should meet the recpairementa pro-
b) In all assembly places where vided in Section 2.6 of Rule n.
seating accommodation is 9.7 Ramps shall be provided u means of
,provided, there shall be access to level of ebaqe going to
spaces for the disabled per- entry points and entraoee. of lobbies
sons as provided. infiueneed by condition of location or
Seating Wheekhair Seating use.
Capacity Spaee 9.8 Parking areas shall be provided with
4- 60 2 sufficient space for the diNbJed
61-300 4
301- 500 6 persons to allow easy transfer from
e) When . the seating capacity carpark to ingress/egress levels.
exceeda 500 an additional . 9.9 Height above the floor of awitchea and
wheelchair seating space controls shall be in accordance with
shall be provided for each the provisions of Sec. 2.9, Rule II.
total seating capacity in- 9.10 Handrail.s 8hall be provided at both
crease of 100 seats. sides of ramps in accordance with
d) Readily removable seats may See. 2.10 of Rule II.
be installed in these spaces 9.11 Floors provided for every route of
when such spaces are not the wheelchair shall be made of non-
required to accommodate skid material.
wheelchair users.
9.12 Water fountains shall be installed
8. COMPUTATION OF ACCESSIBLE as required and as provided in Sec.
UNITS 2.13 of Rule II.
In the computation for the allocation of
accessible units and seating capacity RULE IV-REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBUC
decimal greater than 0.5 shall be con- TRANSPORTATION
sidered as one unit. In all eases a mini- 1. Classification of puhlie conveyances by
mum t:d one (1) acce.ssible unit shall be mode of trawrport shall be aa follows:
provided.
1.1 Land Transportation- This shall
9. APPLICA TlON OF BARRIER-FREE refer to buses having a minimum
FACILITIES AND FEATURES seating capacity of 50 persons for
9.1 Graphic signs shall be bold and cons- regular buses 1\nd 40 persons for air-
picuously installed in every access conditioned buaes. This shall include
from point of ·entry to connecting regular city buse!. regular provin-
destination. . cial buses, air-conditioned city buses
9:2 Walkways shall be provided with (Love Bus and Pag-ibig Bus) and air-
adequate passageway in accordance conditioned tourist and provincial
with the provision illustrated in bus ea.
Rule II.

91
1.2 Rail Transportation- Thia sball refer 6.5 For regular eity buses, other P&f·
to .the three railway. ayatema in the sengera may use tbeae designated
country, the Philippine National seats if not oecupied and yield them
(PNR) operating in Luzon, to ineoming diaabled persons
the Panay Railways Corporation ever the occasion arises.
(PRC) operating in the ialand of Pa· 6.6 For provincial buses. air-eondltioned
nay and the Light Rail Transit Au-
thority {LRTA) operating in Metro buses. passenger trains and airplanes.
Manila. . the designated seats for disabled persons
1.3 Water · Transportation - This shall may be occupied by other passengers only
refer to domestic puaenger ships, if no disabled persons shall occupy these
ferry boats and other pagenger- seats at the start of the t.rip
earrying water transportation.
1.4 Air Transportation- This shall refer . 6. 7 Jeepneys shall have at least t.wo (2) seat.<;.
to the domestic puaenger airplanes; · preferably the front seats as designated
seats for disabled persons
2. No franehiae or permit to operate public
units s,hall be granted,
1uued or renewed unless such units are 6.8 For jeepneys, other passengers may use
constructed or renovated in accordance thesedesignat.edseats ifnot oc-cupied and
with the requirements. yield them to incoming disabled passen·
8. H feuible, all owners or operators of gers only if the yielding passenger can
existing public transport utilities shall still be accommodated at the back
modify or renovate their units to aeeom·
mod&te persona. 6.9 In domestic shipping, each vessel shall:
4. The construction or renovation of public a . . Allocate on a per class-bas is. areas for
tranaport utilities covered by these rules disabled passengers. These areas shall be
shall be subject to compliance with the nearest to the entrance and/or exit door·
body designs and specifications aa pro- ways of the vessels.
vided under existing rules and regula- b. Give priority to disabled passengers'
tions. embarkation and disembarkation through
6. Posters or stickers ahaU be conspi- the assignment of "time windows." Dis·
cuously diaplayed inside the units. (see abled passengers shall be given a twenty
Annex C -1 Figure 1). (20) minute period to em bark ahead of the
6. Public transportation thall have deaig· three (3) hour embarkation tjme prior to
nated seats for disabled persona. the ship's departure; and sh all be allo·
cated a maximum of one (1) hour for
6.1 Regular buses shall have at least
five (6) designated seata for disabled disembarkation after the ship's arrival.
persons near exit/entrance doors (see
Annex C- 2 Figure 2 And 3 and An· 7. The designated seats shall be identified by
nex C- 3 Figure 4). the International Symbol of Access.
6.2 Jlirst class, premiere and wr-conditioned
buses shall have at least four (4) desig- 8. Owners or operators of city buses operat·
nated seats for disabled persons near ing in highly urbanized cities shall install
· the door · in their units audiovisual aids such as
buzzer, bell, flashing light. to infonn the
6.8 Passenger trains shall have at least
driver of any alighting passenger.
six (6) designated seata for disabled
persona (see Annex C -4 Figure 7 .)
9. At least one deck in passenger ships shaU
6.4 Passenger airplanes shall have at be provided with accessible ramps, pas·
· least two (2) designated seata for
sageways, access to gangways, galleys,
diaab1ed persona near the front exit/
entrance door (see Annex C- 4 safety equipment and bunks/berths/cabins
Figure 6.) with dimensions conforming with the re·
quirements as provided in rule II.

92
RULE V · ADMINISTRATION AND L2.3 Philippine National and the'
ENFORCEMENT Light Rail Tri:Ulsit Authonty ·.For the
operation of passenger trat.ns a nd
t Responsibility for Administration and including . stations and
Enforcement· 1.2.4 Maritime Industry Authonty . In_re·
spect to the development,
The administration and enforcement of and regulation of all en-
the provision of 1hese and Regula- gaged in business of co". -
tions shall be vested in the Secretary of
Public Works and Highways and the Sec- structing. manufacturing, acquiring,
retary of Transportation and operating. supplying, repairing and/or
llication s, in accordance with I he f u net •ons maintaining vessels or components
.ad jurisdiction <}ftheir resiHX:tive Depart· thereof: or managing andJor operating
as provided for by laws as follows. shipping lines. shipyards, dry docks,
marine railways. marine repair shops,
l JThe SecrP.taty through the Headf! of at· shipping and freight fo.r\\·arding
tached agencies of the Depart men I of cie.s and similar enterprises: issua nce
Jr Works and Highways, with the techm- of license to all water transport ves·
c:al assistance of the Building Research ·s els.
Developm en t Staff. s hall administer and 1.2.5 Philippine Ports Authority ·in r espect
enforce the provisions of these Rules and to the planning, development. fmanc-
Regulations through the City/Municipal ing. construe tion , main ten a nee and op-
Engineer who shall also act as. Local eration of ports, port facilities, port
' Building Official pursuant toSect10n 477 physical plants, and all equipment
fJI. R.A. 7160. otherwise known as the used in connection with the operation
Lxal Government Code of 1991 and as of a port.
ipplied t.o the follow ing: 1.2.6 Civil Aeronautics Board· In respect to
the supervision and regulation of, the
ll.1 Buildings and related structures jurisdiction and control over air carri-
including public transport terminals ers, general sales agents, cargo sales
agents and airfreight forwarders, and
U .% Streets and Highwa}·s issuance of certificates/licenses to
a ire rafts.
1..2 The Secretary of Transportation and 1:2.7 Air Transportation Office · In respect
Communications shall administer and to the maintenance, operation and de·
enforce the provisions of these Rules velopment, of all government airports
and Regulations through the Heads of (other than the NAJA, Mactan Inter-
Line and Attached Agencies of the national Airport) as well as.air naviga-
Department as follows: tion facilities (excluding meteorology).
2. Criminal Liability
U..l Land Transportation Franchisin g As stipulated in Section 46 of R.A. 7277,
and Regulatory Board · In respect to otherwise known as the Magna Carta for
the issuance of of Public Disabled Persons (a), a ny person who vio-
Convenience (CPC) and Provisional Au- lates any provision of the rules and regula-
thority (PA) for the operation of public tions of this Act shall suffer the following
road transportation utilities or ser· penalties:
vices. 1) for the first violation , a fine of not less
L2.2 Land · Transportation Office - · In than Fifty thousand pesos (P50,000.00) but.
respect to the registration of buses not exceeding One hundred thousand pesos
and jeepneys and enforcement of (PlOO,OOO.OO) or imprisonment of not
regulations related to land transport. than six (6) months but not more t.han two (2)
years, or both at the discretion of the court;
and

93
· 2) for any subsequen t violation , a fine of PERSONSIIND1V1DU ALS LIABLE FOR ANY
not less than One hundred thous and pesos \10LATION OF THE ACT
-rlOO,OOO.OO) but not exceeding Two hundred
thousand pesos (P200,000.00) or imprison- For Buildings/Establishment/Structure
ment· for not less than two (2) years but not.
more than six (6) years, or both a t the discre- 1. Owner or Operator of the Building. Estab·
t.ion of the court. lishment or Structure
b) Any person who abuses the privileges 2. Contractor
gra n tea herem shall be punished with impris· 3. Architect
onment ofnotless than six (6) months or a fine 4. Engineer
of not less than Five (P5,000.00) 5. Building Official or Other Public Official in-
bu t not more than Fifty thousa nd pesos charge with the issuance of building permit.
(P50,000.00) , or both, at th e discr etion of the registration, certification and/or inspection of
cour t . the building, establishment or strl.!cture.
c) If the violator is a corporation. organiza-
For Air, Land and Sea Transportation.
tion or any similar entity. the officials thereof
directly involved be liable therefor.
1. Owner/Operator of Public Transportation
d)lf the violator is an alien ·o r a·foreigner,
he shall be deported immediately after service
a. Body Builders
3. Safety Officers/Engineers/Managers
of sentence without further depor tation pro·
ceedings. 4. Drivers/Conductors/Conductresses
5. Public Official in-charge with the issuance
EFFECTIVITY
of permits, registration, certification and in-
These Rules shall take effec t thirty (30) spection of the public transportation.
dars after the date of publication in the Qffi.
cia) Gazette. Promulgated by:

(Sgd.) JESUS B. GARCIA, JR.


Secretary ANNEX"A"
Department of Transpor tation
and Communications DEFINITION OF TERMS AS USED
IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS:
(Sgd.) JOSE P. DE JESUS
Secretary 1. ACCESSIBLE· refers to feature s that enable
disabled persons to make·use o( the primacy
Department of Public Works
functions for which a structure is built.
and Highways 2. ALCOVE· a small recessed space in a room or
wall. .
IN COORDINATION WITH: 3. ANTHROPOMETRIC- pertaining to the mea·
sureme nt of the human body. ·
The NATIONAl, COUNCIL FOR THE 4. BARRIER. FREE - unhindered, without ob-
WELFARE OF DISABLED PERSONS structions to enable disabled persons.free pas-
sage or use of the facilities .
BY: 5. BUILDINGS • public and private buildings
and ot her related structures for public use.
Those de.signed to accommodate and serve
(Sgd.) CORAZON ALMA G. PE LEON persons in the pursuit ofeducational, commer-
Chairman cial, recreational, religious, occupational, medi-
cal, political, social activities and others of
simila r nature as enumerated and provided
herein.

94
Ill CORRIDOR- a long interior passageway pro- 25. THRESHOLD - a strip f&Btened to the Ooor
viding access to several rooms. beneath a door, usually t"&quired to cover the
A public means ofaceess from several roi>ms or joint where two types of floor materials meet;
to an exit. · may provide weather protection a't ex,terior
"l CURB- a raised rim ofconcrete, stone or metal doors.
which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, 26. TOILET-the room containing the water closet.
planted area, etc. 27. VESTIBULE· a small entranceway or transi·
a CURB CUT-OUT- a break in the sidewalk or tionalspaoe from the exterior to the interior of
traffic island provided with an inclined sur- a building and opens into a larger sp.e..ce.
face to facilitate mobility of wheeled chairs, 28. WALKWAY -an exterior passage for walking
carriages and other similar conveyance . along, especially one connecting adjoining
a DISABLED PERSONS- those suffering from buildings and related structures.
restriction or lack of ability to perform an 29. WASHROOM· a room providing (acilities for.
ecti.vity in the manner or within the range washing; a lavatory or toilet room .
considered normal for a human being as a 30. WATER FOUNTAIN- a fixture oonsiating o£
r&&ult of a mental, physical or sensory impair- a shallow basin, together with a water jet
ment. designed to provide potable water for human
a DOOR- an entranceway. consumption.
A barrier which swings, slides, tilts or fold.8 to 31. WIDTH OF CORRIDOR- the linear width of
doee anopeningin a w.allorcabinetorthe like. the obstructed path in corridors.
11.. EGRESS - an exit, or a means of going out.

11 ELEVATOR· a hoisting and lowering mecha-


Dism equipped with a car or platform whieb
moves in guides, in a vertical direction serving Appendix A ·
two or more floors of a building or structure.
J1 ENTRANCE· point of en try into a building: an Minimum Requirements for Accessibility.....
exterior door, a or a lobby. Illustrations for Minimum Requirements ..... ..
M. FLOOR. the surface within a room or area on
A. OUTSIDE AND AROUND BUILDINGS
which one walks.
· GRADIENT OF RAMP- the degree of inclina- 1. DROPPED CURBS
tion of the sloped surface expressed as a 1.1 Chan,.. I.D. level walkway. Moaicl be by a
percentage or ratio . dropped eurb.
16. GRAPHI C SIGN- a drawing, paint.iDg, dia-
1.2 Dropped curl» 1hould. be provided at
gram, engraving, etching or other similar il- ped81trlau Cl'Oellnp and at the end or
lustrations whicb from a single glance conveys walkwllJ• of a privata .treet or acce.
a given message; a visual aid.' road.
17. HANDRAIL. a hand support along a stairway
1.3 Dropped c:wt. at Cl"'OAiDp have. a width
or ramp consisting of rails and their support· eorre•pondinl to the width of the
ing posts, balusters or pillars and constituting c:ro..iap; othenriM, the miDimWil width
an enclosure or a line of diVision. t. 0.90m•
.18 .. HEIGHT ABOVE FLOOR · di.Btance between U Dropped earl» ehall be ram,.cl \oWuda
two points aligned vertica'Jy with one of the c:un. with • .,..._, not m.Gnl
pomts on the Ooor. · than l:U.
19. PARKING AREA· allocated 8J>Bce composed
1.5 Dropped cwl» itllall be llloped to1JarU
o£ marked-off portions for single motor ve- the roM witb • JIIUUdmQJil erMa p-.diea't
hicles on a short-time storage basis. · of 1:20 to pnw•t wat« fnaa
JO. PASSAGEWAY OR PASSAGE- a space con- &M wal.ltwar.
necting one area or room of a building with
U The lo..,. poi.D.t of a dropped curb •hould
another. not mm from the roed Ott ptt.er.
11. PEDESTRIANCROSSING-partofroadwhere
pedestrian going across tbe road have priority 2. CUBB CU'r..OUTS
over traffic. 2.1 Curb cut-out• 1hould. oDly be allowed.
%2 . PUBLIC TELEPHONES - a s.helf-unit tele- when it will not obttruet a walkway or in
phone with coin operating fun ctions for the any wq IeMen tba width of a wallnra,y.
use of the public.
23. RAMP - a sloped surface connecting two or
more planes at different levels.
24. SIDEWALK- a paved footwalk at the side of
a street or roadw•w.

95
1.2 Tbe mintmum Width of a curb cut-out edgee of dropped curt.. HudraUe at
llboulcl be O.iO H. dtopped curb. lhould not be inatallecl
beyond the width or any Cl'CIUing 10 . . not
2.8 Curb c:uHQta ahould have • sradient not
more &lwl1:12. to obetruc:t pedwtrian flow.

3. WALKWAYS AND PASSAGEWAYS 4.:l Handrail• ahaU be iutalleclat 0.90 m and


0. 70 m llhow or rampa. Handrails
1.1 Walkw...,e ehoulcl be kept •• level u for protection at .,.at beiehta mv .be
I*Rb• aucl prooridecl wi\h inetalled at 1.0 m to 1.06 a.
mataial.
.f..S A 0.30 m lema uteaai.CJD o1 the handrall
8.1 Whenayer and where'Ver poeeible, he provided at &be atart and end of
walk;w_,. thoulcl haft a P'adient no more rampe and stain.
than 1:20 M fl'·
4.4 Handrail• that require full triP ahould
3.3 Walk--.,. ehould haft a mufmum a-a.e have a dimension of BO am to SO mm.
tradhnt 9f 1:100. 4..6 Handraila att&c:becl to walla lhou1d have
8., Walkwa,. ahould have.a minimum width a clearance no 1. . than 50 mm from the
m.ten. Handraila oo ledpa ahould have a
clearance not 1- than .0 mm.
8.5 If poulble, P'•tinp tbould n.e ver be
located alone When oocurring fi. OPEN SPACES
alq walkw_,., gnitl.nc opainp ehollld
Jutw a madanua dimenaton of 1S mm x 5.1 Where open ap.a. are providAild, the blind
13 IIUil uul ahall no\ project more than c:an bec:ome particularly disoriented.
Therefore, it u helpful it aJ21
1.& llllll .how the leYel of the walkway.
waJkwa1 or .,-tba can be liYen deliced
8.1 Walltwaye ahould have a c:o.ntinuiog edpt either· by .the u• of plan\erl with
aurfaee without abrupt piteb• in angle dwarf walla, or a grau verge, or llimtlar,
or interruption• by craekt or breaks which provide. a texture different from
cnatiq edpa above 6.l50 mm. the path.
B.1 ln l•ethy or ·buay wallnrayt, epacea 6. SlGNAGES
lbould be providad at tome point alonr
the route 10 that a wbeelehair ma,y put 6.1 Directional and informational .tp ehould
azaotbMo or turn arow:ui. 'l"beM spacn be located at potnta c:onventently_ - D
ehollld. have a minimum d.imeaaion of even by a peraoil on a wheelchair and
1.50 m and ehoalcl be apaced at a thOM with Yiaual tmpairmenta;
muimam cliaiance ol 12:00 m between
.
6.2 Signa mould be bpt lrimpt. and • ..,. to
underatand; lignqin lhoald he made ol
8.8 To &Wei- the blind, ehould u ooJon and c:ontrafiing gr.y
aach u poMihle tonow lltnilbtforward m.atter to make detection and J"U.dinl
roataa with rtaht ancfe turne. eaey;
a.e Where plantinc it provided adJacent to 8.3 The international •Jmbol for aeetna
the walkwa,., reculu maintenanc:e ia •hould be la8d to ciHip.ata. route. and
....-nt.ial to eDIW"e brancha ot treea w rAdliti• that are acc:eNible;
ahruba do not _o verhan1 walkway• or
path., .. not only· do theae preaent a 6.4. · Should a .tp. protr1lde into a or
partkqlar daDpr to the blind, but they route, a minimum headroom of'2.0 meten
alto nclace the eilred:ive width ehould be provided; ·
anllabt. to pedaetriana renerally. 6.6 ·sign• on walla and. doors aboulcl be
a.10 Walkwa, headrooa •honld not be \eu \oa.tecl at a muimWil bei&h\ lAO K .
than a.o aa ud preterahly hlaher. and a mitdmum h4ript of 1..0 me-..
For aignap on waahroom door'B, ._ C.
3.11 Putapwaya for the cliaabled ehould not Sec:tion 8.6.
be obatrueted by atreet furniture,
bollarda, alp poata or column. along the 6.6 Signagea labeling public n»JU and plaoea
<Mftoed route, u they cu be hazardous. should have raised •ymbola, letten or
numben. with minimum of 1 mm;
'· IL\NDIWLS braille 1ymhol1 ahould be tncludecl In
"-1 Handraila aboulcl be inatalled at both ··igne i&ticath\8 public place. and aafety
aida ol rimpa and atain and at the outer routea;

96
7. CROSSINGS B. PARKING
1.1 ·In order '\o r.dnce the time to 1. PARKING AREAS
.nbieular h·afl'ie, all at gr.de eroasing 1.1 Parking apaC:ea for the di.labled ahould
ahOQid alloor enouch apaee for a peraon t.o
·7.1.1 Be u D8ar parpendh:ular to the b'aOIIIIr to a wheelchair from a vehJde;
earriacaw&7 u poMible. 1.2 Ac:ee..tble parktng apaee1 ahould be
.1 .1.J Be located at the. narTOW•t. moet • dON u -pouible to building
c:on•eDient put of the carriap- eatnaac. « to acceulble entrance•;
waJ. 1.3 .Whenmr and wherner poaeJble,
7. U Have refoc- of at l-.e\ 1.5 acceuible parking 1hould be
m in depth and. preferably 2 m, • So an aqle to the ro.d
prcMded u a mickroemng abeltet:, or circUladoa lliller,
whent tiN width of carriapway to· 1.' Aec:easible pulriDc alau .bou.ld haft a
eu.eeda 10 m. minimum wicltb ol3.70 a.;
1 j · AJJ croaiDp ahould be loeated clote if not 1.5 A walkway ft1llll w Ne of 1.20
contiguous with the normal pedeetrlan m. elear width ..U b!t :prvna..a between
deetre 1\ne. the front enda ol pezbi cm-r,
7.3 ProWte tactile blocb in the immediate t.s Provide dropped. c:ort. • can .-......tato
vicinity ol croatnp .. an aid to the blind. the parlldng level wheN . _ walkwa)'ll
The tacttle IIW'fll&le hiu to be aufJldelltJy are rafNd;
. b.tgb enouch to be felt throop tbe aole of 1.7 Pa\'ement markinp, lie-• o&W-......
.the aha. but low enourh not to cauae ahall be provided to deliJM&te parking
peciMtrian to trip. or to efTeet the mobility epac:es for the handicapped;
of wheelchait uNn. See details of
·ncommeoded pmrlng .W. below. 1.8 Park.inc apaoea Cot the diaabled should
never be .located at ramped 01'
Note: TacitUe atriptt formed l'rom bnahed
or concrete ftnilhea have INSIDE BUIWINGS AND STRUC'I'tJ:RXS
1\0l heeD ,I)J'09eD neee-lul .. they
do not provide nfflc:ient ctiatinction 1. ENTRANCES
from the normal footway aurfaoe 1.1 Entrances 1houid be ac:ceutble from
and ab.ou.ld not be 'DM!l. arrival and departure point• t.o the
'l'b6 mUJt beo.ricial form of C70Miac u interior lobby;
far u an;r cliaabled are con.c:emecl ia the 1.2 One (1) entrance level ahouJd be pnmdAIId
light eontt'o1l.d ha'fins pede.- where elevaton are
ttla,n ph.... and audible 1.3 In caee ent.raDCN anJ J20C oa tiM Nme
.tpaJ.t &Ad llhoulcl. pouible be levei of the lite arrt•al Jl'ade, ramp•
provided in preference to other typea or should be provided aa ac:ceaa to the
c:roaaing• ae by the duly entrancle level;
authorl'zecl apney. ·
t .4 Ent.rancea with v .. aha\1 1M
'7.6 The audible .tgnal uled for crouinga provided a lnel area wttb at leut a 1.80
ahould be eutly dl1tinguiahable from m. depth and al.50 m. width;
other aound1 in the environment to 2. RAMPS
prevent c:onfuaion to the blind. A
prolonpd aound •hould be audi ble to 2.1 Chans- in level require a nmp except
when aerved by a dropped c:urb, an
warn the· blind that the Ughta are about
to chanp. (DM!p of aac:h • ayatem aball
elevator. or other meehaDical dmce;
be developed by the Trafftc Engineering 2.2 Rainpa··ual) have a minimum clear width
Center.) of 1.20 m;
7.6 The tlubing period required for the 2.3 The maximum KJ'8djent ahall be 1:12;
diaablecl ehould be determined on the 2.4 The length of a ramp ahouJd not ueead
bui• of a apeed of 0.90 mit«. 6.00 m. if &IN p-adient fa 1:12; lonpr
rather Ulan 1.20 mlaec. which ia what fa ramps whoae graclieot 1:12 ahall be
normally WMICI. The minimum period for provided with li.Ddlnp not leu than
the steadY IJ'MD. (for pedeetriana) abould 1.60 m.;
not be 1... than 6 MCOnda or the croaing 2..6 A level area not 1 - than 1.80 a. ahonld
d»tance tim.
0.90 mJ..e., whichever ia be provided at the top and bott.olll a1 any
the sreateet. ramp;

97
2.6 Handrail• will bit provided on both lidee alidfn8 door traeb lhall haft a muilllUJD
« \be 1"Ulp at 0 .70 m. I.DCl 0 .90 m. (rom haicht of I I mm aDd prelcUly ramped;
the ramp Wv81;
5. SWITCHES
2.7 Ram,. aball he equipped with curba on
both ...._ with a lldnim.um heiiht of 0 .10
5.1 Manual awitebu shall be po1i\ioucl
withiD 1.20 Ill to 1..30 Ill abcmt· the 1Joar;
m.;
5.2 Nanual awitdlel ahould be loeated no
2.8 An1 ramp witk a rile !P'Mter than 0.20 furtlMr ·than 0 ..20 froaa the latdi aide of
m. aDCllaada clown towaull an area where the door; .
vebk\Uar waffte la poHlble, lboulcl have a
rail.inc &enlH the full width orita lower 6. SlGNAGES
end, not le• than 1.80 metel'l from the (See •sJGNAQES"' under OUTSIDE •
foot of the ramp; AROUND Bun.DING8.)
3. DOORS 7. CORPlDORS
8.1 All doon shall have a minimum clear 7.1 Corridor• ahall hav. minimum clear
width ol 0.80 m; width or 1.20 m.; w.tdq and other
3.2 Clear openlnt• ahall be measured faellitiee or apaca abaU no\ obW'uet the
between the IJW'f- .of the t'ull)' open door minimum clearance requirement;
at the hiap and the door jamb at 'he 7.2 Receues or turnabout .,.a. ebould be
atop; provided for wheelchain to turn around
3.3 Doors abould be operable by a or · or to euble anotlwr wheelc:hair to p. .;
force not more than 4.0 kg; the cloliag theae • P - ah.U ha••
a OlildJilWil area
deYke preuure an Interior door shAll not of 1.50 m x 1.50 m. aDd ahall be .lpaCl8C1 at
exceed 1 q .; a maximum of 12.00 m.;
3.4 A minimum clear J.vel or 1.50 m X 7.3 Tum.bout ahoulel alao be pro¥ided.
1.60 m ahall be provided before and at or within SJ;O m. of WW7 d.d end;
eitendiDB beyvnd a door; 7 .4 As in walkways, eorridon ahould be
EXCEPTION: where a door ahall maintained level and providad with a slip-
onto but not into a CDrridor, the required r esistant
clear, !.vel apace on the oonidor llide of 8. WASHROOMS 6: TOILETS
the door may be a minimum of L20 m
corridor width; 8.1 Aeceellble publle waahroaaaa and Wl1eta
iball permit euy paaap of a wheelchair
8.5 Protection abould be provided from doore and allow the occapant io eater a atall,
ewtq iDto corridor•; cloee the door and traum to 'be water
8.6 OuDwiDBinc doora llbould be provic:lecl at closet trom efthar a froa.tal nr lateral
ator..re room.a, cloaeta and aeceaaible poaition;
....troom atalla; .
Ai:ceaaible "ater clotet atallB shaD. have a
8.7 1Atchi"8 • DaD.-lat.chill.i hard111fare ahould minimum area of 1.'70 z 1.8U mta. One
not require wriat action or fine finger movable grab bu- and one ftxed to tbe
manipulation; acljac:ent wall ahall be lnttaUed at the
accenible water clONt for lateral
3.8 Doorknob. and other hardware should be mountlnlj bed pab ban on bo&h atdM of
located between 0.82 m. and 1.06 m. the wall shall be tut.Ued for atallll for
.bo9e the floor; 0.90 ia preferred; frontal mountinc;
3.9 Vettieal pull bandlea, eentered at 1.06 m. 8.3 · A turning apae41 of 2.26 •s.m. with a
above the noor. are preferred to minimuDl dimenaiou of l.M m. for
hori:aont&l pull bars for awing doore or wheelehaira .tlall be prorided fw water
doon with lOC!kin1 deYicea; closet.stall• for lateral mountiq;
3.10 Doon alone major circulation routes 8 .4 All ac:cealible puhUc toileta ahall have
•hould bl pnmd.d with kick plates made aeee11onea auch aa mi rrora. paper
of material at a height of 0.80 m ·diapenaen, towel racb and auch
to 0 .40 m;

'- 'l'HRESHOLDS bu' .faucet.a mount,ed at hlllbt.t


a penon tn a
'4.1 Threaholda lh.n be kept to a minimum; 8.5 'The minimum nwnw ol acceaaible - -
whenever neeeaaary, tbreaholda and cloeetl on each floor ln:el or oo that part

0381JO A .i

98
......... to the c&abled •• nrtnc Cll' adheaioa of tadUe atripa 10
llbaU be CID8 U) wb.n the total number or • .-to caue IICddal";
water dOMtll per Mt ·an that level Ia 20;
lG. II.KVA.'IOJIS
ad two (2) where· 1ha number or water
dOMtl uceed 20; 10.1 AI llbk elevator• lhoulcl be located
U ID arWir to aid Yi.ually impaired pei"'IQa ..c aon thao 30.00 Ill. lrolll th•
to ....Wy determiDe wheUler a wubroom . . . , _ aDd ahould be ..., to locate
i• for JUD or for woma. the mpqe ror witll &be - of .....;
m•a'• waabroom door •h•ll be an 10.2 Aeculd)&e .&.Ya&ora ahall have a
eqnilateral triancle with a veria pointing . . ...... oll.lO m. • UO
upward, ud. thoee for women lball be a
drcle; the q . or the trianJie should
0.30 1ll long u lhould be b diameter of lO.S CoiDU'Gl ...... _ .
of •
_..uq
& Mt _,. llhaU be wi\hin
ayat.em
tbe drc:le; U.. -'P•P" lhould at le&M
I. 1.a am thick; the color and gray value reach or a _ . . . ,...,.; eenterllne
ot th••• ceometric form• ahould be heigh" .... 1M 1 • . . "'*'-llhall be
cll8tioet hal. the and .,&7 valua of between 0..10 • e. LJID • fnm UM
tbe daon; the WCIII"CJ. "men• and "women• noor;
or tha &pp1'0pri&\e a\'lck ahould 10., Button ....... ,..·111 wHh
ftl1l appe.r QQ the wub.room doon for the .. bM 'r . _ . . . . • ·
ooo.ftllieao. of the tun, ai(rhted; each fiOOf 1 at tbe . . . l:raaee .,
Note! the blind. coulcl tOuch tbe elevator doon, ..... ..U
edp of *h• •igu and easily
U i1 atraight Ol"
be plal:llld 10 that bliall , _ _
able to what tso. U.. ...,._.
be

ear baa· .topped aod , _ wt.t lenll


they . are embarkJq tro.; for
1.'7 The llluiJD.UIIl hetpt or water cloaet8 inatallation lwighta,. ... 8edi.a 1.8,
lhould be o.u m.;nuh eofttrol ahould _Sicn..-; ·
haw a maximum heiPt of 1.20 mta.
lO.S Batton liMB at elentor ......
1.1 Mutanua Ml&'ht ot lava*-"- lhwld be
0.8'0 Ill. Wilh • bee ...... ot 0.80 • 0. 70
thall haw a mintm'IUil
mm a.ad ahoald have a au:ta. .
cl·-•
.t »
1(. .....tical d8111'Uee and • 0.8{) Ill. depth. depreeeion depth of 1 DUD;
U UrtnaJ. MouW have an .tqat.ecl lip or c. SAFETY
throuah the maximum beicbt of the
1. FENCING FOR ROADWORKS AKD
Up llhoald be 0.48 m.
POQTWORKS
L 8TAIR8
All es.c:avationa. wheth,er on the road or
1.1 TrM4 aurt'acN lbould be a llip-I"Miatant footway mu•t .be edaqaately protect.ecl, I.e.
material; uo.iD&a be provided w:ltb fenced. WhateYer dNI type of fuciOI' Uled. U
a)(p redltao& 1trip1 to fw1ber minimtae 11 impOrtant · th• ralliDP lhould incorporate
the ·followins
U 81antecl nolinp are preferred to 1. 1 The bei8ht of tba top of th,e nU ahould be
prejectlnc noatup ao •• DO\ to poae at lea.t 1.00 )(. above the acljaeeot
dtft'kulty for people mac crutcbe• or aurface.
lnae wise. fee& haw a teadeocy to 1et
aQJht In the , .•••a apace or projecting 1.2 Tbe ralltnc lbouW iDcorporate a tap.,U..
Jlueinp. ror the •am• rea•on. open rail to th,e blind, ud thJa lhoulcl
ltriDpl"' lboald be avoided. not be peater than 0.85 II. above
acijaeent wrface.
t.a 'nut edp of each atep on both
I'UIUlw ud riler aboulcl be markeci with a u The rene. thoulcl eDOQih to otr•
palat or non-•kid material that hae a reeiatanc:e lhould a blind pencm walk into
oalor and value which ie In hip it.
COilb'ut the va1 nhae ol the raat of 1.4 Gap1 ab.>uld not occur between acUoininc
1be lltllin; JUrldop of thl• IOI't would be ranee laoJtb.
MlpfW to the YlluallJ tmpa!red u u
to the Ibn, .qbted penoa; 2. COVERS FOR EXCAVATIONS
t.4 A tactile •triP 0.80 m. wide llhall be 2.1 Exeavattou in the footwq or earrl..-
lutl.lW Wen haiantou. .,... auch u way where pedatria.u tJ1a7 walk are
tadd.a ebaope ill fklor Wvela and at the covered over 1empor&rily wUb properly
top ud bottom of atalra; special care eoo1tructed and supported buret. to
he taken to ensure the proper provide a temponr,; path lor peONtriana.

99
2.2 It tM footway Width .WiJ.l he Nducad to the gufdeliauNJ provided under Section
1- heeaue ol U.. excavation, 3.508 of the aame.
the temporary coverin1 abould utend
MlrOM u.. whole of the tootwa,y.
5.2 For boildinp of reaidendal occupandea,
i.e. Grou.- A and B, aa defined under
2.8 lli.Dimum diaaoaiou at atructioM section 701, of Chapter 7 ofP.D. NO. 109&
otherwiM known u tbe "'l'he National.
2.3.1 Effective width of footwaya paat Building Code of the Phillppinea•, the
any obetnlctloo ahould not. he 1888 proviaion or "VVBRA-.ALARY:s• for all
than 1.20 M. oecupanta who are either deaf or bearina'·
2.3.1 If unavoidable, looae material• ean be c:cmpot.or1 •
temporarily atond on faotwaya
muat be proped7 feneecl and
prevented from onto
the main footway by the use of a ILLUSTRATIONS FOR
kickboard at leut 0.20 M . high MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
which will alao •rw
u a tapping
board f« the blind. A. OUTSIDE AND AROUND BUILDINGS
3. SIONAGB . FOR ROADWORKS ON THE 1. . DROPPED CURBS
CARRIAGEWAY 1.1 Cbanpe in level at walkwa,ya ahoWd be
3.1 Temporary . aipa uHd to warn of effected by- alight rampa and d:ropp3d
I"'Adworb U.OWd be C:arefully loc:atect and eurbe;
llhould DOt cau.ae any incollvenienoee to 1.2 Dropped eurba should be provided at
pedeetriaua, p.nieularly the pedeetrian aouinp and ·at the end of
3.1.1 Sipa eould he loeated on verge• footpatlu of a private llt\'Mt. or accea.
or aimilal' whenever theae are road;
available. 1.3 Dropped c:urbe at croMinp aboolcl have
8.1.2 Sipa lihould not reduce a leagth corre.ponclill4f to &be width of
available fooway width to le.. the crouiq; ot.benri8e, the minimum
than M .. width lhould be 0.90 ID.
1.4 Dropped eurba eball he ramped tOwarda
<&.. LOCATION 01' EMERGENcY EXIT
adjoin'in1 curb• with a Jradient not.
(.1 Wall mounted or free atanding tablet. · more than 1: 12;
wt\b an embo.aed . plan c:onfipration ot
the butktinc wbieb alao sboQ the location
of the lobby, waahrocima and emerpncy
nit. of the building (indicated by
cltft'erent texturea with correapondin1
JDMninp) lhoWcl he provided either in
frollt ol the buildinc 011' at the main lobby.
The marlr.inp of t.bi• tablet mould be
readable by both tha fully siP. ted and the
bltnd peiiiODII•
.f,2 FIMhiq light directional signa indicating
the loeation(a) or ftra exit aball be
prwtded at fNery cbaup in direc:don with
auft\du\ power provided' in accordance
with the provilliona for emergency.lighting
unc;Jar Section 3.4-10 of P.D. NO. 1185 (The
Pire Code of the Philippi.Dee).
5. AUDIBLB AND VISIBLE ALARM SYSTEM
15.1 Audlo-vi111al alarm ayatem1 ahall be
provldM tD all fiN Meti.ou, u daflned. 1.5 Dropped curb• 11Wl be aloped towarda
UDCler P.D. NO, othenriae known ae · the road with a m.alrlmum eroaa
THE FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIP· gradient or 1:20 to p1'8W!Dt · · - from
PINES, of buildinp in accordance with c:Ollecting at the walkway;

100
1.8 The loweat point of a dropped curb
ahould not exceed 26 mm height above
the road or gutter;

CROS$ IECTIOH OF OROPPED


··---
C4JR•

2. CURB CUT-OUTS
:u Curb cut-outa should only be ·allowed
when it will not obstruct a walkway or
in any way leaaen the width of a a. WALKWAYS
3.1 Walkwa,ya abould • llrftl u
2.2 The minimum width of a curb cut-out pouible ud pi'CI'It'i.W with
ahould be 0.90 m.; ahp-re8ilta.nt material;
2.3 Curb c:ut.-oata ahould not have a 3.2 Whenever and whe",... ,.-lbla,
gndient not more than 1:12; walkways ahould have a DO
more than 1:20 or 5'1&;
3.3 Walkway• ahould have a mu:lmum
ClOIII gradient of 1:100;

3.4 Wal kways ahould have a minimum


width of 1.20

CURB CUT•OUT

M
WALKWAYS

3.5 If ponible, l(l'atinga ahould never


be located along walkwaye; when
occurring aloar wallr.waye, grating
opening• abould have a mulmum
dimension of 18 111m x 13 mm and ahall
OfH£R VARIATIONS OF DROPPED CURB not project more than 8..15 mm above or
AT CORNERS below the level of the walkway;

101
3.6 Walkway• abou)cl have a continuing 3.10 Walkway headroom should be leea
aurfll£l8 without abrupt pltehee in angle than 2.00 m and lhould preferably be
or interruption• by c:racb or breaks higher:; ·
creating edpe above 6.5 mm.;

3.7 In Jeqthy or buay wa)kwayt, epacea


abould be proviclecl at 10me point along
lhe route 10 that a wheelchair may pass
another or turn around; these 11paeea
1bould have a minimum dimenaion of
1.6 meten and ahould be apaced at a
maximum diatance of 12.00 metere
between • • •

3.11 Pa.aeagewaya fol' the diaabled. abould


not be obatructed by etteet furniture.
bollards, sign poata or columna along
the defined route, aa they can be
hazardoua; ·
4. HANDRAILS
4.1 Handrail• should be ill*tallecl at both
aldea of rampa e.nd atain and at the
outer edgea of dropped curb• at
3.8 To JUide the blind, walkways ahould croaainge; handrails ahould not be
u much u polllible follow inatalled. beyond the width of any
eroeaing ao aa not to obstrUct
forward rout. with right angle turna; pedeflriaD fJow;
4.2 Handrail• ahall be inttalled at 0.90 m
and 0.70 m above ateps or rampa;
handrail• for protection at great
heighta may be inatallecl at 1.00 m to
1.06 m;

8.9 Where planting i•. provided adjacent


to the walkway. resular maintenance
ie eaaential to enaure branchea of
tree• or •hruba do not overhang
walkwe.ye. or paths, as they do not
only preaent a particular danger to
the blind, but they alao reduce the
effective footway width available to
pedeetriana; . HANOr:HIL HEIGHT

102
•.3 A 0.30 m lontr extenaion of the
handrail ahou1d be provided. at the
11tart and end or rampe and atain; PL.AHTERS

••• Handrail• that require full (rip


ahould have a dhnetlaion of 30 em to
DEFINE BACK
OF WAt.-ICWAY
150 em;
•.6 HaodraUa attached to walla ahould
have a clearance no len than 50 mm
from the wall; handrail• ·on ledgea
ahould have a clearance not leaa than
.0 mm;

HANDRAIL DIMENSIONS

6. SIGNAGES
6.1 Directional and illf-at.ioDal aip
ahould be located at pai.Qt. ..avemeotly
.oen e11en by a penoc Gil a wheeJc::bair.;
6.2 Signs ahould be kept limp). and euy to
understand; aignagN abo.ud be made
of contrutlng colon and p-aJ Y1lluM to
make detection. and reading eur,

S. OPEN SPACES
5.1. Wber& open apacea are provided, the
blind can become particularly dia·
oriented. Therefore, it ia extremely
helpful if any walkway or patha can be
given defined edgea either by the uae of
plantel'll With dwarf wallt, or a grate 6.3 The international 1ymbol for acceaa
verge, or aimilar, which provides a abo\lld be uaed to deaignate rou* and
texture different from the path. facilltiea that are acceHible;

liWt ... - - -
WHIT( 8

laASS AR£A
IUI'IES EDG£
.WAUCWAY

100
Sip Sile (em) Uuge 6.7 Text on aignboarda ahan be or a
A
dim•naion that 'lrith J.a than
10 ll 10 Comfort room normal viaual acuUy can raad at a
atall doora c:erlain dlatance.
A, B, C, D u;. 15 With or without
directional ITTOWI HEIGHT OF
to Identify doors, TEXT (CMl
rooma
A. B, c 22x22 With or without
arrow a
A, B, C, D, E SOz;JO For e.xterlor uae
A. B, C; D; B &O:a:&O For enerior uee
F 20z60 For enerior uae
6.f Should a sip protrude into a walkway
or route, • minimum headroom or 2.00
metera ahould be provided; See Fig.
MAX. READING DIST. (MTS.J
6.5 Sign• on walla and doon ahould be
located at a muimum height of 1.60 7 CROSSINGS
meters and a minimum height of 1.40
metera; 7.1 In order to reduce the upown Uma to
vehicular tnffic. all at pwie·
r.hould;
7.1.1 be aa perpendicular u J)C*lble
to the c.rri...,..ar,
7.1.2 be locatOO at the narrowaat,
,: . . --.:r· ----
J "':• moat part of the
·- - -+ carriageway;
7.1.3 have central refugaa of at leaat
1.50 m tn depth and prafenbl1
2.00 m, provided •• a
micl-«o&lint abetter, whMe the
width of earria1eway to be

- c:roued aceeda 10.00 m;


7.2 All c:roaainp ahould be Jecated eloee if not
SIGNS ON WALLS 8 COORS contiguoua with the normal ped"trlau
delire line;
6.6 Signal" labelina public rooma and
placea ahould bave raiaed r.ymbola,
letten or number• with a minimum
height of 1 mm; Braille r.ymbol• ehould
be i9dudM in efgn• indicating public
plaCM and aafety routal!;

----Of'a I """ MIN. HEIGH"r


RAISED L.ETT.::RS
SYMBOI..S

104
U Aoceaaible , _ . . . . _ ....W have a
minimum widtla &.19 a.;
' .... . L - I r"'::", 1.5 . A walkway tro. ?' .,.... ol
1.20 m. clear widdl .-a .. ...,.,w.d
between the tTo.lt _.. Ill ,..... c:.n;
1.6 Provide dropped c:ur'- • ewrb ell& -*•
to the level wlMre
walkwaYJI are ra.i.ed;
7.3 Proviile taetile bloc:U 1n the 1mmedlate 1.7 Pavement markings, w 4l'tiMr
vicinity of crouinp •• an aid to the. meana eball be provided .. ,...._.
blind; the tactile aurface mould be high
parking apaceli for tb. har.di t IJJ t;
enoutrb to be felt by the 10le of the •hoe
but low eo •• not to c:auae 1.8 Parking 1pu. for the disabled ......W
pedestrians to \rip or to effect the never be located at ramped w -.uc
mobility of wheekhair area•;
NOTE: tactile etrips formed from
bruebed or grooved concrete
have not proved auoceasful as
they do not provide sufficient
diatinction from the normal
footway surface and there-
fore 1hould not be used;
7.4 Light. controlled croaeings with .::·
phaaca and audible algnals
are , moat beneficial to the diaabled;
they 1hould be provided wherever
... . .
poetrible;
+ ·-· . J;..JO,.;..·- .
7.5 The audible signala uaed for croalrings
PARKING
ehould be eaeily diatinguiahable from
other aoundl in the environment to
prevent c:onfu aion to the blind; a C. INSIDE BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
prolonged 110und c:Ould 1erve as warning ·
signal that the croasing time is about 1. ENTRANCES
to end; 1.1 At leaat one entranc;g to every building
ahould be ea:euible fTom arrival and
7.6 Sufficient time thoo ld be allowed ror
departure pointe to the interior lobby;
the alower peraona negotiating a
crossing; a walking speed of0.90 m/scc. 1.2 One (l) entrance level should be
rather than 1.20 m/sec ahould be provided where elevaton are aec:euible;
romridercd; a minimum period
of 6.0 MCOnda or the Cl'GeBing distance 1.3 In case entrances are not on the aame
timee the croalling speed (0.90 m.aec), level of the site arrival gnde, umps
whichever is greater; should be provided as acc:e11 to the
en trance l eve!;
&. PARKING
1. PARKING AREAS
1.1 Parking epiWea fot' the disabled ahou\d
allow enough apace. for a person to
tranafer to a whoolchair from a vehicle;
1.2 Ac:ceaeible parking should be
located as cloee a11 to building
entranc:ca or to accell8ible entrances;
1.3 Whenever and wherever ponible, .....,.. IIIIIIJNll P
puking apac" ahould be , .. ..- - s.uol:
ltV(\. &S SU'£ -
GIWl[
perpendicular or at a n angle to the road
or circulation aisle&;

105
2.7 Ramp• ahall be equipped with curbe oa
both a\de. 'With a atnimum hei.pt ol
0.10 m.;

CURB HEIGHT AT RAMP

ENTRANCES WITH VESTI6ULES


2.8 Any ramp with • riee rreater 0.20
IJ).. and leada down towaTCbl an area
1., EntJ"ancea with veatibulea ahaJJ be where vehieu)ar trank f• .PO"ib)e,
provided a level area with at leaat a ahould have a ratline acrou the full
1.80 m. depLh and a 1.50 m. width; width of ita lower end, not leaa than
1.50 meter. from the foot or the ramp;
2. RAMPS
2.1 Changee in level require a ramp except
when aerved by a dropped curb, an
elevator or oiher mechanical device;
2Jl Ramp• aball have a minimum clear
width of ·u o m;
2.3 The maximum gradient shall be 1:12;
2.4 The length of a ramp should not exceed
8.00 m. it the gradient is 1:12; longer
rampe whoee !P'adient ia 1:12 ahaU be
provided with landinp not leas than
1.50 m.;
2.1S A level area not lesa than 1.80 m.
ahould be provided at the top and
bottom ot any ramp; RAMPS & VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

2.6 Handrail• will be provided on both 8. POORS


ll.dea of the ramp at 0.70m. and 0.90 m.
from the ramp level; 3.1 All doors shall have a minimum clNI'
width of 0.80 m;
3.2 Clear openinp ahall be me. .ured
between the aurface of th. tully open
door at tbe binge and the door jamb at
the atop;
3.3 Doora ahould be operable by a preuure
or force not more than 4.0 kg; the
cloeing device preuure an interior door
ahall not exceed 1 kg.;
3.4 A.minimum clear level oC 1.50 m
x 1.50 m ahall be provided before and.
extending beyond. a door; EXCEP'nON:
RAW DIM£NJIONS
where a door ahall OpeD onto but oot
into a corridor,.the required clear,level

106
space 01;1 the corridor llride of the door 3.10 Door• along m-,jor drtUlation route.
.may be a minimum or 1.20 m CXJrridor ahould be wi\b kiek plata
width; made or durable mat.eri.t at a height
of 0 .30 m to 0.40 a;
3.5 Protection should be provided from
doors that awing into corridora; OOCfiKN08S . DOOR I'UU.

·-· - ..

I
I
...,l
I
:If


0
@-
;!

1
I
...i
..I
N

1:.
1
0

DOOR HARDWARE
4. THRESHOLDS
4.1 Threebolda ahall be kept to a m.iilimum;
whenever nec:euary, threaholds a nd
OOORS a ':ORRIOORS 1liding door trael1.s shall have a
maximum height of 25 mm and
preferably r-.mped;

8' 1.20 M. MIN. WIDTH


D OF CORRIDOR ALLOWED
0
a

5. SWITCHES
5.1 Manual awitebe• shall be poaitionecl
within 1.20 m to m above the floor;
5.2 Manual switches 1nould be located no
further than 0.20 from the latch lide or
the door;
3.6 Outawinging doors should be provided
d 'Bton.ge rooma, ciosete and
acx:eeaible restroom at alls;
lr --·
I f'IIOIII
SlOE Of 00011
3.7 Latching or· non--l•tching, hardware
should not require wrlat action or fine
finger manipulation;
3.8 Doorknobs and other hardware llhould
be locatecrbetwecn 0.82 m. and 1.06
m. the floor; 0.90 ia prE>Jerred; o..u·e.ulil.
FROM FLQOfl
3.9 Vertical pull handlu, centered at J.06
m. abGve the floor, are preferrod to
horizontal pull ban for ewing doors or
door. with locking dovicee; SWITCHES

107
6 . . SIGNAGES 8.3 A turninc ..,ace of 2.U ltll· ·• · with a
mi nimum diiDenaic.n or 1.50 m. for
(See •siGNAGEs• under OUTSIDE & ahall be provided outllde
AROUND BUU.DINGS.)
water cloeet atalla;
7. (!ORRIDORS
8.4. · All acceuible public t.oileta •hall have
7.1 Corridors shall baw a minimum clear acceaaoriea such aa mirrora, paper
width o.r
1.20 m.; waitln1 areas and dispensers, towel rac:b, and fittings
other (acilitiee or apace• ahaU not 1uch aa faucet• mounted at heirht.
obatruet the minimum clearance reachable hy a penon in a wheelchair;
requirement;
8:5 The minimum number of acc:e11ible
'1.2 Receaee or turnabout epacee ehould pe water cloeeta on each Roor level or on
provided "cor wbeeldWre to tum around pari or a noor.l evel to
or \0 enable another wb..lcbair to the df-.bled ahaJJ be one {1) where the
pa••; tbeee · apace• thall have a total number of water per leX on
milrl.mum area of 1.60 m s 1.150 m. and that level i1 20; and two {2) where the
ehall be apaced at a mUlmum of 12.00 number of water d011eta e:r..ceed 20;
m.;
?.S Turnabout epacea ahould aleo be 8.6 In order to aid visually impaired ·
provldecl at or wit.hin S.l50 m. of every peraon• to readily detennine whether a
dead end; washroom i• for or for women, the
s:lgnqe on men'• wuhroom door abaJl
be an equilateral triangle with a verte:r.
TURN ABOUT SPACES AT DEAD ENDS pointinr upward, and tboee for women
1hall be a circle; the edsea of the
triangle ahould b. 111. long aa
abould be the diameter of the
circle; tbeae eignagea ehowd at leut be
7.5 mm thick; the color and cr•Y valU.
of tbeae (onu ahouJd be
distinct from the color and gray value
of the doon; the words "men" and
"women" or the appropriate eticlt
ftgurea ahould atil\ appear on the
washroom doon for the convenience or
the fully iight.ed;
NOT.E: the totally blind could Ulucb
the edge or aigru and eatrily dat.riDiDe
it ia straight or curved;
7.4 AI in walkwaya, corri®ra ahCJUld be
maint.ainecl level and provided wit.b a
eli......,..tant IIW'face;
8. WASHROOMS & TOILETS
8.1 .A.oceNible public ... &oileta
•ball permit eaay paaaap of a
wheelchair and allow .the occupant to
PIIHti..IIHOUI.O AT UAIT llr:
enter a etall, cloee the door and transfer r.s- TWK
to the wateT clOMt from eith• a frontal
or lateral poaition;
8.2 Accetlaible water doeet atalt. ehall have
a minimum area of 1.70 :r. 1.80
mta. One movable ll"ab bar and one
ftxed to the .-djacent wall ehall WASHROOM SIGNS
inltalled at the acceNibl• water clQeet
1tall for lateral mountinc, ftud ll"ab 8. 7 The mulmum height of water cloeet.a
bars on both side8 or the wall ahall be should be 0.45 m; nu.b control abould.
inltallecl for atalle for frontal mounting; have a ma%imum. heigh' of 1.20 m.;

108
8 .8 Maximum hslgbt of lavatoriea ahould 9. STAIRS
be 0 .80 m with a knee recess of 0.60 -
0.70 m vertical clearance and a 0.50 m 9.1 Tread aurfaca• should be of a •lip-
depth; r.iat.nt material; no.tnp ahould be
provided with alip-rellietant strip• to
further minimize elipping;
9.2 Slanted noiJtnga pnferrad. to
protroding t\Oitnp 10 u not to impoee
difficolty for people using crutchee or
braca wheee feet have a \endency to
get eaucht' ·in the recesHCi epace of
protructiDg noainp; for the aame
open atrlngen ehould be
avoided;
9.3 The leadiq edge oC each etep On. both
ru nner and ri..r ahould be markad
with a paint or noa-ekid material that
has a color or gray value which 11 in
high contrut to the gray v.lue of the
rest of the nain; mark.inp ofthiAI aort
would be helpful to the visually
impaired aa well u to the fully IJigbted
person;
9.4 A tactile atrip 0.30 m. wide shall be
*N. WATER CLOSET STALL . installed before- haurdoua areu a'Uch
DIMENSIONS .. auaden cbangea in floor levels and at
the top and bottom of stain; apecial
care mot be taken to enaure the proper
mounting or· adhesion or tactile atripa
80 u not to cau.ee accident.l;

WATER CLOSET
AV010

..
• .,•• . , CGI..Oil . . .
r--- MAY " ....C . . MI ...
f,. ., ,
eotjJRUT To ,_

URINAL

8.9 Urinals should have' a.n elongated lip or


should be trough-type; the maximum
height of the lip ahou]d be 0.48 m; STAIRS
. ELEVATORS what level t.b-.y are embarldDI
·from ; for in&1alla\ioo hetghta, ...
10.1 . Acoe..tble eienton be located Section 6.6 Slgupl;
· Jio& more Uuo 30.00 m. from the
·eutrance aod lhould be epy to locate
with the lrid of •en•;

MAILL.I(

t:I'CitY
I'LOOH AT
00011
tHAIIll:

10.2 Acceaai ble elevatora aball have a ELaVATOR CARS


minimum dimenaion of 1.10 m. X
·10.5 Button tri- at etevatm eoAUoi panel.
ah&ll have a minimum diamet« ol30
mm· and ahoulcl have a maximuaa
dePth o( 1 mm;

MIN. DIMENSIONS OF ELEVATOR

BUTTON SIZE
10.3 Control panela and
of atce.aible elevatora ahall
be within reac:b of a aeatad person; 11. WATER FOUNTAINS
c.nterll.ne height• for the topmoat 11.1 M Je..t one (1) fountain aball be
battou ahall be between 0.90 m to providecl fo.- every 2,000 aq. m. of ftoar
1.20 m. from the noor; · area and there ahaU not he 18111 than
one '(1) on e..:h ftoor. Water
10.4 ButWn controla lhall be provided with ahall be at the front &Dd ahall be
\Jraill•lliln• to.indicate floor level; at puah- buttoo cont'rolled. Ir wall-
each floor, at the door frames of mounted, U!e muimum heicbt or tbe
waUir ahall be 0.815 m. froa
elevator dool'a, 'bratlle- type aigna
the ftoor to the rim. Should tM
aball be placed 10 that blind peraona noor-mounted type be hizher thu
c:an he able to diiiOOI"Jl what floor the .m. up .to the rtm, either provtd.
el.wator c:ar h.. atopped and from pape!" cup• or anotber.low.. fountain.

110
IS. PUBLIC fenced-in to protect pedeat:rian. in ....-.I
12.1 Provide a dear, unol»tnic:tedapac:e or and the diublecl in partieular. What.eftr
1.50 m x 1.50 m i n front of the type of f'mdq OMd, it important the*
. wall-mounted and rr--standing the rallinp abould in«1rp0rate the followt.nc
unite. and telephone. mountAid at the featurea:
rear well of alcovee or rece.-.
1.1 !'he height of the top of the. rail .bould
12.2 Telepboce booth door Openinp ahould. be at lealt 1.00 m above the lllijacent
han a uriDimum deu width of 0.80 surface;
m. with either ooWwiq, folding or
aliding doon. eoin alota, dialing . 1.2 Tbe railing ahould ineor )!Orate a
caoVola, recetwn and iD.trocttocal tapping rail to uaiat the blind; thil
Gp. eh.U be loc:•ted ac a maximum ahould not be .,.. w than 0.86 111
of 1.10 m. above the floor. above the aulfaca;

NEAAEST
otiSTRUCTION

U . .PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
IS.l Number of aeatinc 1.3 The fence ahould be atroq to
NNrved for wheeldWr Ulenl lhall be .
otrer reaiatance ahoul<i • blind penon
in aecorcla.Dce with Becttan 7 of Rule walk int.u U;
m.
1.4 Gapa should not occur between
adjoiniq fence lengtha;
2. COVERS FOR EXCAVATIONS
2.1 io the footway or caniap
way w}\ere pedeltrian• may walk .
should be covered temporarily with
properly conatructed and supported
to provide path for

-uFat
...0.S WITH
..a:• Oil
.
•O , .

. ___ _'
I

I

I
r. Tt:Mf'OitMY COYEIIINO
SUP!'OIITIEO eY
CAOSSKANS FIIIECESs.urt

a SAFETY
L FENCING FOR ROADWORKS AND
POOTWORXS.
All exc:a-vaiiooa, wnet.her on the road or
footway mult be adequately protected or

111
2.2 If \be f0;0tway width will be reduced to to ·pedestrians, particularly the
te.. than 1.20 m. becauae of the diaabled;
the temporary covering PLACE SIGN OH
ahoulcl extend ac:roaa tbe footway; CARRIAGEWAY IF IT
WILL DIMINISH WALKWAY
WIDTH TO LESS THilN
fOOTW4Y SHOULO BE' I.ZO M.
COMPL£TELY COIIEREO
IF WIOTH BETWEEN
EXCAVATION 8 E'OGE Of'
Will.ICWAV IS LESS THAN
1.20M. 3.1.1 Signa ahould be located on
verges or aimtlar whenever
theae are availabl,;
SIGNS SMOOLO liE LOCATED
ON V£AGES Oil SIMILAR
WH£11EVEII THCSE Nlf.
AVAILAIL.E

2.3 Minimum. dhnenaiona at obstructions 3.1.2 Signa should not reduce the
available footway width to
2.3.1 Effective width of footwaya past than 1.20 m.;
any obetruction should not be
lese than 1.20 m. · SiGNS SHOUI..O ftOT RC)UCE
.1,1 1.20 M. MIN. - - + TH£ AYAIL.llll.t. WALKWAY
T WlD"'O 10\,E$6 \,20M

L .
4. WCATION OF EMERGENCY EXITS
4.1 Wall mounted or free etanding tableta
with an emboeaed plan oonfiguration of
the building which would alao indicate
location• of lobbiea, waahrooma and
1.50 PREfERR
emergency exita (throqb the uae of
different texture• to aymbolile the
2.S.2 If unavOidable, l008e materials spaces) should be provided at the main
temporarily atored on footway& lobby of each noor or other strategic
muat be properly fenced and locatiorut; the markinp on thia tablet
prevented. from enroaching onto ahould be readable by both the blind
the main footway by the uae of a and the fully eigbted;
kickboard at leaat 0.20 m. high Tr:l(T\1110
which may al8o ..rVe aa tapping
r:.:'t"_,
- IYMIIOL.$
hoard for the blind; r-+----+----+--..
ALL MATERIAlS
STOR€0 OH
FOOTWA YS StfOUU)
at: FENCEO

4.2 Flashing liiht 8igna .indic:ating


the location(!!) of fire exita shall be provided
3. SIONAGE FOR ROADWORKS ON THE at every change in direction with eufficient
CAIUUAGEWAY power provided in accordance with the
provisions for emergency lighting under
3.1 Temporary aigna uaed to w•rn of Soction a..uo of P.D. 1185 (The Fire Code of
roadwork.. ahould be carefully located the Philippinea);
and lhowd not r.ny inconvenience - 000-

112
FOREWORD

Presidential Decree 1096, popularly known as the National Building Code of the
PIWppines, which was issued on February 19, 1977 has achieved the purpose of enforcing
.worm standards and requirements on building design, construction, use, occupancy and
.&ntenance in line with the policy of the state to safeguard life, health, property and public
-.elfare.

The original rules and regulations of the Code were issued on various dates in 1977·
1979 through Memorandum Orders by the defunct Ministry of Public Wori<s. Transportation
and Communications. These rules and regulations were then eompiled by the then Ministry
f/1 Public Works, now the Department of Public Wor1<.s and Highways. This compilation was
amequently approved as the "Implementing Rules and Regulations" (IRR) of the Code.

The need to update and amplify various provisions of the existing IRR has become
iq)erative to be realistic and relevant in the present times as demanded by technological
manges in building design and construction, rapid urbanization, development of mega cities
Wr'acterized by high-rise buildings/structures and the relevant requirements of related laws
n other government agencies.
This revised IRR includes additional provisions so that each of the Chapters of PO
1096 now has its corresponding rules and regulations. For the purp9se of clarity, continuitY
homogeneity, the rules and regulations are rearranged following the same sequence and
NJmbering as those of the Chapters and Sections of the Code. Included also in this
publication are Permit Forms relevant in the ·implementation and enforcement of PO 1096.

The realization of this· revised IRR is made possible through the efforts of the National
Building Code Review Committee and its Board of Consultants and the I'Jalional Building
Code Development Office of the Department of Public Works and Highways.

It is hoped t;tat this publication wiU contribute to a uniform and clearer interpretation
n understanding of the Code for.its effective enforcement.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

·eur profound gratitude to all the representatives of the accredited technical


professional organizations and other agencies of the government who shared their expertise.
materials, "lime and effort in realization of the revised Implementing Rules and Regulations of
PO 1096 otherWise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines. Ukewise, our
sincere appreciation to all those responsible for drafting this revised IRA, we commend our
esteem and deference in recognition of their contrlbtStion, particularly to the following:

NATiONAL BUILDtNG CODE REVIEW COMMITIEE (NBCRC)

RAUL C. ASrS
Assistant Secretary
Chairman

ANTON10 V. MOLANO, JR. NESTOR V. AGUSTIN


Director IV, Bureau of Research Director IV, PMO-Special Buildii1gs
and Standards

GlLBERTO S. REYES · WALTER R. OCAMPO


OIC, Director IV, Bureau of Design Director Ill, Bureau of Construction

CAMILO G. FORONDA EMMANUELP.CUNTAPAY


OIC, Director Ill, Legal Service Architect V, Bureau of Design

BOARD OF CONSULTANTS (BOC)

ANGEL LAZARO, JR.


Chairman

Oversight Committee

Archt. Armando 0 . N. Alii Engr. Alberto J . Azarcon, Jr.


Archt. Lorenzo P. Espeleta Col. Rafael E. Rueda, Jr.
Engr. Agustin S. Torres Atty. Teresita G. Vidamo
Engr. Julius F. Archt. Elmor V. Vila

BOC Members:

Archt. Ramon L. Abiera Archt. Francisco Mapalo, Jr.


Engr. Romulo R. Agatep Engr. Joel J . Marciano
Engr. Porthos P. Almajose Engr. Edward L. Mendoza
Engr. Antonio A. Avila Engr. Emilio M. MOtales
Engr. Fe. M. Barrientos Ms. Belen S. Morey
Engr. Ernesto J. Battad, Jr Ms. Delia R. Pabalan
Engr. Rodolfo N. Ferrer Dr. Benito M. Pacheco
Archt. Eugene G. Gan Archt. Aquiles Paredes
Ms. P.atricia M. Gomez Dr. Raymundo S. Punongbayan
Atty. Merceditas N. Gutierrez Engr. Laurentino R. Punzalan
Engr. Antonio bas Or. Arthur Saldivar-Sali
Engr. Antonio E. Kaimo Engr. Eluderio S. Salvo
Engr. Antonio Jerome Lara Archt. Fernando L. Santos
Archt Prosperidad C. Luis Archt. Michael V. Tomeldan
Comm. Roque Magno Engr. Pablo M. Magplly, Jf.

Technical Staff and Secretariat

Asst. Director Judy F. Sese, Archt. Mariano C. del Castillo, Engr. Teodoro S. Laodlcho,
Archt. Alpha F. Azarcon, Archt Ellison M. de Guzman, Marilyn A. Oba, Miriam 0 . Santos,
Yolanda L. Gal\atdo, Emelita Jorge, Gregoria R. Flores,· Ma. Oioscora L Salomon,
a:
Evangeline P. Cruz, Milagros Perez, and Maria L. Bernardo.
Pursuaqt to the authority ve&ted 'n tt\e Secretary of the Department of Public Worb
-.11 Highway$ (DPWH) under Chapter 2 of the Natlona1 Building Code of the Philippines
.-o 1096), the following Rules and Regulations are hereby promulgated and issued:
RULE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS

E:TION 101. Title

These Rules shall be known .and cited as the "Revised Implementing Rulu .and
'lie rlatlons of the National Building Code of the Philippines (P.D. 1096)" and shall be
a' n-ed to as the "IRR"•

.E:TION 102. Declaration of Policy

-=
I
tt is hereby declared to be the policy of the State to safeguard life, health, property, and
welfare, consistent with the principles of sound environmental management and control;
to this end, make it the purpose of this Code to provide ·for all buildings and s.tructures, a
iieWork of minimum standards and requirements to regulate and control their location, site,
of construction, use, occupancy, and maintenance.

E:TION 103.. Scope and AppJJcatlon

'1. The scope of this IRR shall cover the following disciplines: architectural, civil/structural,
mechanical, sanitary, plumbing, and electronics. This shall also apply to the
design, location, siting, construction, alteration, repair, conversion, use, occupancy,
maintenance, moving, demcMilion of, and addition to public and private buildings and
structures, except traditional indigenous farnily dwellings, and those covered by Batas
Pambansa Silang 220 otherwise .known as the MEconomic and Socialized Housing Projects".

Existing buildings or structures without appropriate building permits/certificates of occupancy


may be legaltzed and issued the necessary permits and certiftcates, provided, they are made
to conform to these rules and regulations. However, they shall be subject to the imposition of
penalties, surcharges, fines and other appropriate measures.

I The applicable and consistent provisions of the allied professional codes and other
government agency codes as approved by the DPWH Secretary shall serve as the referral
codes of PO 1096 and this IRR ·

IECTION 104. General Building

1.. AM buildings or structures as well as accesso1y facilities thereto shall conform in all respects
to the principles of safe conslruction and must be suited to the purpose for which they are
designed.

2. Buildings or structures intended to be used for the manufacture and/or production or any kind
of article or product shall observe adequate environmental safeguards.

1 Buildings or structures and all parts thereof as well as all facitities found therein shall be
maintained in safe, sanitary·and good working condition.

..
SECTION 106. · Site Requirements

The land or site upon which will be constructed any building or structure, or any ancillary or
auxiliary facility thereto, shall be sanitary, hygienic or safe. In case of sites or buildings intended
for use as human habitation or abode, the same shall be at a safe distance, as determined by
competent authorities, from streams or bodies of water and/or' sources of air considered. to be
polluted; from a volcano or volcanic site and/or any other building considered to be .a potential
source of fire or explosion.

SECTION 106. Definitions

1. For purposes of this lRR, the following definitions shall apply:

ADDITION - Any new construction which increases the height and/or floor area of existing
buildings/structures.

AGENCY OF THE GOVERNMENT - Refers to any of the various units of the government
including a department, bureau, office, instrumentality, or government owned or controlled
corporation . ·

ALTERATION - Works in buildings/structures involving changes in the materials used.


partitioning, location/size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does
not increase the building height and/or floor area.

APPLICATION FORMS - A preformatted prescribed application form duly accomplished and


notarized by the respective design ·professional with validation matrices related to other building
rules and regulations.

APPLICANT/PERMITTEE - Any person, firm, partnership, corporation • .head of government or


private institution , organization of any character applying for the issuance of permits and
certificates.

BUILDING OFFICAL - the Executive Officer of the OBO appointed by the Secretary

BUILDING PERMIT - A document issued by the Building Official (BO) to an ownet 'applicant to
proceed with the construction, installation, addition, alteration, renovation, repair,
moving, demolition or other work activity. of a specific project/building/structure or portions thereof
after the accompanying principal plans, specifications and other pertinent documents with the
duly notarized application are found satisfactory and substantially conforming with the National
Building Code of the Philippines (the Code) and its Rules and Regulations {IRR).

CODE - PD 1096, otherwise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines.

CONSTRUCTION - All on-site work done in the site preparation, excavation, foundation.
assembly of atl the components and instatlation of utilities, machineries and equipment of
buildings/structures.

CONVERSION - A change in the use or occupancy of buildings/structures or any portion/s


thereof, which has different requirements.

DEMOLITION - The systematic dismantling or destruction of a building/structure, in whole or in


part.

DEPARTMENT - The Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH).

DIRECTOR - The Executive Officer or Head of the NBCDO.

2
MOVING - The transfer of buildings/structures or portlon/s thereof from original location or
position to another, either within the same lot or to a different one.

OFFICE OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL (OBO) - The Office authorized to enforce the provisions
d the Code and its IRR. in the field as well as the enrorcement of orders and decisions made
pursuant thereto.

REFERRAL CODES - The applicable prov1s1ons of the various agency and techntcal
professional codes that are supplementary to the Code.

RENOVATION - Any physical change made on buildings/structures to increase the value,


quality, and/or to improve the aesthetic.

REPAIR - Remedial work done on any damaged or deteriorated portion/s of building/structure


mrestore to its original condition.
SECRETARY - Head or Chief Executive Officer of OPWH.

STAFF - The personnel of the National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO).

2. As used in this IRR. other words, terms and phrases enumerated in the Glossal'/ hereof shall
have the meaning or definition correspondingly provided therein.

3
RULE II- AOMINISTRATlON AND ENFORCEMENT

SECTION 201. Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement

The administration and enforcement of the provis\ons of tl)e Code and this IRR, including the
imposition of penalties for administrative violations thereof, is hereby vested in the Secretary.

SECTION 202. Technical Staff

The National Building Code Development Office (NBCOO) created through DPWH
Department Order, shall serve as the technical staff of the Secretary. The functions thereof are
as follows:

1. Assist the Secretary in the administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code and
its IRR.

2 . Review. evaluate and take final action on various technical and legal problems forwarded to
the Office of the Secretary.

3. Conduct on the Code, its IRR, and Balas Pambansa Big. 344
(Accessibility Law}.

4. Undertake such other duties and tasks as may be assigned by the Secrelaty from liine to
time.

SECTION 203. General Powers and Functions of the Secretary

1. Formulate policies, plans, standards and guidelines on building design, construction, use,
occupancy and maintenance, in accordance with the Code.

2. Issue and promulgate additional rules and regulations in the form of Memorandum circulars
to implement the provisions of the Code and ensure compliance with policies. plans,
standards and guidelines and issue office guidelines or Memorandum Circulars to guide the
actions of the Building Official in the performance d his duties and responsibilities.

3. Exercise appellate jurisdictipn over the decisions and orders of the Building Official. The
order or decision of the Secretary shall be final and executory subject only to review by the
Office of the President of the Republic.

4. Evaluate, review, approve and/or take final action on changes and/or amendments to existing
Referral Codes as well as on the incorporation of other referral codes, which are not yet
expressly made supplementary to the Code and its IRR.

5. Prescribe and impose the amount of fees and other charges as may be deemed necessary
that the Building Official shall collect in connection with the performance of regulatory
functions.

6. Appoint a Building Official, separate and distinct from the Office of the City/Municipal
Engineers in all Cities and Municipalities.

SECTION 204. Professional and Technical Assistance

The Secretary may secure professional, technical, scientific and other se!Vices including
testing laboratories and facilities from other agencies of the National Government when deemed
necessary. He may also engage and compensate within available appropriations, such number ·

4
of experts and advisers on full or parHime basis. as may be necessary. coming from
the government or private business, entities or associations to carry out the prowE.toos of the
Code and this \RR.

SECTION 205. Building Officials

Except as otherwise provided herein. the Building Official shall be responsi!* for carrying
out the provisions of this Code in the field as well as the enforcement of. orders and detisions
made pursuant thereto.

All Building Officials appointed or designated other than by the -Secretary, shall continue to
act as the Building OffidaJ until such time that the Secretary appoints the Building Orficial. Offices
of the Building Officials already established, separate and distinct from the office of the
City/Municipal Engineers in cities and municipalities may continue to exist until such time that a
regular office is created. (Fig. 11.1.}

SECTION 206. Qualifacations of Building Officials

No person shall be appointed as Building Official unless he possesses the following


qualifications:

1. A Filipino citizen and of good moral character.

2. A duly registered architect or civil engineer.

3. A member of good standing of a duly accredited organization of his profession for not less
than five (5) years endorsed or recommended by the accredited professional organization.

Has at least five (5) years of diversified ctnd proressional experience in building design and
construction.

5. Has attended and successfully completed a seminar workshop on PO 1096 and its IRH
conducted by the OPWH.

SECTION 207. Dut1ea ot the Building Official

The Building Official shall have the following duties:

1. Be primarily responsible for the enforcement of the provisio.ns of the Code and its IRR, as
well as circulars, memoranda, opinions and decisions/orders issued pursuant thereto. His
actions sha\1 always be guided by appropriate orders/directives from the Secretary.

2.. Have overall administrative control and/or supervision over all works pertinet\t to
buildings/structures in his area of responsibility and shall charged with the processing of
all permit applications and certificates as well as the issuance of the same.

l. Ensure that all changes, modifications. and alterations in the design plans during the
construction phase shall not start until the modified design plan nas been and the
necessary amendatory permit issued.

" - Undertake annual inspections of all buildings/structures and keep an up-to--date record of
their status.

s
OFFICE OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL
ORGANtZATION
BUlLOING
OFFICJAL

ASSISTANT
BUILDING
OFFICIAL

CASHIER ADM & LEGAL

I I
PROCESSING AND INSP!::CTION AND
EVALUATION ENFORCEMENT
DIVISION DIVISION

I L
LANO USE ZOI'«NG LANO USE ZONING
SCCT!OH SECTIOH

LitlE AND GRAD£


(GEODETIC) (GEODETIC)
SECTION . SECTION

ARCHITECTUAAU ARCHITfCTUAAU
ACCESSIBilllY ACCESstBitiTY
SECTION SECTION

CIVIUSTRUCTURAt CIVIUSTRUC'WRAJ.
SECTIOH SECTION

El..ECTitlCAL ELECTRICAL
SECOON SECTIOO

MECHANICAl. MECHANICAl
SECTION

SAHIJARY SANITARY
SECTIOH SECTION

PLUMIIHG PLUMBING
SECTION StCTION

ELECTRONICS l!.lECTRONICS
SECTION sectlotf

( SERVICE L EVEL)

Figure 11.1.

.6
5.. Upon carnplaint or motu propio and after due nolicefs and hearing, initiate action towards:

a. Non·issuance, suspension, revocation and/or invalktation of. a buflding permit or


certificate of occupancy;

b. Issuance of work stoppage order. or an order for discontinuance of the use or


occupancy of the building/structure or portion thereof;

c. Dec\raratiorr of a building/structure as ruinous or dangerous; and/or

d. The imposition of appropriate fines/penalties.

1.. Submit a quarterly situational report to the Secretary through the NBCOO, on the status of alt
existing, on-going, and proposed public as well as private buildinglstructure aclivities. (See
Communication Flow Chart, Fig. 11.2.)

7. Undertake such other duties and tasks as may be assigned by the Secretary from time to time.

SECTION 208. Fees

..
t. The Secretary, thru Memorandum Circulars, shall prescribe the rates of fees and formulate
guidelines in the imposition and collection of fees.

' Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Building
shall retain not more than 20% of the incomefcolfection derived from permil fees and
other charges for the operating .expenses of his offiCe. The remainder of 100.% shall accrue 1o
the general fund of the respective city/municipality.
.. .
1 Every Building OffiCial shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees and
other charges fiXed and authorized to be collected and received.

ECTION 209. Exemption

Public buildings and traditional indigenous family dwellings shall be exempt from payment of
building permit fees.

As used in the Code, the term •traditional indigenous family dwelling' means a dwelling
i*tnded for the use and occupancy by the family the owner only and constructed of native
-.terials such as bamboo, nips, log·s, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen
aoosand pesos (P 15,000.00). ·

ECTION 210. Use of .lncome from Fees

The procedure for the proper reporting and recording of collections and disbursements of the
IRjs of the General Fund Speciai,Account 151 of the Office of the Secretary of the Department
«Public Works and Highways (DPWH) is hereby prescribed.

1. Recording of Collections

a. Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees
and other charges fixed and authorized to be collected by him.

b. The Order of Payment issued by the Building Official shall show the breakdown of the
total collections indicating the share of the local government concerned • 80% and the
of the national • 20%.

7
COMMUNICATION FLOW
OF QUARTERLY REPORT
SECRETARY

NBCDO-BOC

t
L___
I · - - ·- · ---,

REGIONAL '
I 1 DIRECTOR :

w!
OUT,
IN./ ', ADM./
LEGAL
BUILDING
OFFICIAL·
_ DISTRICT I
1 ENGINEER
L-----...J
/:\ 1\

\1
PROCESSING INSPECTION AND
AND EVAlUATION ENFORCEMENT
DIVISION DIVISION

Figure 11.2.

8
c. Every Building Official shall keep a separate record from the DPWH Central Office of all
alotments (Specia\ AUotment Re\ease Order {SARO) and Notice of Cash Allocation
(NCA), or Funding Checks), received by him out of budgeted amounts released by the
Department of Budget and Management (DBM}. The funds shaH cover ah the necessary
operating expenses of the· OBO, including the purchase of equipment, supplies and
materials, traveling expenses, obligation expenses and sheriffs' fees and payment of
other plior years' obligations not adequately funded, subject to existing budgetary and
auditing rules and regulations.

d. He shall render the reports required under the Centralized Accounting System.

2.. Disposition of Collections


a. The conection shall be made by the local Treasurer, and the Official Receipt shall show
the breakdown of the total collections indicating the share of the local government
concerned - 80% and the share of the national government - 20%.

b. Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and the local
Treasurer shall remit to th9 Bureau of the Treasury, the 20% of his collection. The
remaining 80% shall be deposited with the Authorized Government Depository Bank
(AGDB) for the account of the Local Government and shall accrue to the general funds of
the City or Municipality concerned.

c. Pursuant to Sec. 21, VoluR'le I of the New Government A ccounting System {NGAS)
Manual as provided under COA Circular No. 2001-004 dated October 30, 2001, the Local
Treasurer thru his collecting officer or cashier snail deposit the 80% share of collections
to the AGOB for the account of the local Government concerned, He shall remit the 20%
of the collections to the Bureau of the Treasury thru any AGDB branch nearest the
locality to the credit of the Department of Public Works and Highways (OPWH), Office of
the Secretary with Code No. 85702 and Special Account No. 151 .

d. Distribution of validated remittance advices and deposit slips of the 20% collections thru
any Authorized Government Depository Bank shall be in accordance with COA Circular
2001-004, to wit:

Origfnal • to be retained by the bank branch.

Duplicate - to be submitted by the Local Trea.surer to the OBO.

Triplicate • to be retained by the bank branch for submission to the Provincial


Treasury Fiscal Examiner assigned to the province where the bank is
located. ·

Quadruplicate • to be returned to the local Treasurer for submission to lhe DPWH·


Central Office (CO) Chief Accountant with his monthly report of
colleclions.

Quintuplicate - to be returned to the Local Treasw er for submission to t11e Field/Local


Auditor. ·

e. The Local Treasurers and the Treasury Auditor shalt have the following
responsibilities:

i. Local Treasurer. Since the distribution of copies of the vatidated remittance


advice$ and deposit slips for lhe Agency/Field Auditor of the local Treasurers shafl
be undertaken by the Nationai!Treasury/Bank Branch thru its Treasury Vault
Auditor/Bank Auditor, all Local Treasurers shaH indicate on the face of the
remittance advice, the name and office address of their respective Agency/Field
Auditors to facilitate matters.

9
ti. , Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor. Upon receipt of ·the validated remittance advices,
the Treasury Vault Auditor/Bank Auditor &haH confirm and transmit saki remittence
advicet every end of the week to the corresponding agency/f.ek:l auditor of the
Local Treasurer concerned. In cases where there is no bank auditor assigned in a
particular locality, confumation shalt be undertaken by the officer designated by the
· Head of the Bank branch.

f. Reporting of Collections and Deposits

At the close of each business day, the collecting officefs (local Treasurers) shan
accoll)plish the Report of Collections and Deposits (RCD) in accordance with the NGAS
Manual. The reports shall be prepared by the Local Treasurer in five copies. distributed
as follows verification by the field auditor:

Original - to the OPWH-CO Auditor (thru the OPWH-


CO Accountant for recording).

Duplicate . (with duplicate offk:ial - to the Field/local Auditor for final custody.
receipts and vaJidated quintuplicate
remittanCe ad\fices)

Triplicate (with vaJidated quadruplicate - to the DPWH-CO Accountant (for posting


remittance advices) to the corresponding subsidiary ledgers).

Quadruplicate - to be retained by the Local Treasurer.

Quintuplicate - local office accounting file.

The Local Treasurer shaKcertify all the copies of the report and submit the frrsllhree (3)
copies to his Field Auditor within three (3) days after the end of the month for audit. The
Field Auditor shall verify the report. cross-check the remittances indicated therein against
the quintuplicate copies of remittance advices he receives/received from the Bank Auditor
and indicate his certifiCation thereon and finally submits the original and triplicate copies
thereof to the DPWH-CO Auditor thru the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant within five (5)
days from date of receipt from the Local Treasurer.

g. Crediting of Accounts of Local Treasurer

ln the monthly report of collections, at the back thereof, is a statement of


account current showing the accountability of the Local Treasurer. The DPWH-CO Chief
shaH cross-check the validated quadruplicate remittance advices attached to
the dupJicate copy of the monthly report of collections against the remittances made by
the loca Ttea&UJef 'Mth the Nation&\ Treasury OJ any o1 its authonzed deposi\ofy banks
as appearing in the statement of account current. After the crosschecking, and in the
absence of any discrepancy, the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant shall credit the account of
the Local Treasurer even without the monthly abstract of remittances from the National
Treasury.

h. Safeguards

i. Upon receipt of the monthly abstract of remittances from the National Treasury, the
remittances appearing therein shall be counter checked by the DPWH-CO Chief
Accountant against the credits already given the collecting offic8rs concerned and
any discrepancies discovered in the process shall be verified and adjusted
immedi&tely.

ii. In case of retirement or .resignation by the Local Treasurers, their shall


be held WI abeyance until their remittances have been fully cleared by the National
Treasury.

10
i CeDb'alized Accounting System

i. A centralized accounting system shall be maintained in the Office of the OPWH


Secretary. Said office shall set up and maintain a separate sat of boC*.s of
accounts to be used solely for transactions pertaining to the implementalian ol the
provisions of the National Building Code and its Implementing Rules and
Regulations.

i. Upon receipt of the SARO and the corresponding NCA, the Offrce of the OPWH
Secretary shall in turn allocate the same together with the NCA or Funuing Check
to the Building Officials, and at. the same time obligate the allotment frn I he amount
of expenditures.

til. Al1 deputized disbursing officers shaH render the following reports:

Report of Checks Issued together with duplicate copies of clleCks issued for
submission to the Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner in the region.

Report of Checks tssued as required by the NGAS for entry in file Checks
Disbursement Journal by DPWH-CO Chief Accountant.

iv. The Department Chief Accountant shall adjust obligations quarterly to actual
liquidations as required.

v. Deputized disbursing officers shall keep· a re<:ord to control NCA/Funding Check


separate from other funds in his custody.

vi. Deputized disbursing officers shall prepare other statements or repo1ts as may be
required from time to time by the proper authorities.

vii. The Deputized Disbursing Officer (000) shaH render a monthly report of
accountability for issued during the month and the balance at the end of the
month. Copies of said Feport shaU be distributed as follows :

Original to the Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner


(Cash Operation Service)

Duplicate to the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant

Triplicate to the Auditor. DPWH-CO .

Quadruplicate Field Auditor

Quintuplicate File of Disbursing Officer

viii. The deputized disbursing officer authorized to requisition blank Modified


Disbursement System (MOS) or Commercial checks shall prepare and submit
requisition and issue voucher, and lhe Invoice and Receipt of Accountable Forms
which shall be distributed as follows:

Original - Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner


- Cash Operations Service, Bureau of the Treasury
Triplicate - COA Auditor of the DDO's Agency
Quadruplicate - Accounting Unit of 000
Quintuplicate - DDO file
Sextuplicate - Office of the Provincial/City Auditor Concerned

11
j. Tur.nQver of Accountability

i. In case of change, transfer, resignation or retirement from the service of the


Building Official, an inventory of all money and property accountabilities shall be
·taken jointly by the outgoing and incoming Building Official and a receipt passed on
the basis of such inventory. Such inventory shall be certifted as accurate by the
said officers, witnessed by the local auditor thereat. ··

ii. The preceding procedure shall also apply to a deputized disbursing officer other
than the Building Official with respect to money and property accountabilities in his
custody.

iii. Application for clearance of the Building Ofricial and other deputized disbursing
officers shall be coursed to the Office of the OPWH Secretary, to check their
unpaid obligations with the 080.

k. Other Provisions

i. Compensation of consultants, experts and advisers whose services were secured


shall be funded from the 20% income derived from the building pennit fees and
other charges.

ii. Any circular/s that may subsequently be issued by the proper authorities revot-;ing
or amending provisions or certain portions of circular/s incorporated in the above
rules and regulations shall automatically revoke or amend such corresponding
portions that are inconsistent therewith.

SECTION 211. Implementing Rules and Regulations

In the implementation of the provisions of the Code and its IRR, the Secretary shall formulate
necessary rules and regulations and adopt design and construction standards and criteria for
buildings and other structures. Such standards. rules and regulations shall take effect after their
publication once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation.

SECTION 212. Administrative Fines

1. Imposition of Administrative Fine.s

a. The Secretary or his duly authorized representative may prescribe and impose fines not
exceeding ten thousand pesos (P10, 000.00) in the following cases, subject to the terms
and procedures as hereunder provided:

i. Erecting, constructing. altering, repairing, moving, converting, installing or


demolishing a privata or pubJic building/struCture if without building/demolition
permit.

ii. Making any alteration, addition, conversion or repair in any building/structure/


appurtenances thereto constructed or installed before the adoption of the Code,
whether public or private, without a permit.

iii. Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during the construction in the duly
submitted plans and specifications on which the building permit is based.

iv. Non--compliance with the work stoppage order or notice and/or orders to effect
necessary correction in plans and specifications found defective.

12
v. .. Non--compliance with order to demolish building/structwe declaed to be nulsanee,
ruinous or dangerous.

vi. Use or occupancy of a building/structure without Certificate d


even if constructed under a valkf l•uiJdjng permit.

vii. Change in the existing use or occupancy classification of a buildinglstrudure or


portion thereof without the corresponding Certificate of Change of Use.

viii. Failure to post or display the certificate of occupancy/use/opeaation in a


conspicuous place on the premises of the building/structure/appurtenances.

ix. Change in the type of construction of any building/structure without an ameodatOfY


permit.

b. In addition to the imposed penalty, the owner shall correct/remove his viotations of the
provisions of the Code.

3. Determination of Amount of'Fines

a. In the determination of the amount of fines to be imposed, viofations shall be classified as


follows:

i. Light Violations

(a) Failure to post Certificate of Occupancy/Use/Operation.

(b) Failure to post Building Permit construction infonnation sign.

(c) Failure to provide or install appropriate safety measures for the p10tection of
wockers, inspectors, visitors, immediate neighbors and pedestrians.

ii. Len Grave Violations

(a) Non-compliance with the work stoppage order for the alteration/addition/
conversion/repair wlt.hout permit.

(b) Use or occupancy of building/structure w1thout appropriate Certificate of


Occupancy/Use/Operation.

iii. Grave Violations

{a) Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during construction in the


duly submitted plans and specifiCations on which the building permit is
baseci.

(b) Unauthorized change In type of construction from more fire-resistive to less


fire-resistive. ·

(c) NorK:ompliance w1th order to or demolish.

(d) Non-compliance with work stoppage order for construction/demolition without


permit.

(e) Change in the existing use or occupancy without Certificate of Change of


Occupancy/UseiOpeJation.

{f) Excavations left open without any work being done in the site for more than
one hundred twenty (120) days.

13
b. Amownt of Fines

The following amount of fines for violations or the Code and its IRR hereby
prescribed:
Light Vrolarions p 5,000.00
Less Grave Violations p 8,000.00
Grave Violations p 10,000.00
c. Penalty

i. Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding Sections, the Building Official
is hereby also authorized to impose a penalty or surcharge in the following cases in
such amount and-in the manner as hereunder fixed and determined:

For constructing, installing, repairing, altering or causing any change in the


occupancy/use of any building/structure or part thereof or appurtenances thereto
without any permit, there shall be imposed a surcharge of 100% of the building
fees; Provided, that when the work in the -building/structure is started pending
issuance of the Building Permit by the Building Offteiaf, the amount of the
surcharge shall be according to the following: ·

ExcavatiPn for
foundation....................................... - 10% of the building permit fees

Constructi6n of foundation (including pile


driving and laying of reinforcing
bars).............................................. - 25% of the building permit fees ·

Construction of superstructure up to 2.00


meters above established grade........... • 50% of the building permit fees

Construction of superstructure above


2.00 meters...................................... - 100% of the building permit fees

2. For failure to pay the annual inspectiQn fee within thirty (30) days from the prescribed date, a
surcharge of 25% of the inspection fee shall be imposed. ·

SECTION 213. Penal Provisions

It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation, to erect. construct, enlarge, alter.
repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use. occupy, or maintain any building or
structure or cause the same to be done contrary to or in violation <?f any provision of the Code.

Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of the Code and/or
commit any act hereby declared to be unlawful sha/1 upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not
more than twenty thousand pesos or by imprisonment of not more than two years or by both such
fine and imprisonment; Provided, that in the case of a corporatiOn firm, partnership or association,
the penalty shall be imposed upon its officials responsible for such violation and in case the guilty
party is an alien, he shall immediately be deported after payment of the fine and/or service of his
sentence.

SECTION .214. Dangerous and Ruioous Buildings or Structures

Dangerous buildings are those which are herein declared as such or are structurally unsare
·oc not provided with safe egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to
human life, or which in relation to existing use, constitute a hazard to safety or health on public

14
..._e because of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or or
whet\ otherwise contribute to the pollution of the slle or the community to an intdefable degree.

IECTJON 215. Abatement of Dangerous Buildings

When any building or structure is found or declared to be dangerQus or ruinous. the


Wding Official shall order its repair, vacation or demolition depending upon the degree of
-.,ger to life. health, or safety. This is without prejudice to further action that may be tlken
.mder the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of the Philippines. The
cmndition or defects that render any building/structure dangerous or ruinous are as follows: (See
Procedure for Abatement/Demolition of Dangerous/Ruinous (Ju;tdings/Structures at the end of
AisRule) ·

t. Structural Hazards

a. Whenever any building/structure or portion thereof has been damaged by fire,


earthquake, wind, flood, or by any other cause t'l such an extent that the structural
strength or stabilfty thereof is materially less than it was before the catastrophe and is
less than the minimum requirements of the National Structural Code of the Philippines
(NSCP) for new buildings of similar structure. purpose or location.

b. Whenever any portion or member or appurtenances thereof is likely to fall. or to become


detached or dislodged or to collapse and thereby injure persons or damage property.

c. Whenever any portion of a building/structure or any member, appurtenance or


ornamentation on the exterior thereof is not. of sufficient strength or stability. or is not
anchored. attached or fastened in place so as to be capable of resisting a wind pressure
of one-half of that specified in the NSCP for such type of buildings.

d. Whenever any portion thereof has been wrecked, warped, buckled or settled to such an
extent that the walls or other structural portions have materially less resistance to wind or
earthquake than is required in the case of similar new construction.

e. Whenever the building/structure or any portion thereof, because of: (1) dilapidation ,
deterioration or decay; {2) faulty construction; {3) the removal, movement or instability of
any portion of the ground necessary for the purpose of supporting such building; (4) the
deterioration, decay or inadequacy of its foundation; or (5) any other cause, is likely to
partially or totally collapse.

f. Whenever the exterior walls or other vertical structural member lean or buckle to such an
extent that a plumb line passing through ·the center of ·gravity does not fall inside the
middle one-third of the base.

g. Whenever the building/structure, exclusive of the foundation, shows 33% or more


damage or deterioratlon of its supporting member or members, or 50% damage or
deterioration of its non-supporting members, enclosing or outside walls or coverings.

h. Whenever the building/structure has been so damaged by fire, wind; earthqual<e or flood,
or has become so dilapidated or deteriorated as to become: (1) an attractive nuisance to
public; (2) a harbor for vagrants, criminals or immoral persons; or (3) a resort for
purposes of committing unlawful or immoral acts.

1. Whenever the building/structure which, whether or not erected in acCOJdance with all
applicable laws or ordinances, has in any non-supporting part. member or portion, less
than 50% or in any supporting part, member or portion less than 66% of the: { strength;
(2) fire-resisting qualities or characteristics; (3) weather-resisting qualities or
characteristics required by law in the case of a newly constructed building of like area,
height and occupancy in the same location.

15
j. any portion of a building/structure remains on the site after. its demolition or
whenever any building/structure or portion thereof is abandoned for a period in excess of
twelve (12) months so as to make it a nuisance or hazard to the public.

2. Fire Hazards

a. Any building/structure or portion thereof, device, apparatus, equipment mateiial, or


which may cause fire or explosion, or provide a ready fuel or augment the
speed and intensity of fire or explosion arising from any cause.

b. All buildings/structures or portions thereof not provided with the required fire-resistive or
tire-protective construction or fire-extinguishing system or equipment.

c. Whenever any door, aisle, .passageway, staiJWay, or other means of exit is not of
sufficient width or size, or is not so arranged as to provide safe and adequate means of
exit in case of fire and panic.

d. Whenever any building/structure, because of obsolescence, dilapidated condition,


deterioration, damaged, inadequate exits, lack of sufficient fire-resistive construction,
hazardous electric wiring, gas connections or heating apparatus, or other cause, in
violation of the Fire Code of the Philippines {PO 1185).

3. Unsafe Etectrical Wiring

a. All wiring systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations
embodied in the latest Philippine Electrical Code.

b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used electrical wirings, outlets, devices and/or


equipment.

4. Unsafe Mechanical Installation

a. Mechanical systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations
embodied in the Philippine Mechanical Code.

b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used mechanical outlets. devices and/or


equipment.

c. Lack of or improper operation of required ventilating equipment or air-conditioning


systems.

d. Improperly installed or lack of protection and safety provisions on steam, gas and fuel
supply lines.

5. Inadequate Sanitation/Plumbing and Health Facilities

a. All sanitation and plumbing systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and
regulations embodied in the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines and the Revised
National Plumbing Code.

b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used sanitation and plumbing racifities.

c. Infestation of insects, vermin or rodents and lack of adequate control for the same.

d. Lack of adequate garbage and rubbish storage and removal or disposal

e. Source of pollution.

16
& Deficiency

a. All buildings/structures or portion thereof used or for purposes other than their
intended uses.

b. 1mproper/Unauthorized

c. InsuffiCient amount of natural light and ventilation due to inadequate open spaces such
as courts yards as required.

d. Inadequate sizes of rooms and space dimensions and window openings.

e. Dilapidated, blighted and other unpresentable buildings/structures against qenerally


accepted aesthetic standards.

IECTlON 216. Other Remedies

The rights, actions and remedies provided in the Code and in the JRR shall be in addition lo
.-rt and all other rights of action and remedies that may be available under existing laws.

17
PROCEDURE FOR ABATEMENT/DEMOLITION OF DANGEROUS/RUINOUS BUR.DINGS/
STRUCTURES

1. There must be a finding or declaration by the Building Official that the buildingfstructure is a nuisance,
ruinous or dangerous.

2. Written notice or advice shall be served upon the owner and occupantts of such finding or declaration
giving him at least fifteen (15} days within which to vacate or cause to be vacated, repaired,
renovated, demolished and removed as the case may be, the nuisance, ruinous or dangerous
building/structure or any part or portion thereof.

3. Within the fifteen (15} day period, the owner may, if he so desires, appeal to the Secretary the finding
or declaration of the Building Official and ask that a re-inspection or re-investigation of the
building/structure be made.

4. In case the owner should ask the Building Official for a reconsideration on his order. same shan be
given not more than not more than fifteen ( 15) days within which to render his linal decision
appealable to the Office of the Secretary.

5. It the appeal is meritorious, the Secretary may designate a competent representative/s other than the
Building Official to undertake the re-inspectioo or re-investigation of the buildingfstructure. The
representative/s so designated shall make or complete his/their reporVs within the period of thirty (30)
days· from the date of termination of re-inspection or re-investigation.

6. If after re-inspection, the finding is the Slime as the original one, the Secretary through the Building
Official shall notify owner, giving him not more than fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice with
affirmed finding to vacate or cause to be vacated and make necessary repair, renovation, demolition
and removai of the subject buildingtstructure or parts thereof, as the case may be.

7. If the Building Official has determined that the building/structure must be repaired or renovated, the
Order to be issued shall requite that all necessary permits therefor be secured and the worl< be
commenced physically within such reasonable time as may be determined by the Building Official.

8. If the Building Official has determined that the building/structure must be demqlished, the Order shall
require that the building/structure be vacated within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the
Order; that all required permits be secured therefor within the same fifteP.n (15) days from the date of
the Order, and that the demolition be completed within such reasonable time as may be determined
by the Building OHicial.

9. The decision of the Secretary on th" appeal shall be final.

10. Upon faiiUf'e of the owner to comply with the Order of the Building Olficial or of the Secretary, in case
of appeal, to repair, renovate, demolish and remove the building/structure or any part thereof after
fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the Order, the Building Official shall cause the building or
structure to be renovated, demolished and removed, partly or wholly, as the case may be,
with all expenses therefor chargeable to the owner.

10. The building/structure as repaired or in case of demolition. the building materials gathered after the
demolition thereof shall be by the OBO until full reimbursement of the cost of repair. renovatron.
demolition and removal is made by the owner which, in no case, shall extend beyond. thirty (30) days
from the date of completion of the repair, renovation, demolition and removal. After such period, said
building materials of the building thus repaired, renovated or removed shall be sold at public auction
to satisty the claim of the OBO. Any amount in excess of the claim of the government realized from
the sale of the building and/or building materials shall be delivered to the owner.

11. The procedures, actions and remedies herein are without prejudice to further action that may be
taken tly the Bui1ding Official against the owner/occupants of the bui!dingfstructure found or declared
to be nuisance/s, dangerous, and/or ruinous under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 ol
the Civil Code of the Philippines.

18
RULE Ill - PERMITS AND INSPECTION

SECTION 301. Building Permits

1. No person, firm or corporation, including any agency or instrumentality of the government


shall construct, alter, repair, convert, use, occupy, move, demolish and add any
building/structure or any portion thereof or cause the same to be done, without first obtaining
a building permit therefor from the Bui\ding ·official assigned in \he place where the subject
building/structure is located or to be done. The prescribed application for building permit form
(NBC Form B-01) shall be used by all applicants.

2. Permits supplementary to a Building Permit shall be applied for and issued by the Building
Official. These include Ancillary and the Accessory Permits.

a . Ancillary Permits

The Ancillary Permits duly signed and sealed by the corresponding professionals qnd the
plans and specifications shall be submitted together with the duly notarized aprlication
for Building Permit. The Building Permit is null and void if not accompanied by the
Ancillary Permits. The prescribed Ancillary and other Accessory Permits/forms shall
likewise be used whenever applicable. The Ancillary Permits the following:

i. Architectural Permit

ii. CiviVStructural Permit

iii. Electrical Permit

iv. Mechanical Permit

v. Sanitary Permit

vi. Plumbing Permit

vii. . Electronics Permit

b. Accessory Permits

i. Accessory Permits are issued by the Buifding Official for accessory parts of the
project with very special functions or use which are indicated in the plans and
specifications that accompany the building permit application. These may include,
among others: bank <¥ld records vaults: swimming pools; firewl;\lls separate from
the building/structure; towers: silos ; smokestacks ; chimneys; commercial/industrial
fixed ovens; industrial kilns/furnaces; water/Waste treatment tanks, septic vaults:
concrete and steel tanks; booths, kiosks and stages; and tombs, mausoleums and
niches.

ii. Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for activities being undertaken
prior to or during the processing of the building permit. The coverage is spe\led out
in the accessory permit form including the expiry period. These shall be signed by
the concerned owner/applicant and by the concerned professionals. These permits
include, among others, ground preparation and excavation. encroachment of
foundation to public area, fencing, for fence not exceeding 1.80 meters high,
sidewalk construction, temporary sidewalk encfosure and occupancy, erection of
scaffolding. erecting, repair, removal of sign ; and demolition.

19
3. Exemption From Building Permits

A building permit shall not be required for the following minor constructions and repairs,
provided these shall not violate any provision of the Code and its IRR.
a. Minor Constructions
i. Sheds, outhouses, greenhouses, children's playhouses. aviaries, poultry houses
and the like, not exceeding 6.00 sq. meters in total area. provided ·they are
completely detached from any other building and are intended only for the private
use of the owner.

ii. Addition of open terraces or patios resting directly on the ground, not exceeding
20.00 sq. meters in total floor area, exclusively for the private use of the owner.

iii. Installation of window grilles.

iv. Garden pools for the habitation of water plants and/or aquarium fish not exceeding
500 millimeters in depth and exclusively for private use.

v. masonry walls other than party walls not exceeding 1.20 in height,
footpaths, residential garden walks and/or driveways.

b. Repair Works

i. Repair works not affecting or involving any structural member, such as


replacement of deteriorated roofing sheets or tiles, gutters, downspouts, fascias,
ceilings and/or sidings.

ii. Repair and/or replacement of non load-bearing ·partition walls.

iii. Repair and/or replacement of any interior portion or a house not involving addition
or alteration.

iv. Repair and/or replacement work of doors and windows.

v. Repair and/or replacement work of flooring.

vi. Repair of perimeter fence and walls.

vii. Repair and/or replacement of plumbing fixtures, fittings or pipings, such as toilet
bowls, sinks. lavatories, urinals, bidets, pipes, faucets, valves for single detached
dwellings and duplexes.

SECTION 302. Appllc:ation for Permits

1. Any person desiring to obtain a building permit and any ancillarylaccessol'f permitls together
with a Building Permit shall file application/s therefor on the prescribed application forms.

2.. Together with the acoomplished prescribed application form/s, the following shall be
submitted to the 080:

a. In case the applicant is the registered owner of the lot

i. Certified true copy of OCTfTCT, on file with the Registry of Deeds,


ii. Tax Declaration, and
iii. Current Real Property Tax Receipt.

20
b. In case the applicant is not the registered owner of the lot, in addition to the above; duty
notarized copy of the Contract of Lease. or Deed of Absolute Sale.

3. Five (5) sets of survey plans, design plans. specifications and other documents prepared,
signed and sealed over the printed names of the d<J iy licensed and registered professionals
(Figs.lll.1. and 111.2.):

a. Geodetic Engineer, in case of lot survey plans;

b. Architect, in case of architectural documents; in case of architectural interior/interior


design documents, either an architect or interior designer may sign;

c. Civil Engineer. in case of civil/structural documents:

d. Professional Electrical Engineer. ·;n case of electrical documents;

e. · Professional Mechanical Engineer. in case of mechanical documents;

f. Sanitary Engineer. in case of sanitary documents:

g. Master Plumber, in case of plumbing documents;

h. Electronics Engineer, in case of electronics documents.

4 Architectural Documents

a. Architectural Plans/Drawings

i. Vicinity Map/location P\an within a 2.00 radius for commercial, industrial,


and institutional complex and within a half-kilometer radius for residential buildings ,
at any convenient scale showing prominent landmarks or major thoroughfares for
easy reference.

ii. Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and ·
position of proposed building/structure in relation to the lot, existing or proposed
road and driveways and existing public utilities/services. Existing buildings
within and adjoining the lot shall be hatched and distances between the proposed
and existing buildings shall be indicated.

iii. Perspective drawn at a convenient scale and taken from a vantage point (bird's eye
view or eye level).

iv. Floor Plans drawn to scale of not less than 1:100 showing: gridlines. complete
identification of rooms or functional spaces.

v. Elevations, at least four {4}, same scale as floor plans showing: gridlines; natural
ground to finish grade elevations; floor to floor heights; door and window marks,
type of material and exterior finishes; adjoining existing structure/s, if any. shown in
single hatched lines.

vi. Sections. at least two (2). showing: gridlines: natural · ground and finish levels;
outline of cut and visible structural parts: doors and windows properly labeled
refleCting the direction of opening; partitions; built-in cabinets, etc.: identification of
rooms and functional spaces cut by section lines.

ri. Reflected ceiling plan showing: design, location; finishes and specifications of
materials, lighting fixtures. diffusers, decorations, air conditioning exhaust and
return grills. sprinkler nozzles, if any, at scale of at least 1:100.

21
.=.-l I

•. .
.
.. ·

STANDARD FORM (Type AO, A1, A2 and A3)


FOR BUILDING PLANS I CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
Flgure.lll.1

.
···· ar!;.

(i!

,;
i-'iH.U!GI_io
;,;;_,.v;.,,f.:t
1,*
..
·o;'f'!$

.
....

MODEL TITLE BLOCK


FOR BUILDING PLANS/CONSTRUCTION bRAWINGS

22 Figure 111.2.
viii. . Details, in the form of plans, elevations/se.ctions:

(a) Accessible ramps


(b) Accessible stairs
(c) Accessible lifts/elevators
(d) Accessible entrances, corridors and walkways
(e) Accessible functional areas/comfort rooms
(f) Accessible switches, controls
(g) Accessible drinking fountains
(h) Accessible public telephone booths
(i) Accessible audio visual and automatic alarm system
{j) Accessible access symbols and directional signs
(k} Res·e rved parking for disabled persons
(I) Typical waiUbay sections from ground to roof
(m) Stairs, interior and exterior
(n) Fire escapes/exits
(o) cabinets, counters and fixed furniture
(p) All types of partitions

ix. Schedule of Doors and Windows showing their types, designations/marks,


dimensions, materials, and number of sets.

x. Schedule of Finishes, showing in graphic_ form: surface finishes specified for floors,
ceilings, walls and baseboard trims for all building spaces per floor level.

xi. . Details of other major Architectural Elements.

b. Architectural Interiors/Interior Design

i. Space Plan/ s or layouUs of architectural·inlerior/s.

ii. Architectural interior perspective/s.

iii. Furniture/furnishing/equipment/process layout/s.

iv. Access plan/s, parking ptanls and the like.

v. Detail design of major architectural interior elements.

vi. Plan and layout of interior, wall partitions, furnishing, furniture,


equipment/appliances at a scale of at least 1:100.

vii. Interior walt elevations showing: finishes, switches, doors and convenience outlets,
cross window sections with interior perspective as viewed from the main entrance
at scale of at least 1: 100.

viii. Floor/ceiling/wall patterns and finishing details.

ix. List of materials used.

x. Cost Estimates.

c. Plans and specific locations of all accessibility facilities of scale of at least 1:100.

d . Detailed design of all such accessibility facilities outside and around buildings/structures
inctuding par1<.ing areas, and their safety requirements all at scale of 1:50 or any
convenient scale.

23
e. Fire Safety Documents

i. Layout plan of each floor indicating the fire evacuation route to sate clispersal
areas. standpipes with fire hose. fire extinguishers, first aid kits/cabinets, fire alarm.
fire operations room, emergency lights, signs, etc.

ii. Details of windows, fire exits with grilled windows and ladders.

iii. Details of constructioo of enclosures for vertical openings.

iv. Details of fire-resistive construction materials and interior decorative materials with
.fir&resistive/fire-retardant/fire-spread ratings

v. Other Related Documents

f. Other related documents

5. CiviVStructural Documents

a. Site Development Plan

Site Developnlfnt Plan showing technical description. boundaries. orientation and


positiOn of proposed non-architectural horizontal structure such as: sewerage treatment
plan (STP), silos. elevated tanks, towers, fences. etc: building/structure in relation to the
lot, existing or proposed access road and driveways and existing public utilities/services.
Existing buildings within and adjoining the Jot shall be hatched and distances between the
proposed and existing buildings shall be indicated.

b. Structural Plans

i. Foundation Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100.

ii. Floor/Roof .Framing Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100.

iii. Details and Schedules of structural and civil works elements including ! I tose for
deep wells, -water reservoir, pipe lines and sewer system. ·

c. Structural Analysis and Design for all buildings/structures except for one storey and
single detached building/structure with a total floor area of 20.00 sq. meters or less.

d. Boring and Load Tests

Buildings or structures of three (3) storeys and higher, boring tests and, if necessary,load
tests shall be required in accordance with the applicable latest approved provisions of the
National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP). However, adequate soil exploration
(induding boring and load tests) shall also be required for lower buildings/structures at
areas with potential geologicaVgeotechnical hazards. The written report of the
civiVgeothecnlcal 'engineer including but not limited to the design bearing capacity as well
as the result of tests shalf be submitted together with the other requirements in the
applicatK>n for a building permit. Boring test or load \est shall also be done according to
the applicable provisions of the NSCP which set forth requirements governing
excavation, grading and earthwork construction, including fills and embankments for any
and for foundation and -retaining structures.

e. Seismic Analysis

f. Other re\ated documents

24
& Sectrical Documents

Bectrical plans and technical specifications containing the following:

a. Location and Site Plans

b Legend or Symbols

c. General Notes andl or Specifications

d. Electrical Layout

e. Schedule ot loads, Transfonners, Generating/UPS Unils (Total kVA for each of the
preceding items shall be indicated in the schedule)

f. Design Analysis

g. One Line Diagram

Z Mechanical Documents

a. Location Plan and Key Plan

b. General Layout Plan for each floor, drawn to a scale of not less than 1:100, indicating the
equipment in heavier lines than the building outline with names of machinery and
corresponding brake horsepower shall be indicated.

c. Longitudinal and Transverse Sections of building and equipment base on the section
lines drawn to scale of at least 1:100 showing inter-floor relations and defining the
manner of support of machines/equipment. Sections shall run longitudinally and
transversely through the building length or width other than particularly detailed section
for each machinery/equipment (fired and unfired pressure vessel, elevator, escalator,
dumbwaiter, etc.).

d. Isometric drawing of gas. fuel, oil system showing: Assembly of pipes on racks and
supports, Legend and General Notes. Capacity per outlet and Complete individual piping
system.

e. Plans drawn to scale of 1:1 00 indicating location o f store rooms, fuel tanks, fire
extinguishing systems. fire doors, fire escape ladders and other protective facilities.

f. Detailed drawings of all duct work installations. indicating dampers , co ntrols, filters.
fireproofing, acoustical and thermal insulation.

g. Detailed Plans of machinery foundations and supports drawn to scale of at least 1:50.

h. Detailed Plans of boilers and pressure vessels with a working pressure of above 70 kPa
regardless of kilowatt rating.

i. .Design Computations and Detailed Plans of elevators, escalators, and the like drawn to
scale of 1:50. ·
j. For all installations. additions or alterations involving machinery of at most 14.9 kW. the
signature of a duly licensed Mechanical Engineer shall be sufficient except flfed and
unfired pressure vessels, eie.vators, escalators, dumbwaiters, central/split/pad(aged type
air conditioners and piping systems of steam, gas or fuels.

k. Detailed plans of fire suppression systems, location of automatic and smoke detectors
and alarm and initiating devices use to monitor the conditions lhal are essential for the
proper operation including switches for the position of gate· valves as well as alert and

25
evw;uation signals; the detailed layout of the entire safe a1ea to be protected and the
heat/smoke ventilation system.

8. Sanitary Documents

a. For deepwell, water purification plants, water collection and distribution systems,,
reservoirs. drainage and sewer systems, sewage treatment plants, malaria control
structures, and sewage disposal

i. location Plan and Site Plan

ii. Detailed Plan and layout drawings of minimum scale 1: 100

iii. Design Analysis and Technical Specifications

iv. Cost Estimates

b. For pest and vermin control, sanitation. and pollution control facilities:

i. Detailed plan, layout and drawing of abatement and control device of minimum
scale 1:100

ii. Design analysis and tectmical specification

iii. Cost Estimates

9. Pluml;>ing Documents

For all plumbing installations, additions and/or alterations involving hot and cold water supply,
fixtures, sewage drainage and vent system, storm drainage and sewerage system within or
adjacent to the building:

a. location Plan and Site Plan of minimum scale 1:2000

b. Plumbing Plans, layouts and Details, of minimum scale 1:50

c. legend and General Notes

d. Isometric drawings of the systems

e. Design analysis and technical specifications


f. Cost Estimates

10. Electronics Documents

Electronic plans and technical specifications for wired or wireless lelecommunications


. systems, broadcasting systems. including radio and TV broadcast equipment for commercial
and training purposes. cable or wireless television systems, information technology (IT)
systems. security and alarm systems, electronic fire alarm systems, sound-reinforcement
systems, navigational aids and controls. indoor and outdoor signages, electronically-
controlled conveyance systems, electroniclcomputerized process controls and automation
systems. building automation, management and control systems, including, but not limited to
the farrowing:

a. General layout plans with legends


b. Single line diagram
c. Riser diagram
d. Isometry of the system

26
e. Eq-.ipment specifications
f. Design analysis, as applicable
g. Cost estimates

t1. Geodetic documents

lot SuNey Plans, including but not limited to:

a. Vicinity Map/Location Plan


b. Lot Plan
c. Relocation SuNey Plan and Report
d. line and Grade
e. Detailed Topographic Plan of the site and immediate vicinity

t:2. from Other Agencies

a. A locational clearance shall be obtained by the owner/permittee from the City/Municipal


Zoning AdministratiOn .

b. Whenever necessary, written clearances shall be obtained from the various authorities
exercising and enforcing regulatory functions arfecting boildingslstructures.. Application
..
for said clearances shall be requested by the owner/applicant and failure to receive reply
within seven (7) days from receipt of the application for building permit shall be sufficient
not to cause further delay in processing the building permit application by the Building
Official. Such authorities who are expected to enforce their own regulations are:

i. Department of Public Works and Highways (OPWH)


ii. Air Transportation Office (ATO)
iii. Housing and land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB)
iv. local Gov.ernment Unit (LGU)
v. Department of Tourism {DOT)
vi. Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR)
vii. Department of Transportation and Communication (OOTC)
viii. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG.)
ix. Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) ·
x. Department of Education (DepEd)
xi. Department of Health (DOH)
xii. Phitippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS)
xiii. Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA}
xiv. Manila Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS)
xv. National Water Resources Board (NWRB)
xvi. Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR)
xvii. Department of Agriculture (OA)
xviii. . Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE)
xix. National Housing Authority (NHA)
xx. National Council for the Welfare of Disabled Persons (NCWDP)

IECTlON 303. Processing of Building Permits

The flow of processing of building permit shall follow the procedure shown in Figure 111.3.

1. Building Permit Application

a. When satisfied that all plans, specifications and other documents are in order, the
Building Official gives due course to the appl'1cation.

27
b. The 080 verifies conformity of the proposed buildings/structures with the land use
· zoning ordinance of the city/municipality. If the project has been tseued a <ievelopment
permit such as residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, memorial parks and other
development by the HLURB or the Sangguniang Bayan/Panglungsod, an individual
locational clearance shall not be required.

c. . The Building Official verifies whether applicants have secured the required section
clearances from other agencies mentioned in the preceding $ection.

d. The owner/permittee for any existing building/structure that shall undergo alterations,
additions, conversions, renovations and/or repair not covered by Section 301, Sub--
Section 3 of this IRR shall submit, in addition to other documents, the most recent
Certiftcate of Occupancy when applying for a building permit. Under any of this case, the
locational Clearance shall not be required.

2. line and Grade Verification

The Line and Grade Section/Unit of the OBO:

a. Verifies the lot plan as reflected in the Torrens Title, . Original Certificate of Title
(OCT)fTransfer Certificate of Title (TCT) and its retation to the proposed
buildings/structures.

b. Checks compliance to establish easements/setbacks and determines grades in relation to


road lots, property lines, streets or highways, whether existing or proposed as reflected in
the land use zoning or development plan of the city/municipality including road widening,
construction of various public utilities/services and other infrastructure projects along
creeks, esteros, waterways, subject to a written clearance from the DPWH.

c. Verifies that at least one ( 1) side of the lot has direct access to a streeValley and that
grades in relation to road lots and streets or highways, whether existing or proposed
confonn to the requirements.

3. Architectural

The Architectural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to


technical requirements for:

a. Types of Construction
b. Requirements of Fire Zones and Fire Resistive Regulation
c. Building projections over public streets
d. Access Streets/Roads and Alleys
e. Architectural Interior/Interior Design
f. Classification and General Requirements of all Buildings by Use or Occupancy
g. Maximum Height of Buildings/Structures
h. Parking and Loading/Unloading Space Requirement

28
PROCESSING OF APPLICATION OF BUILDING PERMIT FLOW CHART
ISSUANCE OF B.U ilOING PERMIT

PAYMENT OF FEES

;I
l WCI) US£ lONtNG I

L,---..J
I ,
I
I
I
I
I
I

N'IC>IHeCl\.IRJ\11 FINN.
l'I(JO.IIo
ACC£SIBlt!'rY
i

NOT!:
I
i4EJ-1j
I ' i
PfiiOft <:#
fOI\ -...otNG NOl'li: .
-.l
Tlf£ I'ROFES:W>w.. ACC()MIII,I$K ntf I'OIIM 'NOTICE OF
OEIMGNSt 8IW..L t>if GON!ITI,UCtiOI'I" ANO'SUIIMIT$Mtf
l(l¢Al'fONAt l ZONlltG CIJ!NIANCE ro ,a o.1 PRlOA
N10 WRr1"T&I CIVoAANCES ro llE il.o. :li'W.l.
t Oil£ FFIOI.I coPYiO OE CIAP
I
I ...AII'ICA110H IF UCvaitl OR"')f .
REOlllATCRY re:o.-111W:TGR """"' Ill OILJ(l60
f'UNCT10NS ¥1'£t::':lliG I!OI\.Oi>4G
J\Htl Ol'>lP. AfaATEil I
H
j_ _) ro PI'OVIOE 'IECE3SMY
PADf£'C\10111 )IY '11-1(;
S\'1'1\JC'I', <US IAA AHO OOL£ .
r\__.!
L .r • I
I
INOORSEME!'IT TO PROPER AUrHORIT/ES
l
Figure 111.3.
N
CD
i. Cotner Buildings with Chaflans
j. OccupantLoad
k. Glazing of Opening
I. Architectural Accessibility Features
m. Light and Ventilation
n. Construction of Buildings/Structures within the obstacle limitation surfaces of Aerodromes
o. Buildings and other Ancillary Structures within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks

4. Civil Section

The Civil Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliooce to technical


requirements for:

a. General Design and Construction Requirements


b, Structural Design Requirements
c. Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls
d. Prefabricated Construction
e. Protection and Safety Requirements for Construction, Demolition and Excavation
f. Abatement/Demolition of Buildings
g. Plastics
h. Signs

5. Electrical

The Electrical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure ·documents as to compliance to


technical requirements for Electrical Regulations.

6. Mechanical

The Mechanical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to


technical requirements for Mechanical Regulations.

7. Sanitary

The Sanitary SectionJUnit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to


technical requirements under the Sanitary Engineering Law (RA 1364). ·

8. Plumbing

The Plumbing Section/Unit evaluates buik1ing/structure documents as to compliance lo


technical requirements under the Plumbing Law (RA 1378).

9.

The Electronics Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to


technical requirements.

10. Fire Safety Requirements

The Sui\ding Official shall refer one {1) set of plan& end specifications to the City/Municipal
Fire Marshall (C/MFM), Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), for his review and recommendatiorw
with respect to fire safety and control requirements. The C/MFM shan submit his report and

30
18C0mmelldations to the Building Official wlthin fNe (5) wor1<ing days from date of referral.
Failure of the CIMFM to act within said period shaD mean that the plans and specifiCations
conform to all the requirements of the Fire Code of the Phaippines (FCP). In case of non·
issuance, suspension or revocation of the said requirements by the C/MFM, he shall so state
in writing the reasons or grounds therefor.

IECTJON. 304. tnuance of Building Permit

t. When the application for building permit and the plans and specifications submitted herewith
CQnforms to the requirements of the Code and its IRR, the Budding OffiCial shall within fifteen
(15) days from payment of the required fees by the applicant. issue the building permit
applied.for. ·

2.. The Building OffiCial may issue a permit for the construction of ooly a part or portion of a
building/structure whenever the plans and speclficatjons submitted together with the
application do not cover the. entire building/structure.

1 The Building Offtcial may issue a Ground Preparation and Excavation Pern"Nt even while the
buikfing permit application is still being processed subject to payment of the corresponding
fees.

4. For excavations more than in


so'.oo cu. meters and more than 2.00 meters depth, the
owner/permittee shall post a cash bond of fifty thousand pesos (P50.000.00) for the first
50.00 cu. meters and three hundred pesos (P300.00) for every cu. meters in excess at 50 cu.
met91'S until the building permit is issued, said excavations shalf not exceed 100.00 cu.
meters or 3.00 meters in depth and shall not be left open without any work being done in the
site for more than one hundred twenty (120) days, otherwise the cash bond shall be forfeited
in favor of the government to cover the expense for the backfilling of the excavation should
the owner/permittee faU to restore the same. If the bond is insufficient to effect the necessary
restoration, additional cost to be incurred to complete the restoration shall be charged to the
account of the owner/permittee or to whoever shall assume ownership of the property. If the
owner/permittee refuses backfilling of the excavation, the Building Official shall inittate tegal
proceedings.

5. Terms and Conditions of Permits

The issued building permit shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

· a. That under Article 1723 of tile Civil Code of the Phihppines, the engineer or architect who
drew up tbe plans and specifications for a building/structure is liable for damages if wtthin
fifteen (15) year$ from the completion of the building/strutture, the same should collapse
dl!,e to defect in the ptans or specifications or defects in the ground. The engineer or
architect who supervises the construction shall be solidarity liable with the contractor
should the edifice , collapse due to defect in the construction or the use of inferior
materials. ·' · l .
b. That the proposed construction/erectionladdition/alteration/renovatioolconversioo/
repair/moving/demolition, etc. shall be in conformity with the provisions of the National
Building Code, and its IRR.

i. That prior to commencement of the proposed projects and construction an actual


relocation survey shall be conducted by a duly licensed Geodetic Engineer.

ii. That before commencing the excavation the person making or causing the
excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owner of adjoining property not
less than ten {10) days before such is to be made and show how the
adjoining property should be protected. ·

31
iii. That the supervising Engineer shall keep at the jobsite at all times a
logbook of daily activities whet ein the actual daily progress of
construction including tests conducted, weather condition and other pertinent data
are to be recorded, same shall be made available for scrutiny and comments by
the OBO representative during the c"nduct of inspection his/her inspection
pursuant to Section 207 of the Co.de.

iv. That upon completion of the construction. the Owner shall submit the logbook duly
signed and sealed to the Building Official including as-built plans and other
documents and shall also prepare and submit a · Certificate of Completion of the
project stating that the construction of the building/structure conform to the
provision of the Code, its IRR as well as the plans and specifications.

v. All such changes, modifications and alterations shall likewise be submitted to the
Building OffiCial and the subsequent amendatory permit therefor issued before any
work on said changes. modifications and alterations shall be started.

c. That no building/structure shall be used until the Building Official has issued a Certificate
of Occupancy therefor as provided in the Code. However, a partial Certificate of
Occupancy may be issued for the Use/Occupancy of ·a portion or portions of a
building/structure prior to the completion of the entire building/structure.

d. That this permit shall not seNe a& an exemption from securing written .clearances from
various government authorities exercising regulatory function affecting
buildings/structures.

e. When the construction is undertaken by contract. tlte work shall be done by a duly
licensep and registered contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor's license
Law (RA 4566).

f. The Owner/Permittee shall submit a duly accomplished prescribed "Notice of


Construction· to the Office of the Building Official prior to any construction activity.

g. The Owner/Permittee shall put a Building Permit sign w,hich complies with the prescribed
dimensions and information, which shall remain posted on the construction site for the
duration of the construction. (Figs. 111.4. and 111.5).

SECTION 306. Validity of Building Permits

The issuance of a building permit shall not be construed as an approval or authorization to


the permittee to disregard or violate any of the provisiolls of this Code.

Whenever the issuance of a permit is based on approved plans and specifications which are
subsequently found defective, the Building official is not precluded from requiring permittee to
effect the necessary corrections in said plans and specifications or from preventing or ordering
the stoppage of any or atl building operations being carried on thereunder wflictl are in violation of
this Code.

A building permit issued under the provisions of the Code shall expire and become null ·and
void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of one (1) year
after the issuance of the building permit, or is suspended or abandoned at any time after it has
been commenced for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days.

SECTION 306. Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits

The Building OffiCial may order or cause the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of
building permits on any or all of the following reasons or grounds:

32
1. Errors fownd in the plans and specifications;
2. lncorrect or· inaccurate data or information supplied;
3.. Non--compliance with the provisions of this Code or any rules or regulations.

Notice of non- issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits shall always be made
in writing, stating the reason or grounds thereof.

<:il ···· ·- ..... .......... _ _ .._____, ____ - -


0 .90·-M!s.
·-····- - ·· ___ ..

!
Pero>il 1-11)•• ·-- -

NlloY>e of P m jec.\ __ ..
Q,•mer........ ........... ..............
Arc.hitec\_ .. - ....- .......... ·-
DESIGN PROFESSl OtoiALS ; PRello.

!>,rchilc.:t: ............... .. .
El'lgi11eer. .. . _ . .• .. . ... .. . . ._ .
ProlessoOftA! Eie<1Jira: l;.nr.>i!l?.er·
--- -
Sa.11ila<y . . .. ......
Ptumf>?.r· _ .. . ...
( 'ectfooics filS•' _ _. _
PROFESSIONAlS INCHARGE OF FUlL l!Mf. !"S"tCliON i\110 SUPERVISION WORKS.

·- - -·-·- ---
STANDARO SIGNBOARD
(Residential Buildings for Exclusive use of Owners or Non-leasing Occup<mts)

Figure 111.4.

VARIABLE
...... -.... - .... -- - - ·------- ·---..
----· ·r

REQUIRED STANDARD SIGNBOARD


(Commercial, Industrial, Educational, Social, \nstitu\ional, Buildings and others}

Figure 111.5.

33
SECTION 30l. Appeal

Within fifteen (15) days from the date pf receipt of advice of the non- issuance, suspension pr
revocation of permits, the applicantlpermittee may file an appeal with the Secretary ·who shall
render his decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice of appeal. The decision of the
Secretary shall be final subject only to review by the Office of the President.

SECTION 308. 'Inspection and Supervieion of Work

1. The owner of the Building who is ·issued or granted a building permit under the Code shall
engage the services of a duly licensed architect or civil engineer to undertake the full time
inspection and supervision of the construction work.

2. Such architect or civil engineer may or may not be the same architect or civil engineer who is
responsible for the design of the building.

3. It is understooQ however that in either case, the designing architect or civil engineer is not
precluded from conducting inspection of the construction work to check and determine
compliance with the plans and specifications of the building submitted.

4. There shall be kept at the jobsite at all times a logbook wherein the actual progress of
construction including lests conducted, weather conditions and other pertinent data are to be
recorded.

5. Upon completion of the construction, the said licensed architect or civil engineer shall submit
the logbook, duly signed and sealed, to the Building Official. He shall also prepare and submit
a Certificate of Completion of the project stating that the construction of building conforms to
the provisions of the Code as well as with the approved plans and specifications.

SECTION 309. Certificate of Occupancy

1. The owner/permittee shall submit to the OBO an application of Certificate of Occupancy


together with a duly notarized Certificate of Completion together with the construction
logbook, as-built plans and specifications and the Building Inspection Sheet all signed by
whoever is the contractor (if the construction is undertaken by contract) and signed and
sealed by the Owner's duly licensed Architect or Civil Engineer who undertook the full time
inspection and supervision of the construction works. Said Plans and Specifications shall
·reflect faithfully all changes. modifications and alterations made on the originally submitted
Plans and Specifications on file with the OBO which are the basis of the issuance of the
original building pennit. The as-built Plans and Specifications may be just an orderly and
comprehensive compilation of all the documents, which include the originally submitted plans
and specifications and all amendments thereto as actually built Of they may be an entirely
new set of plans and specifications accurately describing and/or reflecting therein the
building/structure as actually built.

2. A notification to conduct final inspection shall be endorsed by the 080 to the C/MFM, BFP,
who shall issue a Fire Safety Inspection Certificate within five (5) workings days if the Fire
Safety requirement shall have been compl\ed. If, after the presclibed period no action is
taken by the C/MFM. the Building Official may issue the Certificate of Occupancy with the
condition that the Fire Safety requirements shall be complied with, within the prescribed
period set forth in the Fire Code of the Philippines (PO 1185).

3. The 080 undertakes the final inspection, verification and/or review of the building/structure
based on the Certificate of Completion, construction logbook, building inspection sheets,
original and as-built plans and as the case may be and specifications on the
. pr,escribed standard form according to the requirements set forth under Section '303.

34
A. Prior to.the issuance of the Certifteate of Occupancy, the 080 shall prepare the
cocrespond.ing fees and order of payment. The Building Official then issues the Certificate ol
Occupancy In the form prescribed therefor after all fees afe paid.

a A partial Certificate of Occupancy may be issued for the use or occupancy of a portion or
portions of a building or .structure prior to the completion of the· entire building or
structure, through the proper phasing of its major independent portions without posing
hazards to its occupants, the adjacent building residents and general public.

b. A building for which a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued may further be issued
other Certificates of Occupancy due to changes in use, whether partly or wholly.
provided, that the new useJs or character/s of occupancy conforms with the requirement
of the Code and its IRR.

35
RULE IV ·TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 401. Types of Construction

For purposes of the Code and its IRR, all buildings proposed for construction be
classified according to the following types:

1. Type I -shall be of wood construction. The structural elements may be any of the materials
permitted by this Code.

2. Type ll - shaU be of wood construction with protective fire-resistant materials and one-hour
fire.resistive throughout, .except, that permanent non-bearing partitions may use fire-retardant
treated wood within the framing assembly with one-hour resistivity.

3. Type Ill ·shall be of masonry and wood construction . Structural elements may be any of the
materials permitted by this Code provided, that the building shall be one-hour fire -resistive
throughout. Exterior walls shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction.

4. Type IV - shall be steel, iron. concrete, or masonry construction and walls, ceiling · and
permanent partitions shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction, except, that
permanent non-bearLng partitions of one-hour fire-resistive construction may use fire-
retardant treated wood w ithin the framing assembly.

5. Type V - shall be four-hour fire-resistive throughout and the structural elements shall be of
steel, iron, concrete, or masonry construction.

SECTION 402. Changes In Types

No change shall be made in the type of construction of any building which would place the
building in a different sub- type or type of construction unless such building is made to comply
with t))e requirements for ·such sub- type of construction: Except, when the changes is approved
by the Building OffiCial upon showing that the new or proposed construction is less hazardous.
based on life and fire risk, than the existing construction.

SECTION 403. Requirements on Type of Construction

The following standards are prescribed:

1. Fire Resistive Requirements

a. Exterior bearing and non-bearing walls of Types II and Ill Constructions shall have one
hour fire-resistive rating, while those of Types IV and V shall have four-hour fire -resistive
rating.

b. Interior bearing walls, permanent partitions, floors, and roofs of Types II. Ill and IV
Construction shall have one-hour ·fire-resistive rating while those of Type V shall have
three-hour fire-resistive rating for bearing walls and on&.hour fire-resistive rating lor
vertical openings, floors and roofs.

. c. Structural frames of Types II and Ill Construction shaU have one-hour fite-resislive rating
w.hUe those of Type IV shall have two-hour fire-resistive rating and those of Type V shall
have three hour fire-resistive rating.

d. Exterior doors and windows shall have one hour fire-resistive rating for all Types.

36
2. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes

a. Finishes for interior walls and ceilings of any building shall be classified a:c:uning to their
flame-spread characteristic using generally accepted engineering standards. 1be smoke
density shall not be greater than that obtained from burning of untreated wood under
similar conditions when tested in accordance with the 'Tunnel Test" in the intended
for use. The products of combustion shalt be no more toxic than the burning of untreated
wood under similar conditions. These finishes include: iQierior wainscoting, paneling. Of'
other finish applied structurally or for decoration. acoustical correction. frames al'd trins
of doors and windows. surface insulation nr similar purposes.

b. Requirements for flame-spread character istics of finishes shall not apply to frames and
trim of doors and windows and to materials which are less than 1.00 millimeter in
thickness cemented to the surface of walls or ceilings.

c. Materials required to be flame-spread proofed shall be treated with a flame-retardant


having a flame-spread of fifty (50) or less as determined by the "Tunnel Test".

3. Standards for materials use in structural framework, exterior walls and ·floors. exits,
stairs & roofs shall be governed by the pertinent provision uf the Fire Code of the Philippines.

37
RULE V- REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

SECTION 501. Fire Zones Defined

Fire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings/structures are permitted
to be constructed based on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and resista.nce to
fire.

SECTION 502. Buildlnga Located In More Than Fire Zone

A building/structure which is located partly in one (1) fire zone and partly in another shall
be considered to be in the more highly restrictive fire zone, when more than one third (1/3) of
its total floor area is located in such zone.

SECTION 503. Moved Buildings

1. Any building/structure moved within or into any ftre zone shall be made to comply with all
the requirements for buildings/structures in that fire zone.

2. This shall also apply to pre.engineered or pre-fabricated buildings/structures that may be


dismantled and re-assembled.

SECTION 504. Temporary Buildings/Structures

1. Temporary buildings such as reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures


conforming to the requirements of the Code, and sheds, canopies and fences used for
the protection of the public around and in conjunction with construction work, may be
erected in the fire zones by special permit from the Building Official for a limited period of
time, and such buildings or structures shall be completely removed upon the expiration of
the time limit stated in such permits.

2. Erection of temporary buildings/structures to be located in restrictive and highly restrictive


zones and which do not conform with the type of construction allowed or permitted within
such zones may be allowed by the Building OffiCial for a given period of time provided
that, fire protective/preventive measures and fire suppression facilities are adequate.

SECTION 505. Canter Lines of Streets

The center line of adjoining street or alley may be considered an adjacent property line.
Distances shaJJ be measwed at right angles to the street or alley.

SECTION 506. Restrictions on Existing Buildings

1. Existing buildings or structures in fire zones that do not comply with the requirements fOf
a new building erected therein shall not hereafter be enlarged, altered, remodeled,
repaired or moved except as follows:

a. Such building is entirely demolished;

b. Such building is to be moved outside the limits of the more hlghly restrictive Fire Zone
to a zone where the building meets the minimum standards;

38
c. Changes, alterations and repairs may be .made, provided that.in a[ly .12- mooth period,
the value of the WOC'k does not exeeed 20% of"tt)e value of the existing building, and
provided that, such changes do not add additional r;ombuslible and do .not,
In the Opinion of the euilding Official, increase the fire hazard;

d. Additions thereto are separated from the existing building. by1ire wali$. as set forth 10
Sub-section 500 (b);

e. Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any rortuitous·event may be repaired,


ustng the same kind of materials of which the building or structure was originally
constructed, provided that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed 20% of the
replacement cost ot the bojJding or structure.

SECTION 507. Designation of Fire Zones

The legislative body pf the LGU may enact ordinances·for the purpose of designating fire
mnes based. on the parameters and guidelines set forth in tills Section.

1. Designation of Fire Zones is purposely for management, prevention, control and


suppression of conflagration that may occur in population centers. The designation of fire
zones is as follows:

a. Restricted Zones: These are areas where siting of buildings/structures are


permitted with<l\lt fire--resistivity measures,. often located in the country sides or rural
areas where commercial and industrial and other buildings are sparsely constructed,
or may be clustered in· small groups like farm lands wherein dwellings are built of
indigenous materials such as bamboo, sawali, nipa, cogon, leaves and wood up
to Types l and nConstruction as classified in Section 401 of the Code.
b. Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas whereirt siting of buildings/structures are permitted
within prescribed measures for exterior walls of at least fire
resistivity. Usual locations in suburban areas are permitted to be built with at least
one-hour fire-resistiVity throuphout as Types II, lit to IV Constructions as prescribed in
Section 401 of the Code.

c. Highly Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas wherein highly fire- resistive or non-combustible
buildings/structures and/or construction assemblies of no less than three to four-hour
tire--resistive construction materials are used throughout, including exterior walls.
Only Types IV and V Constructions are permitted in the areas.

39
RULE VI - FIRE-RESiSTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION

SECTION i01. Fire- Resistive Rating Defined

Fire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material withstand . fire as


determined by generally recognized and accepted testing methods.

SECTION 602. Fire- Resistive Time Period Rating

Fire-resistive time period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being
burned which may be one- hour, two- hours, four- hours, etc. ·

SECTION 603. Fire-Resistive Standards

All materials of construction, and type of materials and assemblies or combinations


thereof shall conform to the following fire-resistive ratings:

Minimum thickness (in millimeter) for the I


I

Type of Assembly and Material given fire resistance J


I

4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 hrs. 1hr. i


Floor Construction I
I

Solid R. C. slab i
!
- Average cover to reinforcement 25 25 20 15
- Overall Depth 150 150 125 100 \
!
Solid pre-stressed i
Concrete slab
- Average cover to tendons
- Overall Depth
65
150
50
150
40
125
25
100
II
Partitions
- Solid concrete 175 175 150 125
lI
- Solid masQnJY 200 175 150 125
• Hollow unit masonry 300 250 200 150
I I
Protection for metal structural members
- Concrete 75 50 38 25
- Masonry 100 75 55 38
- Metal lath with vermiculit!'! or perlite
gypsum plaster 50 38 20 12 I

Exterior Wall I
- Solid concrete 180 150 125 75 I

- Solid masonry 200 H5 150 100 !


!
- Hollow masonry 300 250 200 150 i
Column (all faces exposed) . !
- Reinforced concrele 450 400 300 200 .
I

SECTlON 604. Fire· Resistive Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe standards and promulgate rules and regulations on the
testing of construction materials for flame-spread characteristics, tests on fire damages. fire
tests of building construction and materials, door assemblies and tinclad fire doors and
window· assemblies, the installation of fire doors and windows and smoke and ffre detectors
for fire protective signaling system, application and use of controlled interior rinish, fire-
resistive protection for structural members, fire-resistive walls and partitions, tire-resistive floor
or roof ceiling , fire-resistive assemblies for protection of openings and fire-retardant roof
coverings.

40
RULE VII • CLASSIFICATION AND
OF ALl BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUP-IIIICY

SECTION 701. Occupancy C\assified

1. There are . 10 Groups of Qccupancies sub-divided into 25 Divisions. The accompanying


matrix shows the Groupings and Qjvisions and the corresponding uses. The final c:cUnn
indicates the Zoning Classification.

a. Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or the
character of its occupancy and shall be classified as follows:

i. Group A - Residential Dwellings

Group A Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Residential building/structure for exclusive use of single famity


occupants including school or company staff housing; single
(nuclear) family dwellings; churches or similar places uf worship;
church rectories; community facilities and social centers; parks,
playgrounds, pocket parks, parkways, promenades and play lots;
clubhouses and recreational uses such as golf courses, tennis
courts, basketball courts. swimming pools a·n d similar uses
operated by the government or private individuals as membership
organizations for the benefit of their members, families. and guests
and not operated primarily for gain.

Division 2- Residential building for the exclusive use of non-leasing occupants


not exceeding 10 persons including single-attached or duplex or
townhouses, each privately-owned; school dormitories (on
campus); convents and monasteries; military or police
barracks/dormitories; pre-schools, elementary and higll schools,
provided that they do not exceed 16 classrooms; outpatient clinics,
family planning clinics, lying-in dinics, diagnostics clinics, medical
and clinical laboratories; branch library and museums; steam/dry
cleaning outlets; party needs and accessories (leasing of tables ·
and chairs, etc.).

ii. Group B - Residentials, 1-fotels and Apa1tme1 1ts

Group 6 Occupancies shall be multiple dwelling units including boarding or


lodging houses, hotels, apartment buildings, row houses, convents.
monasteries and other similar building each of which accommodates more than
10 persons.

iii. Group C - Education and Recreation

Group C -Occupancies shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes,


involving assemblage for instruction, education, or recreation, and not classifted
in Group I or in Division 1. and 2 or Group H Occupancies.

iv. Group D- Institutional

Group D Occupancies shall include:

Division 1 - Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria, jails, prisons, refoonatories, and


buildings were personal liberties of inmates are similarty restrained:

Division 2- Nurseries for full-time care of child.ren under kindergarten age,


hospitals, sanitaria , · nursing homes with non·ambu&atory patients,
and similar buildings each accommodating more than five persons.
Division 3 - Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of
kindergarten age or over, each accommodating more than five
persons: Provided, that Group D Occupancies shall not include
buildings used only for private or family group dwelling purposes,

v. Group E - Business and Mercantile

GroupE Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Gasoline filling and service stations. storage garages and boat
storage structures where no work is done except exchange of parts
and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding, or the use of
highly flammable 'liquids.

Division 2- Wholesale and retail stores. office buildings, dtinking and dining
establishments having an occupant load of less than one hundred
persons, printing plants, police and fire stations, factories and
workshops using not highly flammable or combustible materials
and paint stores without handlings.

Division 3- Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is
done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open
flame, welding or the use of highly flammable liquids.

vi. Group F ·Industrial

Group F Occupancies shall include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants,
cold storage, and creameries, factories and workshops using incombustible and
non-explosive materials, and storage and sales rooms for incombustible and
non-explosive materials.

vii. Group G • Storage and Hazardous

Groups G Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material.

Division 2- Storage and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants


using flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling, paint
shops and spray painting rooms.

Division 3- Wood working establishments, planning ·mills and box factories,


shops, factories where loose combustible fibers or dust are
manufactured, processed or generated; warehouses where highly
combustible materials is stored.

Division 4- Repair garages.

Division 5- Aircraft repair hangars.

viii. Group H - Assembly Other Than Group I

Group H Occupancies shall include:

Division 1· Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less
than 1000 in the building. ·

Division 2- Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant loaa
of 300 or more in the building.

Division 3- Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant


load of less than 300 in the building.

42
Division Stadia. reviewing stands. amusement park slJudures nol included
within Group I or in Division 1. 2, and 3 of this Group_

ix Group I - Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or More

Group I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an


occupant load of 1000 or more in the building.

x. Group J Accessory

Group J Occupancies shall include:

Division Agricultural structures.

Division 2- Private garages, carports. fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks.
swimming pools and towers .

Division 3- Stages, platforms, pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball courts.


tombs, mausoleums, niches, aviaries, aquariums, zoo structures,
banks and record vaults
Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J.may be determined by the
Secretary. Any other occupancy not mentioned specifically in this Section, or
about which there is any question, shall be included in the Group which it most
nearly resembles based on the existing or proposed life and fire hazard.

43
Table Vll.1. Schedule of Principal, Accessory and Conditional Use/Occupancy of BuildingiStructure
General use
Classification of
Use/Character of Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY .CONDITIONAL
Bulldl"g/
Structure
GroupA-
Residentiat
(Dwelling•)
Division A-1 1. Indigenous family dwelling units 1 . Customary accessory uses Residential R-1 · a low-
1. Preparatory schools, provided that they
(Residential building/ 2. Single-detached units to any of the principal uses 'in density residential z.one,
do not exceed three (3) classrooms and
structure for exclusive 3. School or company staff housing the same Division A-1 (or R-1 cl..s) characterized mainly by single·
4. Single {nuclear) family dwellings shall be located not than 500
use of single family building/structure, provided that such family, single detached
5. Churches or similar places of worship meters from nearest existing school
occupants) accessOfY uses shall not include any dwellings with the usual
offering similar course and are equipped
6 Church rectories activity conducted for manetary gain or comtttunity ancillary uses on a
7. Community facilities and social with adequate parking or as provided in
commercial purposes such as servants neighborhood scale, such as
8. Parks, playgrounds, pocket part<s, the local zoning ordinance. .
quarter, private garage, guardhouse. executive subdivisions and
parl<Ways, promenades and p!aylots 2. Boarding houses with no more than
home non-commerci al relatively exclusive residential
9. Clubhouses and recreational uses such eight (8) boarders.
garages, houses for pets such as commun ities which are not
as golf courses, tennis courts, basketDaM 3. Neighbomood conven ience stores
dogs, birds, rabbits and the like of not subdivisions.
courts, swimming pools and similar uses selling misceUaneous items. provided
more than 4.00 sq. meters in floor
operated by the govemment or private that such stores Shall not e.xe&ed 101.4 of
area, pump houses and ganerator
individuals as membership organizations the gross floor area (GFA) of the
houses.
for t/te benefit of their members, families, dwefling unit and provided that no liquor
2. Auxiliary UlW!S customarily condupted in
and guesl$ and not operated primarily for shall be allowed for sale.
dwellings and homes for the practice
4. Audio-video and computer rental shops,
9ain. of one's profession such as offices of
provided that such shops shall not
physicians, surgeons, dentists,
exceeo 10% of the total floor area of the
architects, engineers. lawyers and
dwelling unit.
other professionals provided that s uch
5. Home occupation engaging in an in-
. professionals are members of the
house business such as dressmaking,
family residing in the premises:
tailoring, and baking, that the
provided further, that not
3
General USE
Classification of
l Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
more than three (3) semi-professional area U$fld shall not occupy more than
assistants are employed at any time, 20% of the tota l floor area of the dwelling
that in no ca&e that more than 20% of unit; the number of persons engaged in
the floor area of the building be used such business/industry shall not exceed
for said professional practice or home three (3) inclusive of the owner; there
oceupatio·t for engaging an in-house shalf be no change in the outside
business such as dressmaking, appearance of the building/$lructure . or
tailoring, baking and the like, provided premises: no home occupation shall be
that the number of persons engaged in conducted in any customary accessory
such business/industry shall not use: no traffic shall be generated by such
exceed five (5), inclusive of the owner; home occupation in greater volume than
there shall be no change in the outside would nonnalty be expected in a
appearance of the building cr residential neighborhood and any need
premises: no home occupation shall for parking generated by the conduct of
be conducted in any customary such home occupation shall be met off
accessory uses cited above: no traffic strefl and in place other than in a
shaU be generated by such home required front yard: no <;;quipment or
occupation in greate-r volume than process shall be used in such home
would normally be expected in a occupation whicl:l creates noise,
residential neighborhood and any need vibration, glare, fumes , odors or electrical
for parking generated by the conduct interference detectable to lt1e normal
of such home occupation shall be met senses and visual or audible interference
off the stre$t and in a. place other than in any radio or television or
in a required front yard; no eq,uipment causes nuctuation In line voltage of the
or process sha ll be used in such home premises.
occupation which 7 . Home industry classified as cottage
industry provided that •uch home
indus:ry shall not occ\!J)Y more than

- -· - -----
.a.
Ul
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
of Zoning Ctasstflcatlon
Building/ PRJNCJPAL 'ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Structure
creates noise, vibration, gTare, 30% of the gross floor area (GFA) of the
fumes, odors or electrical dwelling unit with employees . not to
interference detectable to the nonnal exceed five (5) persons and shall have
senses and visual or audible no cl\aoge or aneration in the outside
interference in any radio or televis ion of the dwelling unit and shall
receivers Of call$eS ·fluctuation in line not be a hazard/nui sance; allotted
voltage of the premises. capitalization . shall not exceed the
3. Home industry classified as cottage capitalization as set by the Department of
industry provided that such home Trade and Industry · (OTI); no home
Industry shall not occupy more than industry shall be conducted in any
30% of the noor area of the dwelling customary accessory use; no traffic shall
unit; there shall be no change or be generated by such home industry in
alteration in the outside appearance of greater volume than would normally be
the dWelling unit and shall not be a expectiK! in a residential neighborhood
hazard/nuisance; allotted capitalization and any need for parldng generated by
.>hail the capitalization as the COilduct of such home occupation
set by the Department of Trade and shall be met off the street and in a place
Industry (DTI); shall consider same other than in a required front yard; no
provisions as enumerated in number 2, equipment or process shall be used in
Profession or Home Occupation, this such home industry which creates noise,
Section: . vibration, glare, hJmes, odof$ or electrical
4. Recreational facilities for the exclusive interference detectable to the normal
use ofthe members of the family senses and visual or audible interference
residing within the premises, such as In any radio or television receivers or
swimming pool, pelota court, etc. causes fluctuation in line voltage of the
5. Religious use premis•s.
6. Multi-purpose/Barangay Hall
General US E.
Classific41tion of
Use/Ch.aracter of
Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONOITtONAL
Building/
Structure
7. Pre-School
a. Sports ctub
9. Clinic, nursing and convalescing
home, health center
10. Plant nulile ry

Division A·2 1. Single-attached or duplex or town- 1. Customary incidental home occupa- 1. Ballet, dance and voice studios Residential R·2 • a me<flum
(residential building for houses, each privately owned tions such as barber and beauty provided that the classes or instructions density residential use or
the exclusive use of 2. School dormitories (on campus) shops, tailoring and dress shops, are held in soundproofed and occupancy, characterized
non-leasing occupants 3. Convents and monasteries neighborhood convenience stores, airconditloned buildings mainly as a low-lise single·
not exceeding 10 4 . Military or pollee barracks/ dormitories retail drug stores 2. Sanitaria, nursery or convalescent attached, duplex or multi-level
persons) 5. All uses allowed in Division A·1 (or for R· homes building/ for exclusive
1 class) buildings/structures 3. Philanthropic or charitable institutions use as multiple family dwellings.
6 . Pre-schools, elementary and high upon approval of the Building Official This includes R·2 structures
schools, provided that they do not and subject to such conditions and within semi-exclusive
exceed sixteen (16) classrooms safeguards as deemed appropriate subdivisions and semi-exclusive
7. Outpatient clinics, family planning 4. Offices w1th no actual display, saie, residential communities which
clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostic clinics, transfer, or of the office are not subdivisions.
medical and clinical laboratories commOdities In the premises and with
8. Branch library and museum subject gross floor area (GFA) not There ahall be two (2) g•n•r•l
9. Steam/ dry clean ing outlets exceeding 30% of the building GFA types of R-2 use or occupancy,
10. Party needs and accessories (leasing 5. Apartm.nt hotelslhometels to wit:
·of tables and chairs, etc.) 6. Procesaing. refiiHng and retailing of
bottled drinking water provided that a. Batie R-a :
clearances from local health department or dup!ex bullcllng/ltruot\11'1 of
and certifk:ation of adequate supply from fre>m one (1) ltOI'I)' up to ttwe
the water supply concessionaire shall be (3) ttoreys In l'l•lgtll and with
secured. ••ch unit for HPifltlt
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
7. Home occupation for the practice of use as single-family dwellings
one's profession or for engaging in an and;
in-house business such as dressmaking,
tailoring, baking. barber and beauty b. Maxirn•J'l1 R-2 : low-rise
shops and the like. provided that the multi-:evel bui!ding/stn;ctur"! of
area in use shall not exceed 30% of the fror.'l three (3) up to five (S)
gross floor area (GFA) of the dwelling in 11eight and for use as
unit Wi'th the number of persons multiple family dwellir:gs
engaged in such business/industry not
exceeding ten {1 0) inclusive of owner:
there shall be no change ,in the outside
appearance of the building cr premises.
no home occupation shall be conducted
in any customary accessory use: no
traffic shall be senerated by such homa
occupation in greater volume t11an would
normally be expected in a residential
neighborhood and any need for parking
generated by the conduct of such home
occupation shall be met off the street .
and in a place other than in a required
front yaro; no equipment or process
shall be used in such home occupaticn
which creates noise, vibration, glare.
fumes, odors or elec!rical interference
detectable to the normal senses an.d
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
visual or audible interference in any
radio or television receivers or causes
fluctuatkin in line voltage of the
premises.
8. Car bams for not more than three (3)
units.
9. LPG retailing with a maximum of twenty
(20) units of LPG tanks at any given time
10. Recreational facilities !\UCh as resorts,
swimming pools, clubhouses similar
uses except carnivals and fair'$
11. Bank branches. savings/loans/lending
shops.
12. Driving ranqe
Group B-
Residential
(Buildings/
s ·t ructures, Hotels
and Apartments)
Division 8-1 1. All uses permitted in DiviSions A-1 and A- 1. All customary accessory uses allowed 1. All conditional uses in R-1 and R-2 with Residential R-3 - a high-dentity
2 (or for R-1 class and R-2 class} in Divisions A-1 and A-2 (or for R-1 appropriate regulations residential use or occup•nc:y,
buildings/structures class and R-2 class) buildings/ characterized mainly 11 • low-
2. Leased single-detached dwelling unit, structures rise or building/
cottage with more than one (1) 2. Branch library and museum structure for alColutlw UN It
independent unit and duplexes. 3. Hometel multiple f1mlly dWitMltltt witl'l
3. Boarding and lodging 4. Vocational school ITII JCed hO\Itltlf IYII•· A-3
tttuCtlHt mty IM!ucM Of
.___ __ ____._ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _______,___ __ __ _____ ..._..... I

,..
General USE
Classification of T
Use/Character of I
Occupancy of Zoning Classfflcation
Building/ PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Structure
4. Multiple-housing units for lease or still for condominium buildings that
sale are already commercial in
5. Townhouses, each privately owned nature and scale. There
6. Boarding houses Shall be two (2) general
7. Acctssorias (shop...houses), rowhou$es, types of R-3 use or
townhouses, tenements and apartments occupancy. to wit
8. Multiple privately-owned condominium a. Basic R-3 : rowhouse
units or houses (residential building/structure of from
building for the exclusive use of non• one {1) storey up to three (3)
leasing occupants not exceeding ten (10) storeys in height and with
persons and of low-rise type (up to five each unit for separate use
(5) storeys maximum bvilding height) as single-family dwellings;
9'. Hotels, motels, inns, pension houses and and
apartels b. Maximum R-3 : medium-rise
0. Privllte or off-campus dormitories. multi-level building/ structure
11 1. Elementary schools _;nd high schools, of from six (6) up to twelve
provided that these will not exc-eed (12} storeys in height and for
twenty (20) classrooms U$e as multiple family
dwellings.
Residential R_. • a medium to
high-density residentia l use or
occupancy, characterized main·
ty aa a low-!ise townhouse
building/ swcture for exclusive
use as multiple family dwellings.
The term R-4 specifically refers
to the building/structure on an
.
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classffication
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
individual lot (a townhouse unit}
and ge.nerally refers to the
series Of raws of R-4
buildings/structures within .a
subdivided lot or property (an R-
4 development).
1. Multi-family residential buildings such as Residenllar R-5 - a very high--
condominium, high-rise residential density residential use or
buildings/structures, multi-level apart- characterized
ments. tenements, mass housing, etc. mainly as a medium-rise or
taller than five (5) storeys but not more high-rise condominium
than twelve (12) storeys b uilding/structure for exclusive
use as multiple family dwelling.
Group c -
Education and
Recreation
Division C·1 1. Educational institutions like schools,
col!eg• s. universities, vocational,
inst.itutions. seminaries, convents,
Including school auditoriums. gymnasia,
reviewing stands, little theaters, concert
halls, opera houses.
2. Semlnarlworhhop facilities
3. Training centers/facilities
4. Libraries, museums, exhibition halls and
art galleries
-- -------- -------- - ----- - -- - --- -

C.ll
...
USE
Zoning Classification
PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
5. Civic centers, crucnouses. rouge,.,
community centers.
6. Churches, mosque, temples. shrines,
chapels and similar places of WOIShip
7. Civic or government centers
8. Other types of government buildinglS
Division C-2 1. Amusement halls and parlors I 1. Government centers to house GJ (General Institutional) - a
2. Massage and sauna parlors national, regional or local offices in
3. Health studios and reducing salons the area
community to national level of
institutional use · or occupancy,
4. Billiard halls, poor rooms. bowling alleys I 2. Colleges, universities. professional characterized mainly as a low-
and golf clubhouses business schools. vocational and rise, or high-rise
5. Dancing schools, d;sco pads, dance and trade schools, technical schools and building/structure for education-
amusement halls other institutions of higher learning
6. Gymnasia, pelota courts and sports
cnmn!Qy
,3. General hospitals. medical centers,
al, training and related activities.
e.g.. schools and related
multi-purpose clinics facilities and the like. ·
4. Scientific, cultural and academic
centers and research facilities except
nuclear, radioactive , chemical and
biol ogical warfare facilities
5. Convention centers and related
facilities
6. Religious structures, e.g., qhurch,
seminary. novitiates
7. Museums
8. Embassies/ consulate
9. Student housing, e .g.. dormitories.
boarding house
N
It)
General USE
Clusificatfon of
Use/Character of Zoning ·classifJcation
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Group D-
lnstitutlonaf
(Government and
Health Services)
Division 1. Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria and 1. Welfare t omes, orphanages, boys and Gl (General Institutional) - a
(Institutional, where mental asylums girls town, home for the aged ahd the i commun'ity to national level of
pel'$onal liberties of in- 2.. Police and fire stations, guard houses like institutional use or occupancy,
mates are restrained, or 3. Jails, prjsons, reformatories and 2. Rehabilitation and vocational training characterized mainly as a low-
quarters of those correctional institutions center for-ex-convicts, drug addicts. rise, medium-rise or high-rise
rendering public 4. Rehabilitation centers unwed moltlers, physically. mentally building/ structure for
assistance and 5. Leprosaria and quarantine station and emotionally handicapped, ex- government
maintaining peace and sanitaria inmates; and sim ilar administrative and related
order) · establishments adivities, e.g., h<lspital$ and
3. campslreseNationslbases and related health care facilities,
training grounds government offices, military.
4 . Penitentiary and correctional institution police and correctional buildings
and the like.
Division 0-2 1. Hospitals. sanitaria, and homes for the
(Institutional, buildings aged
for health care) 2. Nurseries for children of kindergarten
age or non-ambulatory patients
accommodating more than five (5)
persona

' - - - - -- - - - - -- - ---• J.__ _ _ ,. ,_,.,._, ,,, , ,,,,,..,,,, v ._,-,_,,,..._._..,.,..,_.,,._"'_'"•--••'"•·• ......... .... _....,...._._._.,..,._. _ _..,_JOO-•- . ,.,-,..... . .. ••

01
c.»
· General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Oc:c:upancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONOtTIONAL
BuDding/
Structure
Division 0 .3 1. Nursing homes for ambulatory patients
(Institutional, . for 2. School and home , for children over
ambulatory patients or kindergarten age
chiklren over 3. Orphanages
kindergarten aael
GroupE-
Business and
Mercantile
(CommerciaH
Dlvlaion 1. All uses allowed in Division B-1 (or for R- 1. Office building 1. Garage for jeepneys and taxis not greater C·1 (Commercial One or Light·
(Bu•iness and 3 buildings/ structures 2. Office condom inium than six {6) units in number Commercial) - a neighborhood
Mercantile, where no 2. Gasoline filling and service stations. 3. Department store/shopping center 2. Garage tor bus and trucks not greater or community level of
work is done except · 3. Storage garage and boat storage. 4 Bookstore and office supply shop than three (3) units in number commercial use or oceupancy,
change of parts and 4. Commercial garages and parkiog 5. · Car shop 3. Retailing of CHBs. gravel and sand and characteriZed mainly as a low-
m aintenance requiring buildings, display for cars. tractors, etc. 6. Home appliance store oiher concrete products rise building/structl..:re for low
no open flames, 5. Bus and railways depots and terminals 7. Photo shop intensity commercial/trade,
welding, or use of highly and offices 8. Flower shop . · service and business activities,
flammable liquids) 6. Port facilities 9. Bakery and bake shop e.g., one to three (1 to 3) storey
7. Airports and heliport facilities 10. Wine store shopping centers, small offices
8. All other types Of transportation 11 . Grocery or mixad-useloccupancy i
complexes 12. Supermarket buildings and the like. i
9. All other types of large compleX&$ for 13. Beauty panor
publiC servicas 14. Barter shop
10. money ·snops, photo and 15. Sauna bath and m"sa.g e clinic
portrait studios, shoeshinelrepair stands, 16. Dressmaking and tailonng shops
reta il drugstoll!s. tailoring and dress 17. Movie house/theater
shops
I
General USE
Classif'tcation of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
11. Bakeshops and bakery goods stores 18. Playcourt, e.g., tennis, bowling, UTS (Utilities, Transportation
billiards · and Services) - a range of
12. Stores for construction supplies and 19. Swimmirig pool utilitarian/functional uses or
building materials such as electrical and 20. Day/night club occupancies, characterized
electronics, plumbing suppHes, ceramic 21 . Stadium, coliseum, gymnasium mainly as a tow-riSe or medium-
clay cement and other similar products 22. Other sports and recreational rise building/structure for low to
except CHBs, gravel and sand and other establishments high intensity community
concrete products 23. Restaurants and other eateries support functions, e .g.,
24. Short term special education like terminals/inter-modals/multi-
dancing schools, schools fot Slllf- modals and depots
defense, driving schools, speech
clinics
25. Storeroom and warehouse but only
as may be necessary for the efficient
conduct of the business
26. Commercial housing like hotel,
apartment, apartel, boarding house,
dormitory, pension house,
clubhouse, motel
27. Commercial condominium (with
residential units in upper floors)
28. Embassyf consulate
29. library/museum
30. Filling station/service station
31 . Clinic
32. Vocationaf/ technical school
33. Convention center and related
facilities
...._--- ------···--...... ...__.. - ______._. _____________ ___.

"'"'
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
PRINCIPAL. ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
34. Messengerial service
35. Security agency
36. Janitorial service
37. Bank and other financial institution
38. Radio and television station
39. Building garage
40. Commercial job printing
41. Typing and photo engraving services
42. Repair of optical lnstNments and
equipment and cameras
43. Repair of clocks and watches
44. Manufadure of insignia, badges and
similar emblems except metal
45. Transportation term'inal/garage
46. Plant nurseries
47. Scientific, cuitural and academic
centers and research facilities
except nuclear, radiQactive,
chemical and biological warfare
facilities.
Division E-2 ,1. Wholesale and retail stoR!Is I 1. All uses in C-1 class buildings/ C-2 -(CommeiCial Two or
2. Shopping centers, malls and stNctures may be allowed in C-2 class 1. Institutional uses as colleges and Medium Commercial) - a
(Business and
supennaritets buildings/atructures universities, vocatiOnal and technical muniCipal or city level' of
Mercantile in nature)
3. Wet and dry maritets I 2. Repair shops like house appliances, schools, general hospitals and commercial use or occupancy.
4. Restaurants, drinking and dining motor vehicles and accessory, home specialized general welfare. charitable characterized mainly as a
establishments with less one furnishing shops · and government institutions medium-rise building/stNeture
hundred (1 00) occupancies. 2. Hauling services and garage terminals for mecium to high intensity
s. Day/night c!ubs, bars, cocl<.tails. :or tNexs, tow trucks. and buses not commercial/ trade, service and
I
General USE
Clas.sificatlon of
Use/Character of Zoning Ctassif"lc:ation
Occupancy of PRJNCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building!
Structu;e
sing-along loullges, bistros, pubs, beer 3. Transportation terminaVgarage with exceeding three (3) units and storage business activities, e.g., three to
gardens repair shops facilities in support of commercial f111e (3 to 5) storey shopping
8. Bakeries, pastry and bake shops. 4. Publishing establishments centers, medium to large office
7. Office buildings 5. Medium scale junk shop 4. Auto sales and rentals , automotive or mixed use/occupancy
8. Financial Institutions 6. Machinery display shop/center handicraft, accessory and spare parts buildings/structures and the like.
9. Printing & publi$hing plants and offices 7. Gravel and sand shops, marine craft. aircraft and sales
0. Engraving, photo developing and printing 8. lumber/hardware yards
shops 9. Manufacture of ice, ice blocks, 5. Junk shops, scrap dealer shops · SPE (Special) - other vertical
1. Photographer and painter studios, cubes, tubes, crushed except dty ice facilities not mentioned under
and haberdashety shops 10. Manufacture of signs and advertising fegular uses/occupancies of
2. Factories and workshops. using less displays (except printed) buildings/structures such as
flammable or non-combustible materials 11 . Chicharon factory cemeteries, memorial parks and
3. Battery shops 81ld repair shops 12. Welding shops the like
4. Paint stores without bulk h•ndling 13. Machine shops service operations
5. Funeral partors (repairing/r&building, or custom job
Memorial and mortuary chapels, orders)
crematories 14 Motorcycles/bicycles repair shops
7. Columbarium 15. Lechon stores
Telephone and telegraph eXchitnges 16. Biscuit factory - manufacture of
9. Telecommunications; media and public biscuits, cookies, crackers and other
information complexes including radio similar dried bakery prooucts
and TV broadca$tlng studios 1i . Doughnut and hopia factory
Cell (mobile ) phone towers . 18. Factory for other baJ(ery products not
1. Battaty shops and auto repair shops elsewhere classified {n.e.c.)
2. Bak•rl•• · pastty and bake shbps 19. Shops for repacking of food products
3 Pollee and fire stations e .g. fruits, vegetables, sugar and
other related products

' - - - -- - - -- - --'-- - ----·-·-·--······-· ________J.___ ..... . ·· -

en
.....
General USE
Classification of
Usa/Character of Zoning
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
:4. Glassware and metalware stores, 20. Funeral parlors, mortuaries and
household equipment and appliance crematory services and memorial
shops ch:JpeJs
Manufacture of insignia, badges and 21. Parking lots, garage facilities
similar emblems except metal 22. Buildings/structures for other
6. General retail establishments such as commercial activities not elsewhere-
curio or antique shops, pet shops and classified (n.e.c.)
aquarium stores, bookstores, art supplies
and novelties, jewelry shops, liquor wine
stores and flower shops
Employment/recruitment agencies, news
syndicate services and office equipment
and repair shops and other offices
Watch sales and services. locksmith and
other related services
Other stores and shops tor conduding
reta il business and local shopping
establishments
Radio, televiston and ·other electrical
appliance repair shops
1. Furniture, repair and upholstering job
2. Computer stores and video shops,
including repair
Internet cafes and .cyber staticns
4. Garment manufacturing with no more than
twenty (20) machines
4. Signboard and t;lreamer painting and silk
screening
.,
GO
General U S E
Cla$sification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONOtTIONAL
Building/
Structure
35. Car bams for jeepneys and taxis not
more than six (6) units
ps. Lotto terminals. off-fronton, on-line
. bingo outlets and off-track betting
stations
Gardens and landscaping supply/
contu1ctors
:
pa. Printing, typesetting, copiers and
duplicating services ;
!39. Photo supply and developing
40. Restaurants. canteens, eateries,
delicatessen shops, confectionery shops
and automats/fastfoo<ls
41 . Groceries l
Laundries and laundromats
Recording and film laboratories
Auto repai r, tire, vulcanizing shops and
carwash with minimum 100 meters
service area
Physical frtness gyms/centers


01
<D
General USE
Classification of
Use/Ch•racter of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONOfTIONAL
Building/
Structure
Di-vision E-3 1. All permitted uses in Division E-1 (or for 1. All uses allowed in R-1, R-2 and R-3 (Commercial Three or
(Business and C-1 and C-2 clus) l)uildingsl structure$ Zones Mehlopolitan · Commercial)
Mercantile, where no 2 . Aircraft hangars 2. All IISeS allowed In C-1, C-2 and C-3 means a metropolitan level of
repair work is done 3. Commercial parking lots 8nd garages Zones commercial use/occupancy,
exoept exchange of 4. Department stores, shopping malls/ 3. Soma allowed in 1-1 Zones characterized mainly as a
pat!$ and m aintenanca centers, commercial and sports 4. All uses allowed in Gl Zones and Sl medium-rise to high-rise
requiring no open complexe$/ areas Zones building/structure for high to
flames, welding or use 5. Institutional uses as university complexes 5. Parks and Recreation and very high intensity commercial/
of highly flammable 6. Other commerciaV business activities not Entertainment class buildings/ trade, service and business
liquid) elaewnere classified {ri.e.c.) structures activities, e.g.. large to very
large shopping malls, very large
office or mixed-use/occupancy I
buildlnqs and the like.
-1
Group F-
Industrial (Non-
Pollutive/ Non-
Hazardous
Industries and
Non· Pollutive/
Hazardous
' Industries)
Division F-1 1. Ice plants and cold storage buildings Customary support facl!ities for industries Buildin9fstructure with lesser negatiVe 1-1 (Industrial One) - a light
(l ight lndus!rial) 2. Power plants (thermal, hy<fro or such as houSing, community, utilities and environmental impact industrial use or occupancy,
geothermal) services characterized mainly . as a low·
3. Pumping plants (water supply, storm rise but sprawling building/
-- --- - - ·- - - - -- - - -- --- ----
0
co
General u·s e
Classification of
U$e/Character of
Zoning Classifieation
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
drainage, sewerage, irrigation and waste structure for low intenaity
treatment plants) manufacturing or production
4. Dairies and creameries activities.
5. Rice mills and sugar centrals
6. Breweries, bottling plants, canneries, and
tomneries
7. Factories and wo..Xshops using
incombustible or non-explosive materials

Storage and
Hazardous
Industrial
(PoUutlve/ Non-
Hazardous
industries and
Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries Only)
Division G-1 1. Storage tanks, buildings for storing Cl.Jstomary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative I 1-2(Industrial Two) - 1 medium
(Medium Industrial, gasoline, acetylene, LPG, calcium, such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact industrial uso or occupancy,
which shall include carbides. oxygen, hydrogen, and the like services characterized mall'lly at • low-
storage and handling of 2 . Armorias. arsenals and munitions rise but apriWIIng bulldmg/
hazardous and highly factories structure for medium IntenSity
flammable matenals) :!. M1teh and tintworks factories manufacturing or production
. ..
-----··· · . ······-- --·--··· ···· ·----------...1
Cl'l
-
General· USE
CIUSfflcJtJOn of
Use/Character of Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
4. Plastica resin plants and
polymer) UTS (Utilities, Transportation
5. Plastics compounding and processing and Services) - a range of
planta utilltatian/functional uses/
6 . Acetylene and oxygen generating plants occt.Jpancies, characterized
7 . Cooking oil and soap processing plants mainly by low-rise 01' medium-
8. FadOfies for highly flammable chemica ls rise buildings/structures for low
i
9. Water and power generation/ distribution to high intensity community
complexes support functions , e.g., power
0. Liquid and solid wasta management and water
facilities distribution facilities,
1. All other types of large complexes for telecommunication · facilities,
public utilities draintge/Wastewater and
sewerage facilities, soti<J waste
handling facilities and the like
exclUding terminals/inter·
modatstmultl-modals and depot
Division G-2 1. All uses permitted in 1-1 class Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium lndultrial 2. Dry cleaning plants using flammable such a.s housing, comrmmity, utilities and environment impact
b1.1ildlngs for storage and liquids services
handling of flammable 3. Paint stores with bulk handling
materials) 4. Paint shops and spray painting rooms
5. Sign and billboard painting shops
N
fQ
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDrTIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division G-3 1. Wood working establishments. lumber Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium Industrial and timber yards such as housing, community. utilities and environment impact
buildings for wood 2. Planing mllls and sawmill.s, veneer p!ants services I
3. Wood drying kilns !
working activities,
papers cardboard 4. Pulp. paper an<! papetboard factorie$
manufactures. textile 5. Wood aod cardboard box factories
and garment factories 6. Textile and fiber spinning mills
7. Grains and cement silos
a. Warehouses where highly
materials are stored.
S. Factories where loose combustible fiber
or dirt are manufactured, processed or
generated.
1o. Garment and undergarment factories

Division G-4 · 1. Repair garages and shops Customary support facilities for iMustries Building/structure with lesser ne-gative
(Medium Industrial, for 2. Factories for engines and turbines and such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact
repair garages and attached testing facilities servicss
engine manufacture)

Division G-5 1. Hangars Customary support facilitie.s for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium Industrial, for 2. Manufac!\Jre and assembly plants of such as housing, community. utilities and environment impact
aircraft facilities) aircraft engine . services
3. Repairs and testing shops for aircraft
engines and parts

....

0)

""
General _ ..... ------,
USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Group H-
Assembly for less
than 1,000
l
(Cultural and/ or
Recreationan
Division H-1 1. Theaters and auditoriums PRE (Park Structures,
(Recreational. which are 2. Conoert hans and open houses Recreat.fon and Entertainment) -
assembly buildings with 3. Convention halls a range of recreational uses or
stag• and having an 4. Little theaters, audio-visual rooms oc:::;;pancies, characterized
occupant load of le5s mainly as a· low-rise or medium-
than 1.000) rise building/structure for low to
medium intensity or
entertainment functions related
to educational uses. e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parl<slopen spaces
and all other kinds of
recreational or assembly
buildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria. mess halts.
seminar facilities, gymnasia.
stadia, arenas and the like.
CUL (Cultural) - a community
to national level of cultural use
or occupancy. characterized
..,.
co
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
mainly a5alow-rise or medium-
rise building/ structure for
cultural activities. e.g., cultural
centers. convention centers,
very targe office or mixed-
use/occupancy buildings and
the Hke
Division H-2 1. Dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms
(Recreational. which are 2. Skating rinks
assembly buildings with 3. Cockfighting arenas
S{age and having an
occupant load of 300 or
more
Division H-3 1. Dance halls, ballrooms
(Recreational, which are 2. Skating rinks
buildings with
stage and having an
occupant load of less
than 300)

'---- -- - ·--·. .. . • .. __ ...L -- · --· . ·- .... ·--.


(7)
01
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division H-4 1. Sports stands
(Recreational, tourism 2. Reviewing stands
estate developments or 3. Grandstand and bleachers
tourism -<:>rie nted 4. Covered amusement parks
establishments, which 5. Boxing aref'las, jai-alai stadiums
6. Race tracks and hippodromes
are stNctures not
.
I
included in Divisions H- 7. All types of resort complexes
1) 8. All other types of amusement and
entertainment complexes
Group 1-
Assembly for
More than 1,000
(Cultural and/or
Recreational)
Division 1-1 1. Colisea and sports complexes 1. Parks/gardens CUL (Cultural) • a community to
(Recreational. Assembly 2. Theaters and convention centers 2. Resort areas, e.g.. beaches, including national level of cultural use or
Buildings with stage and 3. Concert halls lind open houses accessory uses occupancy, characterized
an occupant load of 4. centers 3. Open air or outdoor sports activities mainly as a low-rise or medium-
1.000 or more in the and support facilities, including low rise rise building/structure for
building) stadia. gyms, amphitheaters and cultural activities
swimming pools
4. Golf courses. ban courts. race tracks PRE (Park StNctures.
and similar uses Recreation and Entertainment) -
5. Memorial/Shrines/monuments, kiosks a range of recreational uses or
and other park structures
co
co
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
Building/ PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Structure

occupancies, characterized !

6. Sports Club mainly as a low-rise or medium- !

7. Underground parking structures/ rise building/ structure for low to


facilities medium intensity recreational or
entertainment functions related
to educational uses. e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and all other kinds of
recreational or assembly
buildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria, met• halls.
seminar fac!liliet. gymnasia.
stadia. arenas and the like.
GroupJ-
:Accessory
(Agricultural and
Other
Occupancies/
Uses not
Specifically
Mentioned Under
Groups A through
I)
- - -.. -·- ........--··--

Q)
-..1
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division J·1 1. Agricultural structures: 1. Cultivat!on, raising and growing of- - A (Agricultural) - an agricultural
a. Sheds staple crops such as rice, corn, or agriculture-related use or
b. Barns camote, cassava and the like
c. PoultrY houses 2. Growing of diversified p{ants and mainly as a low-ri se or medium-
d. Piggeries trees, such as·fruit and flower bearing rise building/structure for low to
e. Hatcheries trees. coffee, tobacco, etc. high intensity agricultural or
f. Stables 3. Silviculture, mushroom culture. fishing related activities, e.g.. poultry
g. Greenhouses and fish culture, snake culture. houses, hatcheries. piggeries.
h. Granaries crocodile monkey raising and the greenhouses, granaries and the
i. Silos !ike like as well as offices.
4. Customary support fac:lities such as educational, training, research
palay dryers and rice threshers and and related facilities for
storage barns and warehouses ' agriculture and the like.
5. Ancillary dwelling units/farmhouses for
tillers and laborers
6. Agricultural research and AI (Agro-lndustrial) - an agro-
experimentation facilities such as industrial or related use or
breeding stations. fish farms, occupancy. characterized
nurseries. demonstration farms. etc. mainly as a low-rise building/
7. Pastoral activities such as goat-ra;sing structure for low to high intensity
and cattle fattening agro-industrial or related
8. Home occupation for the practice of activities to include offices,
one's profession or engaging home I
I
educational, training, research
and related facilities for agro-
business such as dressmaking,
tailoring, baking, running a sari-sari industr;.
store and the !ike, provided that. the
number of persons engaged in such
- ..
CX)
(to
General USE
Classffication of
Use/Character of Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
PUD (Planned Unit
business/industry shall not exceed five Development) • refers to land
(5), inclusive of the owner; there shall development or redevelopment
be no cnange in the outside schemes for a neW or built-up
appearance of the building premises; project site wherein said project
no hone occupation shall be site must have a
condu cted in any cu stomary accessory Comprehensive Development
uses citea above; no traffic $hall be Master Plan (COMP) or its
generated by such home occupation in acceptable equivalent, i.e.. a
greater volume than would normally be unitary development plan/site
expected in a residential neighborhood plan that permits flexibility in
and any need for parking generated by planning/urban
the conduct of such home building/structure siting,
shall be met off the street in a place complementarity of building
other than the required front yard; no types and land uses. usable
equipment or process shall be used in open spaces fer general public
such OCCl.lpation whictl creates noise, use services and
vibration, glare, fumes. odors and
electrical interference detectable to the
normal senses and visual or audible
interference in any radio or television
receiver or causes !luctuations in fine
voltage of the premises.
9. Home industry classified as cottage
industry. e.g., mat weaving. pottery
making, food preservation. etc.
provided that such home industry shalt
not occupy more than cf ftoor
areo uf the dwelhno un1t:
L - - - - -- -----.1-- -- - -- ---..----- ...... . ...._ . L.- -----··------- . - -.. --.. __ _ . ,,. _ _.. ...... ...,. .. - - . ...... + .... .....- .. ...

Q)
(D
General use
Classification of
Of Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
there shall be no change or alteration
in the outside appearance of the
dwelling unit and shall not be a hazard
or nuisance; allotted capitalization
shall not exceed the capitaHzation as
set by the Department of Trade and
Industry (OTI); such shall consider
same pi'O\Iisions as enumerated in
Home Occupation, this Section.
Backyard raising of livestock and fowl,
provided that for livestock- a ,maximum
of 10 heads; for fowl. a maximum of
500 birds
1. All uses allowed in agriculture
Rice/ com mills (single pass)
[13. Crying, cleaning, curing and
· of meat and its by produds
and derivative$
Drying, smoking ant! airing of tobaCGo
5. Flourmill
6. Cassava flour mill
7. Manufacture of coffee
18. Manufacture of unprepared animal
feeds, other grain milling, n.e.c.
9. Production of prepared feeds for
animals
120. Cigar and Cigarette factory
rz1. Curing and redrying tcbacco leaves
C)
......
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL. ACCESSORY CONOmONAL
Building/
Structure
122. Miscellaneous processing of tobacco
leaves, n.e.c. ·
Weaving hemp textile
Jute spinning and weaving
Manufacture of charcoal
Milk processing plants (Manufacturing
filled, reconstituted or recombined
milk, condensed or evaporated)
Butter and cheese processing plants
!28. Natural fluid milk processing
(pasteurizing, homoganizmg,
vitaminizing. bottling of natural animal
milk and cream related products)
Other dairy products, n.e.c.
Canning and preserving of fruits and
fruit juices
p1. Canning and preserving of vegetables
and vegetable juices
p2. Canning and preserving of vegetable
sauces
p3. Miscellaneous canning and pre$erving
of fruit and 'Vegetables. n.e.c.
!34. Fish canning
Patis factory
Bagoong factory

MO< . .
- .... - ..,....,_."'"(_

.....
General U S E
Classification of
I
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/ I
I
StructLire j
37. Processing, preserving and canning I
of fish and other seafoods, n.e.c.
38. Manufacturing of desiccated
coconut
39. Manufacture of starch and its
..
. 40.
products
local fruits •
of wine$ from juices of
"1. Vegetable oil· mills, inc11Jding
coconut-oil
42. &igarcane milling (centrifugal and
refines)
Sugar refining
Muscovado sugar"mill
45. Cottol\ t&xtile mill
4?. Manufactutelprocessing of other
plantation ·crops, e.g., pineapple.
' bananas. etc.
47. Other commercial handicrafts and
industrial activities utilizing or
animal parts· and/or products a$ raw
materials, n.e.c.
48. Other accessory incidental to
agro-industrial activities
....
N
General U S E ... -
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of . PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/ I
Structure
Division J-2 1. Private garages, carports 1. All uses/occupancy permitted in all other
2. Towers, smokestacks and chimneys Divisions (or classes of buildings/ PUO (Planned Unit
(Accessory) 3. Swimming pools including shower and structures) if such uses/occupancy are Development) • refers to land
locker room part of the Planned Unit Development development or redevelopment
4. Fence over 1.80 meters high, separ<Ue (PUO) schemes for a new or built-up
fire walls project ; ite wherein said project
5. Steel and! or concrete tanks site must have a
Comprehensive Development
Master Plan (COMP) or Its
acceptable . equivalent, i.e., a
unitary development plan/site
plan that permits flexibility if'l
I
. planning/ urban design,
building/structure siting,
complementarity of building
I types and land uses,. usable
open space5 for general public
! use services and

'
--'-
I j -·-···· ··-.- -
.....
w
General USE
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Class,flcation
PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Business activities and the
prea&rvation of significant
natural land features If fea$ible,
whereby said COMP must be
duly approved by !he LGU
concerned:
Division J-3 1. Stages, pia!forms and
structures
2: Pei ota. tennis, badminton or basketball
courts
3. Tombs, mausoleums and niches
4. Aviaries and aquariums and zoo
structures
5. Banks and record vaults
"'t
.....
SECTION 702. Change in Use

No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any buiiding which
would place the building in a different division of the same group of occupancy 01 in a different
group of occupancies, unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of the
Code for such division or group of occupancy. The character of occupancy of existing
buildings may be changed subject to the approval of the Building Official and the building may
be occupied for purposes set forth in other Groups: Provided the new or proposed use is less
hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing use.

SECTION 703. Mixed Occupancy

1. General Requirements

When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy. the who4e
building shall be subject to the most restrictive requirement pertaining to any of the type of
occupancy found therein except in the following:

a. When a one-storey building houses more than one occupancy, each portion of the
building shall conform to the requirement of t11e particular occupancy housed therein
and;

b. Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than 10% of the area of any floor or
a building , nOf more than 10% of \he basic a1ea permitted in the occupancy
requirements, in which case, the major use of ll1e building shall determine the
occupancy classification.

2. Forms of Occupancy Separation

Occupancy separation:;. shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary, of such


other forms as may be required to afford a complete separation between the various
occupancy divisions in the building.

3. Types of Occupancy Separation

Occupancy separation shall be classified as "One-Hour Fire-Resistive", "Two-Hour Fire-


Resistiven, "Three-Hour Fire-Resistive" and "Four-Hour Fire-Resistive."

a. A "One-Ho.ur Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be of not less than one-hour


fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a
fire-assembly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating .

b. A Fire-Resistive Occupancy shaH be of not less than two-hour


fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a two-hour rating.

c. A "Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be of not less than three-


hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in walls forming such separation shall be
protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. The total width
of aU openings in any three-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-
storey shall not exceed 25% of the length of the wall in that storey and no single
opening shall have an area greater than 10.00 sq. meters. All openings in floors
forming a "Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation" shall be protected by
vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings. The walls of such
vertical enclosures shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive cons1ruction, and
all openings therein shall be protected by a fire assemiJiy having a three-llour fire-
resistive rating.

d. A "Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation· shall have no openings therein


and shall be of"not less than four-hour fire-resistive construction.

75
4. Fire Rating for Occupancy Separation

Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or divisions of


occupMcies. The Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for appropriate
pccupancy · separations in buildings of mixed· occupancy·, Provided, \hat, ·where any
occupancy separation . is required, the minimum shall be a "One-Hour Fire-Resistive
Occupancy Separation"; and where the occupancy separation is horizontal, structural
members supporting the separation shall be protected by an equivalent fire-resistive
construction.

SECTION 704. Location on Property

1. General

a. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public


space, yard or street on at least one of its sides .

b. For the purpose of this Section, the centerline of an adjoining street or alley shall be
considered an adjacentpropetty line.

c. Eaves over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side and
rear property lines.

2. Fire Resistance of \/'falls

Exterior walls shall hi:lVe fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with the
requirements set forth by the Secretary. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not
exceed beyond a point one-third the distance from an assumed vertical plane located
where the fire-resistive protection of openings is first required to the location on property
whichever is the least restrictive. Distance shall be measured at right angles from the
property line. When openings in exterior walls are required to be protected due to
distance from property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in any storey shall not
exceed 50% of the total area of the wall in that storey.

3. Buildings on Same Property and BuildinrJs Conteining Courts

For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening protection ; buildings on the
same property and court walls shall be assumed to have a property )ine between them.
When a new building is to be erected on the same property with an existing building, the
assumed property line from the exrsting building shall be the distance to the property line
for each occupancy as set forth by the Secretary; Provided, that two or more buildings on
the same property may be considered as one building if the aggregate area of such
building is within the limits of allowable floor areas for a single building, and when the
buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of different types of
construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or
construction .

4. Building Footprint and Firewall Requirements

a. The following rules shall be observed in the determination of the Allowable Maximum
Building Footprint (AMBF) for buildings and related habitable structures. If the stated
rules are compared with (1) Rule VIII Table Vll1.1.- Reference Table on Percentage of
Site Occupancy and Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA); (2) Rule VIII
Tables Vlll.2. and Vfl/.3. (setbacks, yards and courts); or (3) with the applicable
stipulations under this Rule and with the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code, the
more stringent but applicable regulation out of the aforementioned rules should be
observed;

b. If without a firewall, tile footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured


horizontally from the property line to the outermost faces of the exterior .walls of the
building/structure; Provided, that the distance measured lrom the property line shall
conform with the applicable stipulations of this Rule and Rule VIII; The resultant area
76
established at grade level upon which the proposed building/structure may stand shall
be theAMBF;

c. Footprint Based on Firewall Provisions

i. If with a firewall on one (1) side, t11e footprint of a proposed building!structure


shall be measured horizontally from the property line with a firewall to the
outermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the buildingJstructure;
Provided, that the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed;

iL If with a firewall on two (2 ) sides or on one (1) stde and the rear property line.
the footprint of a proposed building/structure sha!l be measured hori4ontally
from the opposing property lines in case of a flfewall on two (2) sides or from
the rear property line with a firewall to the outermost faces of the opposite
.exterior walls of the building/structure; provided. that the applicable stipulations
of the Fire Code are strictly followed;

iii. Absolutely no firewalls are allowed for a low density residential (R-'\) uses or
occupancies; an abutment of up to 3.20 meters from estabtished grade level
may however be permitted but solely for the purpose ol supporting a carport
· roof; provided further that such abutment shall be cons\f\JCted of perforated or
decorative concrete blocks above 1.50 meters measured from the
established grade level; such an abutment shall not be lofl9er than 7. 00 meters
or 50% of the side property line in .total length, whichever is shorter.

iv. For medium density residential (R-2) uses or occupancies. a firewall can be
erected on a maximum of 80% of the total length of a side property line;
provided that only one (1) side property line is used for a firewaiJ in the case of
a R-2 structure; and provided further that the applicable stipulations of the Fire
Code are strictly followed;

v. For high-density residential (R-3) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall
construction rnay be permitted: .

{a) For a R-3 use or o-::upancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewan can
be erected on a maximum or 85% of the total length of each side property
line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 65% of the
total perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of all property ttnes:
provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum
two (2} storey component structure: and provided further that all the
applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and

(b) For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side property line
and at the rear property line. a firewall can·be erected on a maximum of
90% of lhe total length of the side and rear pro perty lines and up to '100%
in case the rear property line is only 4.00 meters wide: provided that all
firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the
total perimeter of the R-3 property. i.e , total length of all property lines;
provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum·
two (2) storey structure but not at the rear property line where the
maximum allowed firewall height shall only be 3.20 meters measured
vertically from established grade; and provided further that all the
applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed.

vi. For townhouse residential (R-4) uses or occupancies, firewafls on the two {2)
sides of each townhouse unit may be permitted; the R-4 firewall can be erected
on a ·maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property line; provided
that all firewall construction shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of each
R-4 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in
each R-4 use or occupancy shall be allowed for a maximum three (3) storey ·
structure; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire
Code are strictly followed;

71
vii. For residential condominium (R-5) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of
firewall construction may be permitted:

(a) For a R-5 or occupancy with .a firewall on two {2) sides, a firewall can
be erected on a maximum of 75% of the total length of each side property
line; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines shall not
exceed 50% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all
property lines; provided that side firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall
only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey component structure. i.e.,
the podium; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the
Fire Code are strictly followed; and

(b) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side and at the rear
property line, a firewall can be erected 01 t a maximum of 65% of tile total
. length of the side property line and on a maximum of 50% of the total
length of the rear property line: provided that all firewall construction shall
not exceed 60% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e.• total length
all property lines; provided that the side firewalls in R-5 uses or
occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8} storey
component structure and that at the rear property line, the maximum
allowed firewall height shall only be 14.00 .meters measured vertically from
established grade; and provided rurther tl1at all the applicable stif.JUiations
of the Fire Code are strictly followed .

.viii. All existing openings on an firewa!ls shall be sealed completely to maintain the
fire integrity of adjoining buildings/structures.

ix. The provision of a fully functional sprinkler system and the installatiolt of other
fire-retardant or fire suppression devices in the case of commercial, iilslitutional
and industrial buildings/structures may allow firewall construction for up to 70%
of the total perimeter of the property lines provided that the p1 escribed
setbacks, yards and courts fronting the Road Right-Of-Way (RROW) are first
fully complied with; and provided further that all the applicable stipul8tions of
the Fire Code, particularly on the number, type and locations of fire exits are
strictly followed.

SECTION 705. Allowable Floor Areas

1. GeneraL The Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) of any proposed
building/structure shall only be as allowed under this Rule.

2. TGFA Limitation. In Table Vtl.1. hereafter, the percentages (%) indicated in the third
(3rd) through eighth (81h) columns, but excluding the .multiplier numbers 3, 5, 12, 18,
and 30 (which rePfesent the numbef of are the percentages of the Tota\
Lot Area (TL.A) that may be used to initially determine the Allowable Maximum TGFA
for a proposed building/structure.

3. Crosscheck of TGFA with Allowable Maximum Volume Building (AMVB). The Allowable
Maximum TGFA once established must be thoroughly crosschecked with the AMVB to
find out if the AMVB is not exceeded. If exceeded, the necessary adjustments on the
Maximum Allowable TGFA must be made since the AMVB must always prevBil.

78
Table V11.1. Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)
Based on the Allowed Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSOJ
of the Total Lot Area (TLA)

Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (fGFAt
by Type/location of lot
Character
j of Use/ Type of "Note: Building Height limit (BHL) mtJitiplied by the Allowable Maxinun
O<:cupan- Building/ Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a peroentage {%)of the TotiJ Lot
cy Structure Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction lo cornpty
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maxlmum VoU'ne of
Building (AMVB). Refer to lab\e \111.1 . to arrive at the percentage{%) ol
t
TLA
t

.
I

i
Interior Inside Comer Through · Comer- Corner
I
! (or Rear)
Lot
(or
Regular)
Lot Lot Through
Lot
Lot
Abutting 3
I
i and lot (see Fig. {see Fig. or More
l End Lot Vlll.10. of V111.11. of (see Fig. Streets,
i (see Fig .
(see Fig.
Vllt.9. of
Rule VIII) Rule VIII) Vlll.1 :2. of
Rule VIII)
etc.
Rivers.
Vll1.8. and Rule VIII) Etc.

.
I
\1111.5.14. (see Fig.
Vll!.13. of
'
I

1
1 Residen- Residen-
of Rule
VIII)
3 (floors/ 3x60% 3x70% of 3x70% 3 x70% of
Rule VIII)
3·x70% of
l tial tial1 storeys) ofTLA TtA ofTLA ILA TlA
t GROUP (R-1) x60%of
l A-I TlA
f {Without ·
l firewalts)
Basic 3x70% 3x60% 3x70% 3x70% 3x70% 3x70%
' Re1>iden-
i
lial2 (R-2}
Maximum 5x70% 5x60% 5x70% 5x70% 5x70% 5x70%
i
!

!l
Residen--
t.ial 2 (R-2)
Basic 3x70% . 3x 70% 3x70% 3x70% 3 x70% 3 x7o<%
I!
Residen-
i tial3 (R-3)
I Maximum 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x8Qo/o. 12x80%
1 Residen-
!
I

..l t tial3 (R-3}


Residen· 3x 80% 3x80% 3x80%
I
3x80% 3x80% 3x80%
I
tial4 (R-4}
I /Individual

I
Town-
house
LotsJUnits
Residen- 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% j3x80%
tlal4 (R-4) f
/Individual i
Town-
i
I house
Lots/Units
Residen- 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80%
I
I

18x80%
tlal5 (R-5)
/Coodomi· It
niums l

Residen- Residen- i
!
tial tial 1 Not NA NA NA NA NA
GROUP (R-1) applicable
A-1 (NA)
(with
firewalls}

79
Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (fGFA)"
by Type/location of Lot
Character
of Use/ .. Type of •Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by \he Allowable Maximum
Oc:cupan- Building/ Building (AM8F) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot .
cy StruCture Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of ;
Building (AMVB). Refer to Table Vll.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of
TLA

Basic 3x75% 3x70% 3x75% 3x75% 3x75% 3)(75%


Residen-
tial2_iR-2t
:
Maximum 5x75% 5 x70% 5x 75% 5x75% 5x75% 5x75%
Residen-
1ial 2 (R-2) ·
Basic 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% '
Residen-
tial3 (R-3)
Maximum 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80%
Residen-
tia13 (R-3)
Residen- 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80% 3x80%
tial4 {R-4) :

/Individual
Town-
house
Lots/Units
Residen- 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80%
tial 5 (R-
5)/ ;
Condomi- :
niums
Commer- Com mer- 5x80% 5x 75% 5x80% 5x80% 5x90% !i x90%
cial cial 1
GROUPS (Com-1)
B, C, E. H,
I
Commer- 12x80% 12x75% 12x80% 12x80% 12x90% 12x90%
cia12
(Com-2)
Commer- 30x60% 30x75% 30x80% 30x80% 30x90% 30x90% ·.
cial3
I
'
Commer- 5x85% 5x85% 5x 90% 5x90% 5x95% 5x95% :
cial1
(Com-1)
with
Sprinkler :
System &
Firewalls '
Com mer· 12x85% 12x85% 12x90% 12x90% 12x95% 12x95%
'
cial2
(Com-2)
with
Sprinkler
Sy1>\em &
Firewalls
Commer- 30x85% 30x85%' 30x90% 30x90% 30x95% 30x95%
cial 3 I'
:
{Com-3)
with
Sprinkler
System &
Firewalls

80
Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)•

-
. • Use/..
er
Type of
by Type/ Location of Lot

•Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the AiowaiJie Maximum


Building/ Building Footprint {AMBF) expressed as a percentage {%}of the Total Lot
Cf Structure Area or TlA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Vaune of
Building (AMVB). Refer to Table Vll1. to arrive at the percentage ("k) of i
TlA. ; !
i
I
I
Industrial 1 Duly- BHL BHL BHL 8HL BHL I
rgiOOP'S I
I
{lnd-1) approved
Building
Height
limit
X
75%
ofTLA
X
80%
o!TLA I
X
80%
of1LA
X
90%
of 1 LA
I X
90%
ofTLA
i
'
i

•' I
I

(BHL) x

Industrial 2
80% of
TLA
BHL BHL BHL
I! BHL BHL BHL I
i
(lnd-2) x80% x75% )( 80% I x80% x90% X90% i
Industrial 3 BHL BHL 'BHL . BHL BHL BHL
(lnd-3) x80% )( 75% x80% xBO% x90% x90% _1
Industrial 1 BHL I BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL l
i
(lnd-1)
I
X )( X X X X
with 85% 85% 90% 90% 95% 95%
Sprinkler I
System & I
Firewalls I
Industrial 2
(l-2}with
Sprinkler
BHL

85%
X
BHL
X
85%
BHL
X
90%
BHL
X
90%
BHL
X
95%
I
BHL
X
95%
II
i
System &
Firewalls
I
Industrial 3 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
(lnd-3) X X X X X X
with 85% 85% 90% 90% 95% 95% .

i!
Sprinkler
System&
Firewalls

..
tlstitution-

GROUPO
Without
Sprinkler
System &
BHL

50%
X
BHL
X
50%
BHL
)(

60%
BHL
X
60%
BHL
X
60%
BHL
X
60%
!
Firewatls of TlA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TlA j
With BHL BHL BHL BHl BHL BHL i
Sprinkler X . X X X X X
System&
Firewalls
60%
of TLA
60%
of TLA
70%
of TLA
7.0%
ofTLA
70%
of TLA
70%
of TLA
i
Without BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
Sprinkler x60% x60% x65% x65% x 65% x 65%

l System &
Firewalls
With
of TlA

BHL
of TLA

BHL
ofTlA

BHL
of TLA

BHL
of TLA

BHL
t
!
i
of TLA
-- -
BHL
l
r Sprinkler x70% X70% x70% x70% x70% i
x70%
System & :
t Firewalls I
: Transport- Without BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL I
aiTL-
: ation Sprinkler x50% x50% x60% x60% x60% x60%
I System& of TLA OfTLA of TLA of TLA ·of TLA of TLA
I Firewalls
! With
Sprint<!
BHL
x60%
BHL
x60%
BHL
x 70%
BHL
x 70%
'
! BHL
x70%
BHL
x 70%
System&
I
Firewalls I l
Wote:
Waximum of sixty (60) storeys (180.00 meters) BHL for inland areas not clos.e to airpot1s.
R1
SECTION 706. Allowable Floor Area Increases

The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain specific instances ano
under appropriate conditions, based on the existence of public space. streets or yards
extending along and adjoining two or more sides of the building or structure subject to the
approval of the Building Official. (Refer to Guidelines on Determining Gross Floor Area and
Total Gross Floor Area of a Building/Structure at tile end of t11is Rule)

SECTION 707. Maximum Height of Buildings

1. The maximum height and number of storeys of proposed building shalt be dependent
upon the character of use or occupancy and the type of construction, considering end-
user population density, light and ventilation, width of RROW/streets particularly of its
roadway/carriageway component, building bulk, off-street cum off-site parking
requirements, etc. and in relation to local land use plan and zoning regulations as well as
other environmental considerations, e.g., geologica!. hydrological, meteorological.
topographical, prevailing traffic conditions. the availability and capacity of public
utility/serv·tce systems, etc. (Refer to Guidelines on Building Bulk at !he end of lllis Rule)

2. Determination of Building Heigt1t

a. BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) • the maximum height to be allowed for


buildings/structures based on their proposed use or occupancy; the BHL is generally
determined after1.he application of other development controls (DC) and certain other
parameters, i.e.. considerations of site conditions. view, etc. (Table VII?. of this
Rule). The BHL shall be generally measured from the established grade line to the
topmost portion of the proposed buildi ngfstructure . If applicable, the BHL rnay be
subject to clearance requirements of the Afr Transportation Office (ATO) or of the
concerned military/security autho'rities. (Re(er to Guidelines on Development Controls
at the end this Rule)

BHL excludes the height of permitted/allowed projections above the roof of the
building/structure, e.g ., signage, mast. antenna, telecom tower, beacons and tile like.

b. The Building Height Limit (BHL) of any proposed building/structure shall only be as
allowed under this Rule {as shown in table below) or under the duly approved
city/municipal (local) zoning ordinance, whichever is more restrictive.

Table Vll.2. Building Height Limit (BHL) by Type of Use or Occupancy

Bwldina Heic ht limit (8Hl) .


Character of Use or Type of Building/ Number of allowable
- '
Occupancy Meters above highest
Structure storeys/floors above
grade :
established Qrade
1. Residential Resklential1 (R-1) 3 moo I

Residential 2 (R-2} .:
a. Basic 3 10.00
b. Maximum 5 15.00 ;
·-
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basic 3 10.00 :
b. Maximum 12 36.00
·-·
· Residential 4
{R-4)/
3 10.00 !
Tovmhouses
(Individual lots/ units)
Residential 5
(R-5)/ 12. 18 36.00- 54.00
Condominiums
I 2. Commercial Commercial1
3-5 10.00 ·15.00
{C-1l
Commercial 2
(C-2) 6 18.00
.
Commercial 3 !
16-60 48.00 - 180.00
I (C-3)
-I
82
Buildir!9_ Height Umit (BHL)
Character of Use or Type of Building/ Number of allowable I
I Meters above highest
Occupancy Structure storeys/Ooors above
established grade I grade
; 3. Industrial 15.00 meters b\.11 not exceed the d\jy-appoved
Industrial 1 (1-1) BHL in the major zone it is part of

.
j
'
f
Industrial 2 (1-2)
21.00 meters but not exceed lhe duly-apprwed
BKL in the major zone it is part of

27.00 meters but not exceed the duly-al)pl'O\'ed


. Industria! 3 {1-3) OIIL in the major zone it is part or) I
4
I
: 4. Institutional '15.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved i
: - BilL in the major zone it is part of) i
; !
! 5. Cultural :m.oo meters (or must follow the duly-apptovetl !
-
;

mIL ill the major zone it is part of) i


I
·- -
\ 6. Utility/Trans- 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-
' portation/RROW/ - approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
Services
· 7. Par'f(s and Open
ReCfeational and
'15.00 meters (or must compiement the duly-
apptoved BHL in the major zone it is part of}
I
Entertainment
-
Spaces
. 6. Agriculturai/Agro- 15.00 rne\ers (or must complement the duly-
lndustriaVTourism - approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)

: 9. Planned Unit PUD at a reclamation 10.00-45.00 (with ATO-


: Development area dose to an prescribed Bill as
(PUD)
3- 15
operating airport needed)
: --- - - - - . --
PUD at a reclamation
' 3-30 10.00- 30.00
area
PUD at a coastal area
---
48.00- 135.00
16-45
PUD at an inland area
-- 10.00- '15.00 (with t

! close to an operating
airport
3-25 ATO-prescrihPd BHL
as needed)
I'
I

PUD at an inland area 12-60


- --
36.00-
I
Notes:

a Establishing Grade

- In case of sloping grade wl1ere the edges of t/Je building footprint (A MBF) running
perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of less than 3.00 meters. the
highest adjoining natural grade (ground surface) or finished grade (sidewalk surface)
shall be considered the established grade elevation (Figure Vlf.1.);

- In case of grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBFJ tutming
perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of more than 3.00 meters, the
average grade level of the building footprint (AMBF) shall be considered the established
grade elevation (see Figure V/1.3.); and

- The bui/dinglstrocture height shall be measured from the highest adjoinmg public
sidewalk (finished grade) or ground surface(natural grade); Provided. that the height
-measured from the lowest adjoining surface shall not exceed such maximum l1eigllt by
more than 3.00 meters; Except, that towers, spires and.steeples, erected as parts of the
building and not used for habitation or storage are limited as to the height only by
structural design, if completely of incombustible materials, or may extend /Jut not
exceed 6.00 meters above the prescribed building heig/Jt limit (BHL} ror each
occupancy group, if of combustible materials (Figures VII.2.).

03
Figure Vll.1. Figure Vll.2.

TO\'F-RS

Figure VU.3.

HEIGHT OF BUILDING I STRUCTURE

84
3. Other Considerations in Height Determination

a. given locality, the height of proposed buildings/structures shaU be governed by


the following factors:

i. The designer/space planner must consider both the present and projected
population density within the project site and in the project's location/area at full
completion/operation of the project; ·

ii. For a given volume of building/structure (the building bulk) , that which has a
lesser Percentage of Site Occupancy (P'SO) or area of ground coverage
Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) or Maximum
Construction Area (MACA) may be built higher than that with a gr9ater PSO.
AMBF or MACA;

iii. A propQsed building/structure which has a greater TGFA requirement shall be


built higher than that with a lower TGFA requirement;

iv. A proposed building/structure on a lot with a higher FLAR designation/rights


may be built higher than that on a lot with a lower FLAR designation/rights; and

v. Lots that face a wider RROW a11•J therefore with more RROW features/elements
may become th'1 site of a taller as compared to a lot facing a
narrow RROW.

b. The height of proposed buildings/structures shall also governed by the following


RROW-based limitations:

i. If only one {1) RROW services a lot and such is only 6.00 to 7.00 meters wide,
a BHL of three. {3} storeys (or 9.00 meters maximum) shall be observed
regardless of use or occupancy. lot size. lot dimensions, lot frontage and like
considerations.

ii. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and sucl1 is only 4.00 to 5.00 meters wide,
a BHL equivalent to 2 {or 7.50 meters maximum) shall be observed
regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions. lot frontage and like
considerations. If only one ('I) RROW services a lot and such is only 3.00
meters wide or less, a BHL equivalent to two (2) storeys (or 6.00 meters
maximum) shall be observe<:l regardless of use or occupancy, lot size. lot
dimensions. lot frontage and like considerations.

iii. Taller buildings are allowed for duly approved high-density developments such
as Planned Unit Development (PUD) areas. Taller and bulkier buildings are
better suited in such areas due to higher end-user targets, more advanced and
coordinated planning efforts and the application of more stringent deYelopment
controls (DC) by the project proponents themselves.

c. The following factors shall also be considered in tile determination of tt-oe building
height:

i. Soil characteristics. lot location in relation to fault lines and ea-thquake belts or
proximity to volcanoes and other geological conditions.

ii. Hydrological conditions such as the water table at the sAle and distance to
waterways and shorelines.

iii. Meteorological conditions such as the frequency and 1r.tensity of destructive


typhoons/monsoon winds/rains. prevailing wind spee-;1 and direction. relative
humidity, amount of precipitation and the prevailing ambient conditions.

iv. EffecVs of environmental conditions on the tx.'ildmgistructure and vice versa


coupled with the effective control of air. noise thermal pollution, radiant
85
heat, lights and shadows, etc., and the optimization· of natural light a"'
ventilation.

v. EffecUs of traffic conditions on the building/structure and vice versa and U.


satisfaction of parking/loading requirements in accordance with this Rule.

vi. Availability and capacity of public utility/service system considering tte


availability and adequacy of electric power, potable and non-polable wal!l
supply, drainage and sewerage, . transportation and communications
solid waste management system. etc.

vii. Need for applicable building safety and maintenance systems, e.g .. lightnirt
arresters, beacons, protective railings and gondolas, window wash-.
systems. etc.

d. In accordance with the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARP) of tte


International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) where the Philippines is a member
state and of AdministraUve Order No. 5 (Civil Air Regulation) of the Air Transportatialt
Office (ATO), the fnflowing rules and regulations shall govern the construction rl
buildings/structures within the 24.00 kilometer radius of aerodromes where turbo-jet
aircraft operate and within the 10.00 kilometer radius of aerodromes where no
jet aircraft operate. (Figs. Vll.4. through V/1 .8.)

i. The height of buildings/structures within this area shall be limited by


imaginary'1ine with slope of 2% or 1 :50 for aerodromes where turbo-jet a
operate and 2.5% or 1:40 for aerodromes where no aircraft opera
from the inner edge reckoned from the surface of the runway. The dirnensiora
of the isosceles are as shown on Table V11.3. hereafter.

Table VU.J. Dimensions of Isosceles Trapezoid

!
Inner Edge Distance
Long Base 1
Type of Aerodrome (Start Base) Between Bases
(meters) i
(meters) {meters)
Aerodromes where 300 4,800 15,000 l
turt:Jo..jet aircraft
operates 150 4,650 15,000

Aerodromes where no 150 2,15'0 10,000


turbo-jet aircraft
operates 100 2,100 10,000
I
ii. No new buildings/structures shall be allowed within the runway strip.

iii. A height clearance certificate shall be first secured from the Air Transpcirtatic»
Office (ATO) before a building permit may be issued for the construction r:1
buildings/structures located:

{a) Within 4.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an .aerodrorre


regardless of height;

(b) From 4.00 kilometer to 24.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of •
aerodrome where turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00 meten
in height above the elevation of the runway; and

(c) From 4.00 kilometer to 10.00 radius of the runway ends of ill'
aerodrome where no turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00
meters in height above the elevation of the runway.

86
Q.·

3,00).001.1
1--- - ··-·- ·········· .. ···-···· ....
PLAN
Figure Vll.4.

APPROACH/DEPARTURESURFACE

4S.OON
MAXUJN HEIGHT lJAIT

CROSS SECTION
Figure VII.S.

START 01 CI.EA!WiCEUPTOUU


(_!) · lotaRfiJHYIAY
0 N«l G_) ·
l
START Of

12.0 JUlM

/J. •AAEAS
OEPEHOSOIIA.T.O.fUlliiQ(JI
ENa.osm wn._.w.:MJ'!Il'
. LONGllUDINAL SECTION
Vll.6.

APPROACHIOEPARTURESURFACE
87
.,.,
)>

;o
0
)>

-,
(")
X (I) '

0
-n 0 ill:
tS' m m
.....
...c
lit )>
-
0

c
;;o
m
Ch
c
.,
:::0
)>
(")
m

88
ALLOWABLE CONDITIONS (BUILDABLE) ___.,--
WITHIN APPROACH - DEPARTURE ZONES
PLANE OF 45.00 M
-------
CL£AAANCE

A. T.O. NEED NOT BE


l CONSULTED f
BUilDINGS/STRUCTURES
IS NOT MORE THAN
45.00 M IN H8GfT
BEYOND THE 315.00 M
OR500.00 M OISTN«A:
AIRSTRIP FROM STRIP EDGE.

70.00 M \
'----- LEVB.. OF RUNWAY
I
REQUIRES A.T.O. Cl..EARANCE 315.00 M • 500.00 M

CROSS SECTION
Figure Vll.8.

co
10
4. Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements

a. The parking slot, parking area and loading/unloading space requirements listed
hereafter are generally the minimum off-street cum on-site requirements for specific
uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road
right-of-way

b. The size of an average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.50
meters by 5.00 meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at 2.15 meters by
6.00 meters for parallel parking. A standard truck or bus parking/loading slot must be
computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 12.00 meters. An articula!ed truck slot
must be computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 18.00 meters which should be
sufficient to accommodate a 12.00 meters container van or bulk carrier and a
long/hooded prime mover. A jeepney or shuttle parking/loading/unloading slot must
be complited at a minimum of 3.00 meters by 9.00 meters. The parking slots shaft be
drawn to scale and the total number of which shall be indicated on the plans and
specified whether or not parking accommodations are attendant-managed.

c. The parking space ratings listed below are minimum o1f-stre.e tloff-RROW cum on-site
requirements for specific uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be
located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW):

Table Vll.4. Minimum Required Off-Street (Off-RROW) cum On-Site Parking Slot,
Parking-Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements by Allowed
Use or Occupancy

Reference Uses or Character Minimum Required Parking


Specific Uses or of
of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
1. GROUPA
1. 1. Division A-1 Single family and multi-family Units with a lot measuring
dwelling units (whether 32.00 to 72.00 sq. meters
single-detached ), and/or with a dwelling unit
single-attached or duplex (R- having a gross floor area of
2) or rowhouse (R-3)], each from 18.00 to 22.00 sq.
privately owned or lots with meters a minimum of one
dwelling units located In ( 1) pooled off-street cum on-
residential subdivisions/ site parking slot* for every
developments regardless of six (6) lots or lots with j
number of hectares/dwelling dwelling units;
units
Units with a lot measuring
50.00 to 96.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit
having a gross floor area of
from 30.00 to 42.00 sq.
meters - a minimum of one
( 1) pool€.0 off-street cum on-
site parking slot" for every
four ( 4) lots or lots with
dwelling units;

Note:
• The parking slot requirements shall be an i11tegral part of
buildings/structures and any patking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer pmking .

....__________ ____________ ________ ,--..,_ ... - --'

90
Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Reference Uses or Character
of Occupancies
. or Type of
I1 Minimum Required Parking
Sfot. Parking Area and
loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
Unit with a lot measuring
100.00 to 120.00 sq.
meters and/Of" with a
dwelling unit having a
minimum gross floor area of
from 30.00 to 42.00 sq.
meters - a minimum of one
(1) off-street cum on-site
parking slot* for each lot or
. dwelling unit;
Unit with a lot measuring :
more than 120.00 sq . .,
meters and/or wilh a
dwelling unit having a .,

I
I
minimum gross floor area of
more than 42.00 sq. meters
- minimum of one ( 1) off-
I
I
street cum on site parking
slot* for each lot or lot with
unit;··- -- - ·- -1
Units located in town house Units with a gross floor area
'
I
t
(R-4) buildings/structures
regardless of number of
of 50.00 sq . metP.rs -
provide one (1) pooled
storeys parking s!ot'"for every two
I (2) units or fractiou t1 1ereof,
i i.e., with more than two {2)
but not less than four (4}
II
I Unit with a gross floor area
I' above 50.00 up to 150.00
sq. meters - provide one
( 1) parking slot* for each I
unit· I
Unit with a gross floor area j
above 150.00 sq. meters - !
provide two (2) parking !
for each unit. :
. Indigenous family dwelling At least one (1) car (..larking ]
units; each privately owned slot• for every (6) l
dwelling units and which I
shall be provided outside of
the RROW (within rH<•perty
or lot lines only)
I
!

1-·- --- - - - - -- - --"--------- --- -


Note: l

* The parking slot requirements sflall be an integral pa1t of J


I
buHdings/struc(ures ancf any parking slot provided outsirfe the ;
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer pat1(ing i
I
**The following prof1ibilions on parking slots: I
1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parl(ing spaces.
3. Encroaclunent on RROW
4. Public utility and bullry vehicles.

91
Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking 1
Specific Uses or of
Character of Occupancies · Parking Area and [
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
• Buildings/Structures Re_guirements :
1.2. Division A-2 Multi-family dwelling units Units with a gross floor !
located in residential area of from 18.00 to 22.00 !
condominium (R-5) sq. meters - provide one ( 1)
buildings/structures pooled parking slot• for
regardless of number of every eight (8) units for a [
storeys fraction thereof, e.g., !
another slot* shall be I
provided if there are more ;
than eight (8) units but less :
than si.xteen (16) units, etc.; ;
Units with a gross ffoor i
area up to 50.00 sq. meters ·
- provide one ( 1} pooled ·
parking slot" for every six .
(6) medium cost units or for
a fraction thereof, e.g ..
another slot• . shall be
provided if there are n1ore
tllan six {6) but less than
twelve (12) medium cost
units, etc., or provide one
( 1) parking slot• for eacl1
open market unit (as
defined under !he revised
IHR or PD 957):
CUnits with a gross floor
area above 50.00 sq
mete(s up to 100.00 sq
meters provide one ( 1) .
pooled parking slot" for
every four (4) medium cost
units, or provide one ( 1)
parking slot• for each open
market uoi\ (as uefined
under the revised IRR of
PO 957): and ---·---:::---
Units with a gross floor
area of more than 100.00
sq. rnelers - one ( 1)
parking slot* for eact1 unit.
2. GROUP B
2.1. Division B-1 Hotels I One ( 1) car parking slot for
every three ( 3) roorns or a
fraction thereof for highly
urbanized areas and one
{ 1) car parking slot for
every seven (7) rooms or a
fraction thereof for all other
areas: and two (2) tourist
bus parking slots for each
hotel: provide at least one
{ 1) loading slot for
articulated truck or vehicle
Note:
• The parking slot requirements shall be an integral patt of
buildings/structures aod any parking slot provided ou(side t11e
building/structure will be quantified onty as buffer palltin,g

92
Reference Uses or Character Minimum Required Parking
Specific Uses or of
of Occt!pancies Slot. Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
A 12.00 meters long
container van plus 4.oo·
m_e ler length for the prime
mover and one ( 1) loadtng
slot for a standard truck for
every 5,000.00 sq meters
of gross floor area GFA);
and prov·1de tn.d
maneuvering area outside
of the RROW (v.lthin
property or lot lines only}
Residential hotels and One ( 1) car slot for every
apartels five (5) units or a fraction
thereof; and one 1} bus
parking slot for every sixty
(60) rooms/units or a
fraction thereof
Motels One ( 1} car slot for every
unit
Pension/boarding/lodging · One ( 1) car slot for every
houses twenty (20) beds
l. GROUP C
3.1. Division C-1 Bowling alleys One ( 1) car slot for every

3.2. Division C-2 Churches and similar places One (1) car slot and one (1)
of worship jeepney/stlllttle slot for
every 50.00 sq. meters of
cof!Qregation area
Public elementary, One ( 1) off-street cum on-
secondary, vocational and site parking slot for every
trade school ten (10) · classrooms: and !
{GI) one (1) off-RROW (or i
street) passenger loading 1
'I space
accommodate
that
two
can
(2)
1
1
1
queued jeepney/shuttle ;
slots I

I Private
secondary, vocational and
trade school
One ( 1) car slot for every
five (5) classrooms; one (1)
(or off-street)
l
l
:

I
l
(Gl) passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepneyi shuttle
slots; and one ( 1) school
l:lus slot for eve1y one
j
!
!
!
!
'I hundred {100) stud.: nts

ii
Note :
tI • The parking slot requirements shall be an inlegtal patt of
!
l
buildings/structures and any pa11<ing slol JJIOVided outside !he I
I building/structure will be quantified on!y as buffer parilinu.
'
•• Th e following prohibitions on parlcing slots:
1. Conversion/change of uselocc11pancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces
3. Encroachment on RROW
4. Public utility and bulky veiJic/as.
Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking ,
Specific Uses or of
Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
Public colleges and One ( 1) car slot for every five ·
universities {5) classrooms; one (1) off- l
{Gl) RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space ,
that can accommodate two ·
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle .
slots; and one ( 1) school bus ·
slot for every two hundred
(200) students
Private colleges and One { 1) car slot for every .
universWes three (3} classrooms; one (f J
(GI) off-RROW {or off-street) :
passenger loading space .
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots: and one (1) school bus
slot for every one hundred
( 100) students
4. GROUPO
4.1 . Division D-1 Mental hospitals, sanitaria One ( 1) off-street cum on-
and mental asylums and site car parking slot for every
like uses twenty five (25) beds; and
one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street} passe11ger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2)
- · -- - -···-=--=--------+------ ---·-··-·---··- queued jeepney/shuttle slots
4.2. Division D-2 Public hospital One {1) off-street cum on-
site car parking slot for every
twenty five (25) beds; and
one (1) off-RROW {or off-
street} passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2}
queued jeepney/slluttle slots;
provide at least one ( 1}
loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle (a 12.00
meter long container van
plu9 6.00 meter length for a
long/hooded prime mover)
and one ( 1) loading slot for a
standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of gross
floor area (GFA); and
provide truck maneuvering
area outside of the RROW
{within property or· lot lines
1
only} 1
Note:
* Tile parking slot requirements sl1al/ be an inleguJI patt of !
buildings/sttuclwes and any patlcing slot p1ovided outside the l
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parlcing.

**The following prof1ibitions on parking slots:


1. Conversionlcllat1ge of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of palkiny spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
_ ·--- ·----- · - - -- - - --.l...--....:4.:....
. _ _ __ _ ____.
SpecifiC.Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required.Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot. Parking Area and
Section.1 .3 of this Rule) . or Type of Loading Space
Requirements

Private hospital One ( 1) off-street cum on-


site car parking slot for
every twelve ( 12) l.Jeds; and
one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street) passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2) queed
jeepney/shuttle slots;
provide at least one (12)
loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle (a 12.00
meters long container van
plus 6.00 meters length for a
long/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot for
a standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
4.3. Division D-3 Nursing homes for One ( 1) off-street cum on-
ambulatory patients. school site car parking slot for
and home, for children over every twelve (12) beds; and
kindergarten age, one (1) off-RROW (or off-
orphanages and the like street} passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots

S. GROUPE
5.1. Division E-1 Terminals, Inter-medals or One ( 1) car slot for every
Multi-modals. Depots and 500.00 sq. meters of gross
the like floor area or for a fraction
(UTS) thereof; and one (1) off·
RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2} queued jeepney/shuttle
slots or two (2) queued bus
slots whichever is
applicable; maneuvering
area of buses, trucks and
like vehicles shall be outside
of the RROW (within
property or lot lines only)

Note:

• The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of


buildings/structures and any parl<ing slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer pat l<ing.

95
SpecifiC Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Requlred Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements

Transit Stations and the like Provide on each side of ttw


(UTS) RROW one (1) off-RROW
(or passengar
loading space that c..
accommodate four \(J
queued jeepney/shuttle ska
or three (3) queued bus
slots whichever a
applicable; in case r:l
elevated mass tramll
stations, on-roadwa,
terminals or on-RROW
terminals on both sides r:A
the RROW may be
considered

5.2. Division E-2 Neighborhood shopping One (1) car slot for every
center/supermarket 100.00 sq. meters of
(C-1) shopping floor area

Public Markets One ( 1) customer


(C) jeepney/shuttle s1r1
·for every 150.00 sq.
of wet and dry market
are8 and one {1) vendcl"
(seller) jeepney/shu!R
parking slot or loadi;v
space for every 300.00
meters of wet and <Yy
m<u floor area; and ore
{1) off-HROW
tenninal that can
accommodate at leas\ tM>
(2) jeepneys and six !SJ
tricycles for every ·1 ,000.00
sq. meters of wet and
floor area
Restaurants, fasl-.food One ( 1) car slot for
centers, bars and 30.00 sq. meters
beerhouses customer area
(C)
Nightclubs, super clubs and One (1) car slot for every
theater -restaurants sq. meters o f custorner
(C) aree:r and two (2) touns:
pa1king slots for tourist bus
parking slots foe eacn
theater -restaurant
Note:

• Tire parking slot requirements s/w/1 be ao integtal patf cl'


buildingslstructures and any parl<ing slot provided outside
building/structure will be quantified o11ly as buffer pad<ing.

96
Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Mmimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Slot, Part<ing Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements

Nightclubs, super clubs and One (1) car stat for every
theater-restaurants 30.00 sq. meters of
{C} customer area
Units located in office, Units with a QfOSS ftoor area
commercial or mixed-use of from 18.00 to 40.00 sq.
condominium buildings/ meters - provide one (1)
structures regardless of pooled part<ing for
number of storeys every two (2} units or tor a
fraction thereof:
Unit with a gross floof area
of from 41.00 to 70.00 sq. I
meters - provide ooe {1) 1
parl<.ing slot• for each tnt
and
Unit with a gross floor area
of more than 70. 00 sq. 1
·
I
meters provide one ( 1} l
l
Iparking slot* for evet·-y 70.00
sq. meters and for J fraction i
1 thereof; . i
Columbarium One (1) car slot for every I
compartment niche i
5.3. Division E-3 Aircraft hangars, open One (1} car sfot for every ·:
parking carports and 1,000.00 sq. meters or gross :
garages, etc, floor area and one ( I } bus ·.
slot for every one l
(100) workers; if numbe r of i
workers exceed two i
hundred (2oo). provide one 1
{1) off-RROW (or off-stteet) ;
passenger loading space i
that can accommodate two ;
{2} queued j eepney/shuttle l
slots
I.GROUPF
6.1. Division F-1 Industrial buildings, mi!ls, One ( 1) car slot for every
breweries. etc. 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross l
(I) floor area and one (1) bus I
slot for 'every one hundred 1
(100) workers; if number of 1

workers exceed two I


1
hundred (200), provide one
(1) off-RROW {or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2} queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one
( 1) loadinQ slot for
Note:

• The parl<ing slot requirements shall be an integral part of


bulldingslsftuctures and any parking slot provided outside the
buildinglsti1.Jcture will be quantified only as buffer parl1ing.

. --------- 97
Specific Uses or of
Occupancy (refer to
Reference Uses or
Character of Occupancies
Minimum Required Parking
Slot, Part..ing Area and
l
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space t
Buildings/Structures ·Requirements .,

truck or vehicle (a 12.00


meter long container vatt
plus 6.00 meters length for a
long/hooded ptime maven
and one ( 1) loading slot
a standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFI\.
and provide truc:k
maneuvering area outside d
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
7.GROUPG
7.1. Division G-1 Industrial buildings, One ( 1) car slot for ever)
factories. manufacturing 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
establishments, mercantile floor area and one ( 1) bus
buildings, warehouses, slot for every one hundred
storage bins; power and (100) workers; if number d
water generation/distribution workers exceed twc
facilities hundred (200), provide one
(1) off-RROW {or off-streeti
passenger loading space
that· can two
{2) queued jeepney/shuUie
slots; provide at least ore
(1) loading slot fl7
articulated truck or vehide
(a 12.00 meter IOf'WJ
container van plus 6.00
meters length for a lorq
hooded prime mo-ven and
one ( 1) loading slot for :a
standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GF.A.
and provide trucx
maneuvering area outside d
the RROW (within pruper1J
or lot lines only)

7.2. Division G-2 -do- -do-

7.3. Division G-3 -do- -do-

7.4. Division G-4 -do- -do-

7.5. Division G-5 -do- -do-


Note:

• The parking slot requirements s/Jall be an integral part Ill


buildings/structures and any pa.rking slot provided outside ,_
· buildinglstruclure will be quantified only as buffer parl<ing.

"*The following prohibitions on parking slots:

1. Conversion/change of usa/occupancy.
2. Reduclion or parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicfes.

98
Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Aeq.;..ed Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot. PaD1gt Ale3 and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type or Loading s.-:e
Buildings/Structures R

...
"'
I.GROUPH
8.1. Division 1 Public recreational One (1) car slat Mit one (1)
I assembly buildings such as
theaters/cinemas, auditoria,
jeepney/shulle
every 50.00 sq. ..-s of
for

J etc. spectator ara:; _ , ..e (1)


I bus parking 5IDt b every 1
two hundred (200) I
f
\ s_Q_ectators I
'j 8.2 Division H-2 Dance halls, cabarets,

!
8.3 Division H-3
ballrooms. skating rinks and
cockfighting arenas. etc.
Dance halls, ballrooms,
..00.
I
i
-do-
skating rinks. etc. i
! 8.4 Division H4 Covered amusement parks, one ( 1} car sJot tor t!111!1J }
. amusement anu 50.00 sq. meters d .-a
entertainment complexes, floor area l
! etc.
l
. Clubhouses, beach houses one (1) slot for every IOil.OO .i
! and the like sq. meters of gross . _
r'
area i'
, 9.GROUP l
9.1 . Division Recreational or similar One (1) car slot and one (1) i
.public assembly buildings jeepneylshuttle slot lor i
· such as stadia, sports every 50.00 sq. meflets d J
complexes. convention spectator area: and one f1, !
centers, etc. bus parking slot fcc · ewsy f
two hundred i
spectators. i
10.1. Division Agriculture-related uses or Not required if b 111184
.occupancies (A) outside ·urbanized area l ..
. .
located. w1lh1n 001anized t
)

area, provide one \ 1) car ;


slot for every 1.000.00 sq. i
meters of gross floor . _ j
and one (1) bus sb b I
every one hundred (100) !
workers; if nunlber' cl :
1
workers exceed t.o 1
hundred (200). proWie one 1
(1) (or off-snet) l
passenger loading space
that can accornmodi!lte two j
(2) queued jeepneylshuUie
slots; provide at le3'St ooe I
( 1) loading for 1
articulated truck or vehide I

• Tile parking slot requirements shall be an iiUgr.JI part of


I I

buildingslstruclures and any parking slot prtMdecl otiside tfte


bui/dinglstrocture will be quantified only as .buffer parlcing.

••r11e following prohibitions on patf<iog slots:

L 1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parl<ing spaces.
3. Encroachmrmt on RROW.
____
99
Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking 1
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements
(a 12.00 meter long \
container van plus
meters length for
long/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot for .
a standard truck for every :
5,000.00 sq. meters of G FA: :
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
_ _ _ ___ _.__ , ___...... ·-· --- .. t Jines only)
- ---------1-o_r_Jo-':-
10.2. Division J-2 Other uses not classified in Provide parking ,
previous section5 requirements stipulated for
(PUO, etc.) most similar or most I elated
uses/occupancies
1------
Note:
- "·- -- ---J------ --- ---·- - I'
I
I
• The parking slot requirements sl1ail be an integral part of 1

buildings/structures a/ICJ any parking slot provided outside the


buildinglstructvre will be quaiJtified only as buffer pa11<illg.

d. In computing for parking slots, a fractio11 ol 50% and above shall be considered as
one (1) car parking slot to be provided. In all cases however, a minimum of one (I)
car parking slot shall be provided unless othe1wise allowed under this Rule.

i. Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements ot the
building/structure within 200 .00 meter radius, provided at least 80% of the
parking requirements are complied with and integrated in the building design.

ii. Special Provision on the Handicapped: For buildings/structures to be provided


with features intended for the use or occupancy of the handicCipped,: the
minimum provisions of Batas Pambansa (BP) Bilang 344 and its Implementing
Rules and Regulations (IRR} with respect to parking shall be strictly observed .

e. Allowed Off-RROW/Off..Street cum Off-Site Parking Provision:

i. In addition to on-site cum off-RROW parking provisions rnandated


under this Rule. off-site cum off-street parking facilities may be . allowed and
considered part of a project that such facilities spec1fically consist o1
reserved or leased parking slots within a permanent parking building/structure
and not in a vacant parking lot or parki ng structure/space for a commercial
development and provided further that such parking slots are located no more
than 100.00 meters away from a residential building project or are located no
more than 200.00 meters away from an office or commercial building project.

ii. Direct access of parking/loacflngtutility slots. and terminals to the RROW shalt
be generally disallowed to prevent the usage of the RROW as a maneuvering
area.

iii. Traffic generating buildings such as shopping malls or similar facilities that have
very high volumes of pedestrian and vehicular traffic may be located at major
intersections or within 100.00 meters of such intersections, provided that the
distance between the street curb of the ingress/egress of such a commercial
lot/property (nearest the intersection} and the straight curb of the intersection
shall not be less than 50.oo'meters. {Fig . VIL9.)

100
_ _ ___ ___) ·!
"'---

(